Annual Statements Open main menu

VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP - Annual Report: 2012 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number 1-11277

 

 

VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New Jersey   22-2477875

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1455 Valley Road

Wayne, NJ

  07470
(Address of principal executive office)   (Zip code)

973-305-8800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

  

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value    New York Stock Exchange

VNB Capital Trust I

7.75% Trust Preferred Securities

(and the Guarantee by Valley National Bancorp with

respect thereto)

   New York Stock Exchange

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

  

New York Stock Exchange

NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.)    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   þ    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)    Yes  ¨    No  þ

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $2.0 billion on June 30, 2012.

There were 199,049,210 shares of Common Stock outstanding at February 26, 2013.

Documents incorporated by reference:

Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement (the “2013 Proxy Statement”) for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 17, 2013 will be incorporated by reference in Part III. The 2013 proxy statement will be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2012.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PART I

    

Item 1.

 

Business

     3   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     22   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     33   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     34   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     34   

PART II

    

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     35   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     38   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     41   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     94   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

     95   
 

Valley National Bancorp and Subsidiaries:

  
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     95   
 

Consolidated Statements of Income

     96   
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     97   
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     98   
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     99   
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     101   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     179   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     180   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     180   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     183   

PART III

    

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     183   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     183   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

     183   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     183   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     183   

PART IV

    

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     184   
 

Signatures

     188   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A—Risk Factors and the section captioned “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in this report.

Valley National Bancorp, headquartered in Wayne, New Jersey, is a New Jersey corporation organized in 1983 and is registered as a bank holding company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“Holding Company Act”). The words “Valley,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Valley National Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless we indicate otherwise. At December 31, 2012, Valley had consolidated total assets of $16.0 billion, total loans of $11.0 billion, total deposits of $11.3 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $1.5 billion. In addition to its principal subsidiary, Valley National Bank (commonly referred to as the “Bank” in this report), Valley owns all of the voting and common shares of VNB Capital Trust I, GCB Capital Trust III, and State Bancorp Capital Trusts I and II through which trust preferred securities were issued. These trusts are not consolidated subsidiaries. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Valley National Bank is a national banking association chartered in 1927 under the laws of the United States. Currently, the Bank has 210 branches in 146 communities serving 16 counties throughout northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. The Bank provides a full range of commercial, retail and wealth management financial services products. The Bank provides a variety of banking services including automated teller machines, telephone and internet banking, remote deposit capture, overdraft facilities, drive-in and night deposit services, and safe deposit facilities. The Bank also provides certain international banking services to customers including standby letters of credit, documentary letters of credit and related products, and certain ancillary services such as foreign exchange, documentary collections, foreign wire transfers and the maintenance of foreign bank accounts.

Valley National Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are all included in the consolidated financial statements of Valley (See Exhibit 21 at Part IV, Item 15 for a list of subsidiaries). These subsidiaries include:

 

   

an all-line insurance agency offering property and casualty, life and health insurance;

 

   

asset management advisors which are Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registered investment advisors;

 

   

title insurance agencies in both New Jersey and New York;

 

   

subsidiaries which hold, maintain and manage investment assets for the Bank;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services auto loans;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services general aviation aircraft loans and existing commercial equipment leases;

 

   

a subsidiary which specializes in health care equipment and other commercial equipment leases; and

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services New York commercial loans and specializes in asset-based lending.

The Bank’s subsidiaries also include real estate investment trust subsidiaries (the “REIT” subsidiaries) which own real estate related investments and a REIT subsidiary, which owns some of the real estate utilized by the Bank and related real estate investments. Except for Valley’s REIT subsidiaries, all subsidiaries mentioned above are directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Bank. Because each REIT must have 100 or more shareholders to qualify as a REIT, each REIT has issued less than 20 percent of their outstanding non-voting

 

3


Table of Contents

preferred stock to individuals, most of whom are non-senior management Bank employees. The Bank owns the remaining preferred stock and all the common stock of the REITs.

Recent Acquisitions

Valley has grown significantly in the past five years primarily through bank acquisitions, including the recent bank transactions discussed further below, as well as some modest de novo branch expansion mostly in targeted areas in Brooklyn and Queens, New York.

On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp. Inc. (“State Bancorp”), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with approximately $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.4 billion in deposits and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan at December 31, 2011. Of the acquired branch offices, 14 remain within our 44 branch network in New York and are located mostly in Long Island and Queens.The new locations complement Valley’s other New York City locations, including five branches in Queens, and provide a foundation for future expansion efforts into these attractive markets. The shareholders of State Bancorp received a fixed one- for- one exchange ratio for Valley National Bancorp common stock. The total consideration for the acquisition totaled $208 million. As a condition to the closing of the merger, State Bancorp redeemed $36.8 million of its outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Series A Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury. The stock redemption was funded by a $37.0 million short-term loan from Valley to State Bancorp. The outstanding loan, included in Valley’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, was subsequently eliminated as of the acquisition date.

Additionally, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 was assumed by Valley as of the acquisition date. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2012. See further details regarding the acquisition of State Bancorp in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2010, the Bank acquired $688.1 million in certain assets, including loans totaling $412.3 million (primarily commercial and commercial real estate loans), and assumed all of the deposits totaling $654.2 million, excluding certain brokered deposits and borrowings, of The Park Avenue Bank and LibertyPointe Bank, both New York State chartered banks, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The deposits from both FDIC-assisted transactions were acquired at a 0.15 percent premium. In addition, as part of the consideration for The Park Avenue Bank FDIC-assisted transaction, the Bank agreed to issue a cash-settled equity appreciation instrument to the FDIC. The valuation and settlement of the equity appreciation instrument did not significantly impact Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

In connection with both of the FDIC-assisted transactions, the Bank entered into loss-share agreements with the FDIC. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreements, the Bank will share in the losses on assets and other real estate owned (referred to as “covered loans” and “covered OREO”, together “covered assets”). The Bank may sell the acquired loans (with or without recourse) but in such case, the FDIC loss-sharing agreements will cease to be effective for any losses incurred on such loans. Additionally, any related FDIC loss-share receivable would be uncollectable and written-off upon settlement of the sale. The commercial and single-family (residential) loan loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC expire in March of 2015 and 2020, respectively. The Company expects approximately 75 percent of the covered loans to mature, substantially paydown under contractual loan terms or work through our collection process on or before the expiration of the related loss-sharing agreements. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding these transactions. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately $180.7 million in covered loans, which comprised 1.6 percent of its total loan portfolio.

 

4


Table of Contents

In July 2008, we acquired Greater Community Bancorp, the holding company of Greater Community Bank, a commercial bank with approximately $1.0 billion in assets, $812 million in loans (mostly commercial real estate loans), $715 million in deposits and 16 branches in northern New Jersey. The purchase price of $167.8 million was paid through a combination of Valley’s common stock (10.6 million shares) and 918 thousand warrants. Each warrant is entitled to 1.2155 Valley common shares issuable upon exercise at $15.64 per share. The warrants have an expiration date of June 30, 2015, and to date, all of the warrants issued remain outstanding.

Business Segments

Valley National Bank reports the results of its operations and manages its business through four business segments: commercial lending, consumer lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments. Valley’s Wealth Management Division comprised of trust, asset management and insurance services, is included in the consumer lending segment. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for details of the financial performance of our business segments. We offer a variety of products and services within the commercial and consumer lending segments as described below.

Commercial Lending Segment

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Commercial and industrial loans, including $46.5 million of covered loans, totaled approximately $2.1 billion and represented 19.3 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. We make commercial loans to small and middle market businesses most often located in the New Jersey and New York area. A significant proportion of Valley’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio is granted to long standing customers of proven ability, strong repayment performance, and high character. Underwriting standards are designed to assess the borrower’s ability to generate recurring cash flow sufficient to meet the debt service requirements of loans granted. While such recurring cash flow serves as the primary source of repayment, a significant number of the loans are collateralized by borrower assets intended to serve as a secondary source of repayment should the need arise. Anticipated cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value, or in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the ability of the borrower to collect all amounts due from its customers. Our loan decisions will include consideration of a borrower’s standing in the community, willingness to repay debts, collateral coverage and other forms of support. Strong consideration is given to long-term existing customers that have maintained a favorable relationship. Commercial loan products offered consist of term loans for equipment purchases, working capital lines of credit that assist our customer’s financing of accounts receivable and inventory, and commercial mortgages for owner occupied properties. Working capital advances are generally used to finance seasonal requirements and are repaid at the end of the cycle by the conversion of short-term assets into cash. Short-term commercial business loans may be collateralized by a lien on accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or partly collateralized by real estate. Short-term loans may also be made on an unsecured basis based on a borrower’s financial strength and past performance. We, in most cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk. Unsecured loans, when made, are generally granted to the Bank’s most credit worthy borrowers. Unsecured commercial and industrial loans totaled approximately $307.0 million at December 31, 2012. In addition, through our subsidiaries we own and service general aviation aircraft loans, provide financing to the diamond and jewelry industry, the medical equipment leasing market, and engage in asset-based accounts receivable and inventory financing.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans and construction loans, including $122.2 million of covered loans, totaled $5.0 billion and represented 45.1 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. We originate commercial real estate loans that are secured by multi-unit residential property and non-owner occupied commercial, industrial, and retail property within New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Loans are generally written on an adjustable basis with rates tied to a specifically identified market rate index. Adjustment periods generally range between five to ten years and repayment is structured on a fully amortizing basis for terms up to thirty years. Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards

 

5


Table of Contents

and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans but generally they involve larger principal balances and longer repayment periods as compared to commercial and industrial loans. Commercial real estate loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real property. Repayment of most loans is dependent upon the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy and accordingly conservative loan to value ratios are required at origination, as well as stress tested to evaluate the impact of market changes relating to key underwriting elements. The properties securing the commercial real estate portfolio represent diverse types, with most properties located within Valley’s primary markets. With respect to loans to developers and builders, we originate and manage construction loans structured on either a revolving or a non-revolving basis, depending on the nature of the underlying development project. Our construction loans totaling $427.4 million at December 31, 2012 are generally secured by the real estate to be developed and may also be secured by additional real estate to mitigate the risk. Non-revolving construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantially all committed funds with repayment substantially dependent on the successful completion and sale, or lease, of the project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be from pre-committed permanent loans from other lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from Valley until permanent financing is obtained elsewhere. Revolving construction loans (generally relating to single-family residential construction) are controlled with loan advances dependent upon the presale of housing units financed. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Consumer Lending Segment

Residential Mortgage Loans. Residential mortgage loans, including $9.7 million of covered loans, totaled $2.5 billion and represented 22.4 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. We offer a full range of residential mortgage loans for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing one-to-four family residential properties. Residential mortgage loans are secured by 1-4 family properties generally located in counties where we have a branch presence and contiguous counties (including the State of Pennsylvania). We occasionally make mortgage loans secured by homes beyond this primary geographic area; however, lending outside this primary area is generally made in support of existing customer relationships. Underwriting policies that are based on underwriting standards that generally comply with Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac requirements. Appraisals and valuations of real estate collateral are contracted directly with independent appraisers or from valuation services and not through appraisal management companies. The Bank’s appraisal management policy and procedure is in accordance with regulatory requirements and guidance issued by the Bank’s primary regulator. Credit scoring, using FICO® and other proprietary, credit scoring models is employed in the ultimate, judgmental credit decision by Valley’s underwriting staff. Valley does not use third party contract underwriting services. Residential mortgage loans include fixed and variable interest rate loans secured by one to four family homes generally located in northern and central New Jersey, the New York City metropolitan area, and eastern Pennsylvania. Valley’s ability to be repaid on such loans is closely linked to the economic and real estate market conditions in this region. In deciding whether to originate each residential mortgage, Valley considers the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property. Terms of first mortgages range from 10 years for interest only loans (which totaled approximately $21.4 million at December 31, 2012) to 30 years for fully amortizing loans. The small 10-year interest only loan portfolio is declining year over year as Valley generally does not originate this type of loan product. In deciding whether to make a residential real estate loan, we consider the qualifications of the borrower, the value and condition of the underlying property and other factors that we believe are predictive of future loan performance.

The Bank is also a servicer of residential mortgage portfolios, and it is compensated for loan administrative services performed for mortgage servicing rights purchased in the secondary market and loans originated and sold by the Bank. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

 

6


Table of Contents

Other Consumer Loans. Other consumer loans, including $2.3 million of covered loans, totaled $1.5 billion and represented 13.2 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Our other consumer loan portfolio is primarily comprised of direct and indirect automobile loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, loans secured by the cash surrender value of life insurance, and to a lesser extent, secured and unsecured other consumer loans (including credit card loans). Valley is an auto lender in New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, and Connecticut offering indirect auto loans secured by either new or used automobiles. Automobile originations (including light truck and sport utility vehicles) are largely produced via indirect channels, originated through approved automobile dealers. Automotive collateral is generally a depreciating asset and there are times in the life of an automobile loan where the amount owed on a vehicle may exceed its collateral value. Home equity lending consists of both fixed and variable interest rate products. We mainly provide home equity loans to our residential mortgage customers or take a secondary position to another lender’s 1st lien position within the footprint of our primary lending territory. We generally will not exceed a combined (i.e., first and second mortgage) loan-to-value ratio of 75 percent when originating a home equity loan. Other consumer loans include direct consumer term loans, both secured and unsecured. From time to time, the Bank will also purchase prime consumer loans originated by and serviced by other financial institutions based on several factors, including current secondary market rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. Unsecured consumer loans totaled approximately $126.8 million, including $8.6 million of credit card loans, at December 31, 2012.

Wealth Management. Our Wealth Management Division provides coordinated and integrated delivery of asset management advisory, trust, general insurance, title insurance, asset management advisory, and asset-based lending support services. Trust services include living and testamentary trusts, investment management, custodial and escrow services, and estate administration, primarily to individuals. Asset management advisory services include investment services for individuals and small to medium sized businesses, trusts and custom tailored investment strategies designed for various types of retirement plans.

Investment Management Segment

Although we are primarily focused on our lending and wealth management services, a large portion of our income is generated through investments in various types of securities, and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. As of December 31, 2012, our total investment securities and interest bearing deposits with banks were $2.4 billion and $463.0 million, respectively. See the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (MD&A) and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning our investment securities.

Changes in Loan Portfolio Composition

Approximately 71 percent of Valley’s $11.0 billion total loan portfolio consists of non-covered (i.e., loans which are not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) commercial real estate (including construction loans), residential mortgage, and home equity loans at December 31, 2012. Of the remaining 29 percent, approximately 27 percent consists of different categories of non-covered loans and approximately 2 percent consists of loans covered by the FDIC loss-sharing agreements. Valley has no internally planned changes that will significantly impact the current composition of our loan portfolio by loan type. However, many external factors outlined in “Item 1A. Risk Factors”, the “Executive Summary” section of our MD&A, and elsewhere in this report may impact our ability to maintain the current composition of our loan portfolio. See the “Loan Portfolio” section of our MD&A in this report for further discussion of our loan composition and concentration risks.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table presents the loan portfolio segments by state as an approximate percentage of each applicable segment and our percentage of total loans by state at December 31, 2012.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Percentage of Loan Portfilo Segment:     % of Total
Loans
 
     Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential     Consumer    

New Jersey

     48     51     85     57     59

New York

     45        45        9        23        34   

Pennsylvania

     1        1        3        16        3   

Connecticut

     1        1        1        2        1   

Florida

     1        1        1        1        1   

Other*

     4        1        1        1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes states with less than 1 percent of loans in each loan portfolio segment.

Credit Risk Management and Underwriting Approach

Credit risk management. For all loan types, we adhere to a credit policy designed to minimize credit risk while generating the maximum income given the level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis with subsequent approval by the Board of Directors annually. Credit authority relating to a significant dollar percentage of the overall portfolio is centralized and controlled by the Credit Risk Management Division and by a Credit Committee. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports concerning loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Loan portfolio diversification is an important factor utilized by us to manage the portfolio’s risk across business sectors and through cyclical economic circumstances.

Our historical and current loan underwriting practice prohibits the origination of payment option ARMs which allow for negative interest amortization and subprime loans. Our residential loan portfolio included approximately $17.5 million and $22.0 million of loans that could be identified by us as non-conforming loans commonly referred to as either “alt-A,” “stated income,” or “no doc” loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These loans were mostly originated prior to 2008 and had a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 70 percent at the date of origination. Virtually all of our loan originations in recent years have conformed to rules requiring documentation of income, assets sufficient to close the transactions and debt to income ratios that support the borrower’s ability to repay under the loan’s proposed terms and conditions. These rules are applied to all loans originated for retention in our portfolio or for sale in the secondary market.

Loan documentation. Loans are well documented in accordance with specific and detailed underwriting policies and verification procedures. General underwriting guidance is consistent across all loan types with variations in procedures and due diligence is dictated by the specifics of each loan request. Due diligence standards require acquisition and verification of sufficient financial information to determine a borrower’s or guarantor’s credit worthiness, capital support, capacity to repay, collateral support, and character. Credit worthiness is generally verified using personal or business credit reports from independent credit reporting agencies. Capital support is determined by acquisition of independent verifications of deposits, investments or other assets. Capacity to repay the loan is based on verifiable liquidity and earnings capacity as shown on financial statements and/or tax returns, banking activity levels, operating statements, rent rolls or independent verification of employment. Finally, collateral valuation is determined via appraisals from independent, bank-approved, certified or licensed property appraisers or readily available market resources.

 

8


Table of Contents

Types of collateral. Loan collateral, when required, may consist of any one or a combination of the following asset types depending upon the loan type and intended purpose: commercial or residential real estate; general business assets including working assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, or fixed assets such as equipment or rolling stock; marketable securities or other forms of liquid assets such as bank deposits or cash surrender value of life insurance; automobiles; or other assets wherein adequate protective value can be established and/or verified by reliable outside independent appraisers. In addition to these types of collateral, we, in many cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk of certain commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans.

Many times, we will underwrite loans to legal entities formed for the limited purpose of the business which is being financed. Credit granted to these entities and the ultimate repayment of such loans is primarily based on the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. The underlying real property securing the loans is considered a secondary source of repayment, and normally such loans are also supported by guarantees of the legal entity members. Absent such guarantees or approval by our credit committee, our policy requires that the loan to value ratio (at origination) be 50 percent or less of the estimated market value of the property as established by an independent licensed appraiser.

Reevaluation of collateral values. Commercial loan renewals, refinancing and other subsequent transactions that include the advancement of new funds or result in the extension of the amortization period beyond the original term, require a new or updated appraisal. Renewals, refinancing and other subsequent transactions that do not include the advancement of new funds (other than for reasonable closing costs) or, in the case of commercial loans, the extension of the amortization period beyond the original term, do not require a new appraisal unless management believes there has been a material change in market conditions or the physical aspects of the property which may negatively impact collectability of our loan. In general, the period of time an appraisal continues to be relevant will vary depending upon the circumstances affecting the property and the marketplace. Examples of factors that could cause material changes to reported values include the passage of time, the volatility of the local market, the availability of financing, the inventory of competing properties, new improvements to, or lack of maintenance of, the subject or competing surrounding properties, changes in zoning and environmental contamination.

Certain impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral and are commonly referred to as “collateral dependent impaired loans.” Collateral values for such loans are typically estimated using individual appraisals performed, on average, every 12 months. Between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within Valley’s primary lending areas.

All refinanced residential mortgage loans require new appraisals for loans held in our loan portfolio and loans originated for sale. Additionally, all loan types are assessed for full or partial charge-off when they are between 90 and 120 days past due based upon their estimated net realizable value.

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning our loan portfolio risk elements, credit risk management and our loan charge-off policy.

Loan Renewals and Modifications

In the normal course of our lending business, we may renew loans to existing customers upon maturity of the existing loan. These renewals are granted provided that the new loan meets our standard underwriting criteria for such loan type. While our traditional underwriting approach has always been conservative, the underwriting criteria for certain loan types are stricter in light of the current economic environment.

 

9


Table of Contents

Additionally, on a case-by-case basis, we may extend, restructure, or otherwise modify the terms of existing loans from time to time to remain competitive and retain certain profitable customers, as well as assist customers who may be experiencing financial difficulties. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan (TDR).

The majority of the concessions made for TDRs involve lowering the monthly payments on loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan without a corresponding adjustment to the risk premium reflected in the interest rate, or a combination of these two methods. The concessions rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, Valley frequently obtains additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying such loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and Valley’s underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Extension of Credit to Past Due Borrowers

Loans are placed on non-accrual status generally when they become 90 days past due and the full and timely collection of principal and interest becomes uncertain. Valley’s historic and current policy prohibits the advancement of additional funds on non-accrual and TDR loans, except under certain workout plans if such extension of credit is intended to mitigate losses.

Loans Originated by Third Parties

From time to time, the Bank purchases residential mortgage and automobile loans, and to a lesser extent other loan types (including commercial real estate loans totaling $110.0 million at December 31, 2012 that were acquired from another financial institution during the first quarter of 2012), originated by, and sometimes serviced by, other financial institutions based on several factors, including current secondary market rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. Purchased residential mortgage loans and automobile loans (excluding purchased credit-impaired loans acquired in business combinations or FDIC-assisted transactions) totaled approximately $162.8 million and $53.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012 representing 6.6 percent and 6.8 percent of our total residential mortgage and automobile loan portfolios, respectively. Of the $162.8 million in purchased residential mortgage loans, $119.0 million were originated by board-approved independent mortgage bankers. The underwriting documentation for such loans is carefully reviewed on an individual loan-by-loan basis by Valley prior to purchase to ensure each loan meets Valley’s normal credit underwriting standards. All of the purchased automobile loans are also selected using Valley’s normal underwriting criteria at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2012, the mortgage loans originated by independent mortgage bankers had loans past due 30 days or more totaling 4.1 percent of these loans as compared to 2.2 percent for our total residential mortgage portfolio, including all delinquencies. Overall, the purchased and serviced by Valley residential mortgage and automobile portfolios had loans past due 30 days or more totaling 7.7 percent and 0.4 percent of the total loans within each respective portfolio at December 31, 2012.

Competition

Valley National Bank is one of the largest commercial banks headquartered in New Jersey, with its primary markets located in northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. Valley ranked 16th in competitive ranking and market share based on the deposits reported by 231 FDIC-insured financial institutions in the New York, Northern New Jersey and Long Island deposit market as of June 30, 2012. The FDIC also ranked Valley 8th and 34th in the states of

 

10


Table of Contents

New Jersey and New York, respectively, based on deposits as of June 30, 2012. Despite our favorable FDIC rankings, the market for banking and bank-related services is highly competitive and we face substantial competition in all phases of our operations. In addition to the FDIC-insured commercial banks in our principal metropolitan markets, we also compete with other providers of financial services such as savings institutions, credit unions, mutual funds, mortgage companies, title agencies, asset managers, insurance companies and a growing list of other local, regional and national institutions which offer financial services. Many of these competitors may have fewer regulatory constraints, broader geographic service areas, greater capital, and, in some cases, lower cost structures.

In addition, competition has further intensified as a result of recent changes in regulation, advances in technology and product delivery systems, and bank failures. Web-based and other internet companies are providing non-traditional, but increasingly strong, competition for our borrowers, depositors, and other customers. Within our New Jersey and the New York metropolitan markets, we compete with some of the largest financial institutions in the world that are able to offer a large range of products and services at competitive rates and prices. Nevertheless, we believe we can compete effectively as a result of utilizing various strategies including our long history of local customer service and convenience as part of a relationship management culture, in conjunction with the pricing of loans and deposits. Our customers are influenced by the convenience, quality of service from our knowledgeable staff, personal contacts and attention to customer needs, as well as availability of products and services and related pricing. We provide such convenience through our banking network of 210 branches in 146 communities, an extensive ATM network, and our 24-hour telephone and on-line banking systems.

We continually review our pricing, products, locations, alternative delivery channels and various acquisition prospects and periodically engage in discussions regarding possible acquisitions to maintain and enhance our competitive position.

Personnel

At December 31, 2012, Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries employed 2,910 full-time equivalent persons. Management considers relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

 

11


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

 

Names

   Age at
December 31,
2012
     Executive
Officer
Since
    

Office

Gerald H. Lipkin

     71         1975      

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Valley and Valley National Bank

Peter Crocitto

     55         1991      

Director, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Valley and Valley National Bank

Alan D. Eskow

     64         1993      

Director, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of Valley and Valley National Bank

Albert L. Engel

     64         1998      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert E. Farrell

     66         1990      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

James G. Lawrence

     69         2001      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert M. Meyer

     66         1997      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Bernadette M. Mueller

     54         2009      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Robert J. Mulligan

     65         1991      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Ira D. Robbins

     38         2009      

Executive Vice President of Valley and Valley National Bank

Elizabeth E. De Laney

     48         2007      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

Eric W. Gould

     44         2001      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

Russell C. Murawski

     63         2007      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

John H. Noonan

     66         2006      

First Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

Stephen P. Davey

     57         2002      

Senior Vice President of Valley National Bank

All officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Available Information

We make our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto available on our website at www.valleynationalbank.com without charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing them to the SEC. Also available on the website are Valley’s Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees including our executive officers and directors, Valley’s Audit Committee Charter, Valley’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee Charter, Valley’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, and Valley’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

Additionally, we will provide without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K or the Code of Conduct and Ethics to any shareholder by mail. Requests should be sent to Valley National Bancorp, Attention: Shareholder Relations, 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, NJ 07470.

 

12


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls increase a bank holding company’s cost of doing business and limit the options of its management to deploy assets and maximize income. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on Valley or Valley National Bank. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

Valley is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Holding Company Act. As a bank holding company, Valley is supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and is required to file reports with the FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require.

The Holding Company Act prohibits Valley, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to subsidiary banks, except that it may, upon application, engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking “as to be a proper incident thereto.” The Holding Company Act requires prior approval by the FRB of the acquisition by Valley of more than five percent of the voting stock of any other bank. Satisfactory capital ratios, Community Reinvestment Act ratings, and anti-money laundering policies are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions. The policy of the FRB provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank in circumstances in which it might not do so absent that policy. Acquisitions through the Bank require approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States (OCC). The Holding Company Act does not place territorial restrictions on the activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below, allows Valley to expand into insurance, securities, merchant banking activities, and other activities that are financial in nature if Valley elects to become a financial holding company.

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Banking and Branching Act”) enables bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other than its home state, regardless of applicable state law. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate banks with branches in more than one state. Under the legislation, each state had the opportunity to “opt-out” of this provision. Furthermore, a state may “opt-in” with respect to de novo branching, thereby permitting a bank to open new branches in a state in which the Bank does not already have a branch. Without de novo branching, an out-of-state commercial bank can enter the state only by acquiring an existing bank or branch. States generally have not opted out of interstate banking by merger but several states have not authorized de novo branching.

New Jersey enacted legislation to authorize interstate banking and branching and the entry into New Jersey of foreign country banks. New Jersey did not authorize de novo branching into the state. However, under federal law, federal savings banks which meet certain conditions may branch de novo into a state, regardless of state law.

Regulation of Bank Subsidiary

Valley National Bank is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the OCC. Various laws and the regulations thereunder applicable to Valley and its bank subsidiary impose restrictions and requirements in many areas, including capital requirements, the maintenance of reserves, establishment of new offices, the making of loans and investments, consumer protection, employment practices, bank acquisitions and entry into new types of business. There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its

 

13


Table of Contents

holding company or its holding company’s non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

Capital Requirements

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” and to take certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital level of the institution. To qualify to engage in financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all depository institutions must be “well capitalized.” The financial holding company of a national bank will be put under directives to raise its capital levels or divest its activities if the depository institution falls from that level.

The OCC’s regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that an institution will be classified as “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution will be classified as “adequately capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least 4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of “well capitalized.” An institution will be classified as “undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be classified as “significantly undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. Similar categories apply to bank holding companies. Valley National Bank’s capital ratios were all above the minimum levels required for it to be considered a “well capitalized” financial institution at December 31, 2012.

The U.S. federal banking agencies issued three notices of proposed rulemaking (NPRs) in June 2012 that would revise and/or replace the current regulatory capital rules outlined above with the Basel III final capital framework discussed further in the section below. The NPRs proposed, among other rules, to revise risk-based and leverage capital requirements for all insured banks and savings associations, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies domiciled in the United States. The proposals suggested an effective date of January 1, 2013, however on November 9, 2012 the U.S. federal banking agencies announced that they do not expect any of the Basel III proposed rules to be implemented by the suggested January 2013 date. The NPRs have not been revised or made final as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Basel III

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III”. Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (CET1), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1

 

14


Table of Contents

capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

When first implemented (assuming no applicable changes in the currently proposed NPRs of the U.S. federal banking agencies), the Basel III final framework requires banking institutions to meet the following minimum capital ratios: 3.5 percent CET1 to risk-weighted assets, 4.5 percent Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and 8.0 percent Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets. The Basel III final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10 percent of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15 percent of CET1.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 is scheduled to begin on January 1, 2014 and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20 percent per year). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5 percent on January 1, 2019).

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III requires banks to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5 percent, plus a 2.5 percent “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5 percent CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7 percent), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0 percent, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0 percent Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5 percent upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0 percent, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0 percent total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5 percent upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3 percent, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).

Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0 percent to 2.5 percent when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5 percent and 5 percent). The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee released the revised Basel III Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The revised LCR standards allow banks to use a broader range of liquid assets to meet their liquidity buffer and reduce some of the run-off assumptions that banks must make in calculating their net cash outflows. The revised standards also clarify that banks may dip below the minimum LCR requirement during periods of stress. The Basel Committee expects national regulators to implement the LCR on a phased-in basis beginning on January 1, 2015. Though the FRB has expressed its intent to implement some version of the LCR and other Basel III liquidity standards in the United States, the scope and timing of U.S. implementation currently is unclear.

The Basel Committee is considering further amendments to Basel III, including the imposition of additional capital surcharges on globally systemically important financial institutions. In addition to Basel III, Dodd-Frank requires or permits the Federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects, including potentially more stringent capital requirements for systemically important financial institutions.

 

15


Table of Contents

The FRB and the FDIC were part of a joint proposal in June 2012 seeking comment on three NPRs that would revise and replace the agencies’ current capital rules in connection with the Basel accords. The two NPRs discussed below concern capital issues of significant importance to the Bank and, under certain circumstances, the Company. The third NPR, which relates to advanced approaches and market risk capital rules, is not applicable to the organization’s current operations.

The first NPR relates to Basel III and proposes to revise risk-based and leverage capital requirements, including the implementation of new common equity Tier 1 capital requirements and a higher minimum Tier 1 capital requirement. Also included in the NPR are proposed limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments for any banking organization not holding a specified buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital in excess of its minimum risk-based capital requirement. Revisions to the prompt correction action framework and the tangible common equity definition are also included in the NPR. The other NPR applicable to the organization’s operations proposes a standardized approach for risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity and to address certain weaknesses identified over recent years, including methods for determining risk-weighted assets for residential mortgages, securitization exposures and counterparty credit risk. The proposed changes in the two NPRs would be applicable to the Bank and the Company (as long as the Company’s assets continue to exceed $500 million).

The comment period for these NPRs ended on October 22, 2012. Since Basel III is intended to be implemented beginning January 1, 2013, the regulators intended to finalize the rules by that date. However, on November 9, 2012, the federal agencies that proposed the NPRs announced that they do not expect that any of the proposed rules would become effective on January 1, 2013. Moreover, the announcement did not indicate the likely new effective date.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Generally, the Act became effective the day after it was signed into law, but different effective dates apply to specific sections of the law. The Act, among other things:

 

   

Gives the FRB the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as Valley National Bank.In June 2011, the FRB adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards;

 

   

After a 3-year phase-in period which begins January 1, 2013, removes trust preferred securities as a permitted component of Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with assets of $15 billion or more, however, bank holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion (including Valley) at the enactment date will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital (However, the currently proposed NPRs of the U.S. federal banking agencies may disallow this treatment, phased-in over a 3 to 10 year period based upon varying interpretations of the proposed rules);

 

   

Provides for an increase in the FDIC assessment for depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more (such as Valley), increases the minimum reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent and changes the basis for determining FDIC premiums from deposits to assets (See “Insurance of Deposit Accounts” section below);

 

   

Creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that will have rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and would have broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws (See “Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision” section below);

 

16


Table of Contents
   

Requires public companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting following enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders;

 

   

Directs federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not;

 

   

Prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to a federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days;

 

   

Changes standards for Federal preemption of state laws related to federally chartered institutions and their subsidiaries;

 

   

Provides mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, requiring the ability to repay for variable-rate loans to be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of the loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions;

 

   

Creates a Financial Stability Oversight Council that will recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity;

 

   

Makes permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provided unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions;

 

   

Repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transactions and other accounts; and

 

   

Authorizes de novo interstate branching, subject to non-discriminatory state rules, such as home office protection.

The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the FRB to adopt enhanced supervision and prudential standards for, among others, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (often referred to as “systemically important financial institutions” or “SIFI”), and authorized the FRB to establish such standards either on its own or upon the recommendations of the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), a new systemic risk oversight body created by the Dodd-Frank Act. In October 2012, FRB published two final rules with stress testing requirements in response to these provisions. Under the new rules, bank-holding companies with more than $50 billion in assets will have to undergo an annual supervisory stress test and semi-annual company-run stress tests, with the first test beginning in 2012. The summaries of the results of the company-run stress tests will be available to the public starting in March 2013. All banks with assets between $10 billion and $50 billion are required to conduct annual testing of capital beginning in the fall of 2013 and will not have to publicly disclose the results of that first stress test.

On June 20, 2012, the SEC adopted final rules regarding heightened independence requirements for Compensation Committee members. These rules require stock exchanges to adopt listing standards that address (i) independence of compensation committee members, (ii) the compensation committee’s authority to retain compensation advisers, (iii) the compensation committee’s consideration of the independence of any compensation advisers, and (iv) the compensation committee’s responsibility for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation adviser. On September 25, 2012, the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ released proposed compensation committee and compensation committee adviser independence listing standards, and on January 11, 2013, the SEC approved these standards.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) continued to propose amendments to mortgage regulations in August and September of 2012, and in January 2013, the CFPB issued final rules for several of the regulations. On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule amending Regulation Z to implement certain amendments to the Truth in Lending Act. The rule implements statutory changes that lengthen the time for which a mandatory escrow account established for a higher-priced mortgage loan must be maintained. The rule also exempts certain transactions from the statute’s escrow requirement. The rule will become effective on June 1, 2013. Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing amendments to the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The rule amends Regulation Z by expanding the types of mortgage loans that are subject to the protections of the Home Ownership and Equity Protections Act of 1994 (HOEPA), revising and expanding the tests for coverage under HOEPA, and imposing additional restrictions on mortgages that are covered by HOEPA, including a pre-loan counseling requirement. The rule also amends Regulation Z and Regulation X by imposing other requirements related to homeownership counseling. The rule will become effective on January 10, 2014.

On January 18, 2013, the CFPB amended Regulation B to implement changes to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The revisions to Regulation B require creditors to provide applicants with free copies of all appraisals and other written valuations developed in connection with an application for a loan to be secured by a first lien on a dwelling, and require creditors to notify applicants in writing that copies of appraisals will be provided to them promptly. The rule will become effective on January 18, 2014. On January 20, 2013, the CFPB amended Regulation Z to implement requirements and restrictions to the Truth in Lending Act concerning loan originator compensation, qualifications of, and registration or licensing of loan originators, compliance procedures for depository institutions, mandatory arbitration, and the financing of single-premium credit insurance. These amendments revise or provide additional commentary on Regulation Z’s restrictions on loan originator compensation, including application of these restrictions to prohibitions on dual compensation and compensation based on a term of a transaction or a proxy for a term of a transaction, and to recordkeeping requirements. This rule also establishes tests for when loan originators can be compensated through certain profits-based compensation arrangements. The amendments to § 1026.36(h) and (i) are effective on June 1, 2013, while the other provisions of the rule are effective on January 10, 2014.

Certain changes in the new mortgage rules promulgated by the CFPB would be applicable to the Bank and the Company. The CFPB is expected to issue additional final rules regarding mortgages in 2013.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to continue to increase our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand our permissible activities, and it may affect the competitive balance within our industry and market areas. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, remains very unpredictable at this time.

Dividend Limitations

Valley is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. Valley’s revenues (on a parent company only basis) result in substantial part from dividends paid by the Bank. The Bank’s dividend payments, without prior regulatory approval, are subject to regulatory limitations. Under the National Bank Act, dividends may be declared only if, after payment thereof, capital would be unimpaired and remaining surplus would equal 100 percent of capital. Moreover, a national bank may declare, in any one year, dividends only in an amount aggregating not more than the sum of its net profits for such year and its retained net profits for the preceding two years. However, declared dividends in excess of net profits in either of the preceding two years can be offset by retained net profits in the third and fourth years preceding the current year when determining the Bank’s dividend limitation. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends or otherwise supplying funds to Valley if the supervising agency determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

 

18


Table of Contents

Loans to Related Parties

Valley National Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10 percent shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of the National Bank Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Regulation O of the FRB thereunder. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Valley and its subsidiaries, other than the Bank, may not extend or arrange for any personal loans to its directors and executive officers.

Community Reinvestment

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), as implemented by OCC regulations, a national bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a national bank, to assess the association’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such association. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Valley National Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its most recent examination.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 added new legal requirements for public companies affecting corporate governance, accounting and corporate reporting, to increase corporate responsibility and to protect investors. Among other things, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has:

 

   

required our management to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting, and required our auditors to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

imposed additional responsibilities for our external financial statements on our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, including certification of financial statements within the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;

 

   

established independence requirements for audit committee members and outside auditors;

 

   

created the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and

 

   

increased various criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

Each of the national stock exchanges, including the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) where Valley common securities are listed and the NASDAQ Capital Market, where certain Valley warrants are listed, have corporate governance listing standards, including rules strengthening director independence requirements for boards, and requiring the adoption of charters for the nominating, corporate governance and audit committees.

 

19


Table of Contents

USA PATRIOT Act

As part of the USA PATRIOT Act, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Anti Money Laundering Act”). The Anti Money Laundering Act authorizes the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to financial institutions such as banks, bank holding companies, broker-dealers and insurance companies. Among its other provisions, the Anti Money Laundering Act requires each financial institution: (i) to establish an anti-money laundering program; (ii) to establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering in United States private banking accounts and correspondent accounts maintained for non-United States persons or their representatives; and (iii) to avoid establishing, maintaining, administering, or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign shell bank that does not have a physical presence in any country.

Regulations implementing the due diligence requirements require minimum standards to verify customer identity and maintain accurate records, encourage cooperation among financial institutions, federal banking agencies, and law enforcement authorities regarding possible money laundering or terrorist activities, prohibit the anonymous use of “concentration accounts,” and requires all covered financial institutions to have in place an anti-money laundering compliance program. The OCC, along with other banking agencies, have strictly enforced various anti-money laundering and suspicious activity reporting requirements using formal and informal enforcement tools to cause banks to comply with these provisions.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision

As a financial institution with more than $10 billion in assets, Valley National Bank is supervised by the CFPB for consumer protection purposes. The CFPB’s regulation of Valley National Bank is focused on risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws and will include regular examinations of the bank.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (“Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act”) became effective in early 2000. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act provides for the following:

 

   

allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than was previously permissible, including insurance underwriting;

 

   

allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;

 

   

removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and

 

   

establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

The OCC adopted rules to allow national banks to form subsidiaries to engage in financial activities allowed for financial holding companies. Electing national banks must meet the same management and capital standards as financial holding companies but may not engage in insurance underwriting, real estate development or merchant banking. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act apply to financial subsidiaries and the capital invested by a bank in its financial subsidiaries will be eliminated from the Bank’s capital in measuring all capital ratios. Valley has not elected to become a financial holding company.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modified other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.

 

20


Table of Contents

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Under the FDIC’s risk-based system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments on their deposits.

In February 2011, as required by the Dodd Frank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved a final rule that revised the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the final revisions eliminated the adjustment for secured borrowings, including Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and made certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from 5 to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points after adjustment. The final rule became effective on April 1, 2011.

As previously noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act made permanent a $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provided unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions. On January 18, 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule to include Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts (IOLTAs) in the temporary unlimited deposit coverage for non-interest bearing demand transactions accounts. Deposits held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are now aggregated with any interest-bearing deposits the owner may hold in the same ownership category, and the combined total will be insured up to at least $250 thousand.

The FDIC has authority to further increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums may have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

The FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee (TAG) Program, one of two components of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, provides full federal deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount. Valley National Bank opted to participate in this program, which was initially set to expire on December 31, 2009. On August 26, 2009, the FDIC extended the program until June 30, 2010, and revised the annualized assessment rate charged for the guarantee to between 15 and 25 basis points, depending on the institution’s risk category, on balances in non-interest bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. On April 13, 2010, the FDIC announced a second extension of the program until December 31, 2010. We opted out of the second extension and ended our participation in the TAG Program effective June 30, 2010.

The Dodd Frank-Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act included a two-year extension of the TAG Program, though the extension does not apply to all accounts covered under the current program. The extension through December 31, 2012 applies only to non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Beginning January 1, 2011, low-interest consumer checking (NOW) accounts and IOLTAs are no longer eligible for the unlimited guarantee. Unlike the original TAG Program, which allowed banks to opt in, the extended program applies to all FDIC-insured institutions and is no longer funded by separate premiums. The FDIC accounts for the additional TAG insurance coverage in determining the amount of the general assessment it charges under the risk-based assessment system.

The second component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the Debt Guarantee Program, guarantees certain senior unsecured debt of participating organizations. Valley National Bank opted to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. However, we have not issued debt under the TLG Program.

 

21


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes may affect Valley are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing Valley. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently believes are immaterial may also impair Valley’s business operations. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

Our financial results and condition may be adversely impacted by weak economic conditions, particularly if unemployment does not improve or increases.

While the United States continues to experience modest economic growth, the rate of growth has been slow and unemployment remains at very high levels and is not expected to significantly improve in the near future. Much of Valley’s lending is in northern and central New Jersey, and Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and Long Island, New York. As a result of this geographic concentration, a further significant broad-based deterioration in economic conditions in New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area could have a material adverse impact on the quality of Valley’s loan portfolio, results of operations and future growth potential. Prolonged weakened economic conditions and unemployment in our market area could restrict borrowers’ ability to pay outstanding principal and interest on loans when due, and, consequently, adversely affect the cash flows and results of operation of Valley’s business. Additionally, such weak conditions may also continue to adversely affect our ability to originate loans.

Lawmakers’ failure to resolve the so called Debt Ceiling or U.S. budgetary crisis in a timely manner, further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating and uncertain credit and financial market conditions may affect the stability of our $1.4 billion in securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government, which may affect the valuation or liquidity of our investment securities portfolio and may increase our future borrowing costs.

As a result of the uncertain domestic political, credit and financial market conditions, including the potential consequences of the federal government defaulting on its obligations for a period of time due to the debt ceiling limitations or other unresolved political issues, investments in financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the federal government pose credit default and liquidity risks. Given that future deterioration in the United States credit and financial markets is a possibility, no assurance can be made that losses or significant deterioration in the fair value of our U.S. government issued or guaranteed investments will not occur. At December 31, 2012, we had approximately $197.5 million, $45.8 million and $1.2 billion invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, and residential mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae and government-sponsored enterprises, respectively. During 2011, Standard and Poor’s downgraded the United States credit rating from its AAA rating to AA+. Further downgrades in the future could also affect the stability of securities issued or guaranteed by the federal government. These factors could affect the valuation or liquidity of our portfolio of such investment securities, and could result in our counterparties requiring additional collateral for our borrowings. Further, unless and until the current United States political, credit and financial market conditions have been sufficiently resolved, it may increase our future borrowing costs.

Changes in interest rates or prolonged low levels of interest rates could reduce our net interest income and earnings.

Valley’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are

 

22


Table of Contents

sensitive to many factors that are beyond Valley’s control, including general economic conditions, competition, and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the policies of the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest Valley receives on loans and investment securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) Valley’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of Valley’s financial assets and liabilities, including the held to maturity, available for sale, and trading securities portfolios, and (iii) the average duration of Valley’s interest-earning assets. This also includes the risk that interest-earning assets may be more responsive to changes in interest rates than interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa (repricing risk), the risk that the individual interest rates or rate indices underlying various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may not change in the same degree over a given time period (basis risk), and the risk of changing interest rate relationships across the spectrum of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability maturities (yield curve risk). Any substantial or unexpected change in market interest rates or a prolonged period of historically low interest rates, such as those experienced in 2012 and projected by the FRB to continue beyond 2013, could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s financial condition and results of operations. Due, in part, to the low level of market interest rates on loans and investments and a large portion of our long-term borrowing costs that are fixed at interest rates above current market rates of similar new borrowings, our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis declined 23 basis points to 3.52 percent for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011. See additional information at the “Net Interest Income” and “Interest Rate Sensitivity” sections of our MD&A.

We could recognize other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities due to adverse economic and market conditions.

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $1.6 billion and $808.0 million in held to maturity and available for sale securities, respectively. We may be required to record impairment charges in earnings related to credit losses on these investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Additionally, (a) if we intend to sell a security or (b) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, we will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio and may result in other-than-temporary impairment on our investment securities in future periods.

If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of the Bank to upstream dividends to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios.

Among other securities, our investment portfolio includes private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including three pooled securities), perpetual preferred securities issued by banks, and bank issued corporate bonds. These investments pose a risk of future impairment charges by us as a result of the slow recovery in the U.S. economy and its negative effect on the performance of these issuers and/or the underlying mortgage loan collateral. Additionally, some bank trust preferred issuers may elect to defer future payments of interest on such securities either based upon requirements or recommendations by bank regulators or management decisions driven by potential liquidity needs. Such elections by issuers of securities within Valley’s investment portfolio could adversely affect securities valuations and result in future impairment charges if collection of deferred and accrued interest (or principal upon maturity) is deemed unlikely by management. We recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities of $5.2 million, $20.0 million and $4.6 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, attributable to credit as a reduction of non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income mainly due to impaired trust preferred and private label mortgage-backed securities. See the “Investment Securities” section of this MD&A and Note 4

 

23


Table of Contents

to the consolidated financial statements for additional analysis and discussion of our other-than-temporary impairment charges.

We may reduce or eliminate the cash dividend on our common stock, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our common cash dividend payout per common share was approximately 89 percent of our earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our high dividend rate and corresponding low retention rate resulted from earnings being negatively impacted by several factors, including, but not limited to net impairment losses on certain investment securities, the sustained low level of market interest rates for interest earning assets, and higher operating costs and lower fee income caused by increased banking regulation. A prolonged economic recovery or a downturn in the economy, an increase in our costs to comply with current and future changes in banking laws and regulations, and other factors may negatively impact our future earnings and ability to maintain our dividend at current levels.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends, as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock cash dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Additionally, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on federal regulatory policies and regulations including the supervisory policies and guidelines of the OCC and the FRB regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Among other things, consultation of the FRB supervisory staff is required in advance of our declaration or payment of a dividend that exceeds our earnings for a period in which the dividend is being paid. New regulatory guidelines are expected to increase our minimum capital requirements in the future as outlined in the “Basel III” section of Item 1 above.

Future offerings of common stock, debt or other securities may adversely affect the market price of our stock and dilute the holdings of existing shareholders.

In the future, we may increase our capital resources or, if our or the Bank’s capital ratios fall below or near the current or proposed (Basel III) regulatory required minimums, we or the Bank could be forced to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock, and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could adversely affect our asset quality and profitability for those loans secured by real property and increase the number of defaults and the level of losses within our loan portfolio.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2012, over 72 percent of our total loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and could deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A downturn in the real estate market in our primary market areas could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our profitability and asset quality. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and shareholders’ equity could be adversely affected. The declines in home prices in the New Jersey and New York metropolitan markets we serve, along with the reduced availability of mortgage credit, also may result in increases in delinquencies and losses in our loan

 

24


Table of Contents

portfolios. Unexpected decreases in home prices coupled with a prolonged economic recovery and elevated levels of unemployment could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses. In that event, our earnings could be adversely affected.

The secondary market for residential mortgage loans, for the most part, is limited to conforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. The effects of this limited mortgage market, combined with another correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in price reductions in single family home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing mortgage loans held, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Declines in real estate values and home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses or other factors, could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. For additional risks related to our sales of residential mortgages in the secondary market, see the “We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market” risk section below.

Higher charge-offs and weak credit conditions could require us to increase our allowance for credit losses through a provision charge to earnings.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses based on our assessment of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio (including unfunded credit commitments). The process for determining the amount of the allowance is critical to our financial results and conditions. It requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments about the future, including the impact of national and regional economic conditions on the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If our judgment proves to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Bank regulators review the classification of our loans in their examination of us and we may be required in the future to change the classification on certain of our loans, which may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or loan charge-offs. Valley’s management could also decide that the allowance for loan losses should be increased. If actual net charge-offs were to exceed Valley’s allowance, its earnings would be negatively impacted by additional provisions for loan losses. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by the OCC or otherwise could have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Further increases in our non-performing assets may reduce our interest income and increase our net loan charge-offs, provision for loan losses, and operating expenses.

As a result of the weak economic recovery, we continue to face historically high levels of delinquencies on our loans. Our non-accrual loans increased from 0.33 percent at December 31, 2008 to 0.98 percent, 1.12 percent, 1.27 percent and 1.20 of total loans at December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Although the economy has gradually improved during 2012, a slowing or further downturn in economic or real estate market conditions could result in increased charge-offs to our allowance for loan losses and lost interest income relating to a higher level of non-performing loans. Non-performing assets (including non-accrual loans, other real estate owned, other repossessed assets, and non-accrual debt securities) totaled $195.5 million at December 31, 2012. These non-performing assets can adversely affect our net income mainly through decreased interest income and increased operating expenses incurred to maintain such assets or loss charges related to subsequent declines in the estimated fair value of foreclosed assets. Adverse changes in the value of our non-performing assets, or the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in non-performing loans in the future, or that our non-performing assets will not result in lower financial returns in the future.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act may affect our business activities, financial position and profitability by increasing our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, placing restrictions on certain products and services, and limiting our future capital raising strategies.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law by the President of the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act requires significant changes in financial regulation that have impacted all financial institutions, including Valley and the Bank, and will continue to do so as new regulations are promulgated. Among the Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes, it created the CFPB that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection. The CFPB has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of certain federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB also has exclusive supervision over examinations of our compliance with those specific laws, and implementing rules and regulations, supplementing the compliance examinations that will be made by the Comptroller of the Currency. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes states’ attorneys general to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act also restricts the authority of the Comptroller of the Currency to preempt state consumer protection laws applicable to national banks, such as the Bank, impacts the preemption of state laws as they affect subsidiaries and agents of national banks, changes the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage, and increases the FDIC assessment payable by the Bank. The CFPB and certain other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act have significantly increased our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may continue to increase in the future through additional restrictions on the financial products and services we offer to our customers.

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new issuances of trust preferred securities from counting as Tier 1 capital. These restrictions have placed greater limitations on our capital strategies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, our outstanding trust preferred securities will continue to count as Tier 1 capital but we are unable to issue replacement or additional trust preferred securities which would count as Tier 1 capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act also amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the FRB the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as Valley National Bank. In June 2011, the FRB issued a final rule that establishes standards for determining whether an interchange fee received or charged by an issuer with respect to an electronic debit transaction is reasonable and proportionate to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction. Effective October 1, 2011, these new standards imposed debit card interchange fee limits which were largely responsible for a $880 thousand reduction in our debit card interchange fees recognized in other non-interest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the third quarter of 2011 and a $1.8 million decrease in such fees for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011. We can make no assurances that these rules and any new limitations imposed upon us will not continue to reduce such fee income in the future.

Because many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions still require future regulatory rulemaking, we are uncertain as to the impact that some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will have on Valley and the Bank and cannot provide assurance that the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for other reasons.

Extensive regulation and supervision may have a negative impact on our ability to compete in a cost effective manner and subject us to material compliance costs and penalties.

Valley, primarily through its principal subsidiary and certain non-bank subsidiaries, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Many laws and regulations affect

 

26


Table of Contents

Valley’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. They encourage Valley to ensure a satisfactory level of lending in defined areas, and establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect Valley in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject Valley to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products it may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Valley’s compliance with certain of these laws will be considered by banking regulators when reviewing bank merger and bank holding company acquisitions.

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards could cause us to change the manner in which we report our financial results and condition in adverse ways and could subject us to additional costs and expenses.

Valley’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding its financial results and condition. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of Valley’s assets or liabilities and financial results. Valley identified its accounting policies regarding the allowance for loan losses, security valuations and impairments, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, using different assumptions, or as new information becomes available.

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change their guidance governing the form and content of Valley’s external financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), such as the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and Valley’s independent registered public accounting firm, may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Such changes are expected to continue, and may accelerate dependent upon the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board commitments to achieving convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Changes in U.S. GAAP and changes in current interpretations are beyond Valley’s control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how Valley reports its financial results and condition. In certain cases, Valley could be required to apply a new or revised guidance retroactively or apply existing guidance differently (also retroactively) which may result in Valley restating prior period financial statements for material amounts. Additionally, significant changes to U.S. GAAP may require costly technology changes, additional training and personnel, and other expenses that will negatively impact our results of operations.

An increased valuation of our junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I may adversely impact our net income and earnings per share.

Effective January 1, 2007, we elected to carry the junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I at fair value. We measure the fair value of these junior subordinated debentures using exchange quoted prices in active markets for similar assets, specifically the trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I, which contain identical terms as our junior subordinated debentures (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements). As a result, any increase in the market quoted price, or fair market value, of our trust preferred securities will result in a commensurate increase in the liability required to be recorded for the junior subordinated debentures with an offsetting non-cash charge against our earnings. Conversely, a decrease in the market quoted price of such securities will result in a decrease in the liability recorded for the debentures with an offsetting non-cash gain recognized in earnings. We recognized non-cash gains of $2.6 million ($1.7 million after taxes) and $1.3 million ($816 thousand after taxes) during 2012 and 2011, respectively, as compared to non-cash

 

27


Table of Contents

charges totaling $5.8 million ($3.8 million after taxes) during 2010 due to the change in the fair value of the junior subordinated debentures determined by the market price of the trust preferred securities. The non-cash gains and charges against our earnings do not impact our liquidity or our regulatory capital. We cannot predict whether or to what extent we would be required to take a non-cash charge against earnings related to the change in fair value of our junior subordinated debentures in future periods. Furthermore, changes in the law and regulations or other factors could require us to redeem the junior subordinated debentures at par value. If we are carrying the junior subordinated debentures at a fair value below par value when such redemption occurs, we will be required to record a charge against earnings in the period in which the redemption occurred.

Additional bank failures could increase our FDIC assessments and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The economic downturn since 2008 has caused a high level of bank failures, which has dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and led to a significant reduction in the balance of the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result, the FDIC has significantly increased the initial base assessment rates paid by financial institutions for deposit insurance. Increases in the base assessment rate have increased our deposit insurance costs dramatically since 2008 and negatively impacted our earnings (See the annual impact in Item 6. Selected Financial Data below). In addition, in May 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on all insured institutions. Our special assessment, which was reflected in earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, was $6.5 million. In lieu of imposing an additional special assessment, the FDIC required all institutions to prepay their assessments for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 in December 2009. We prepaid estimated assessment fees totaling $45.5 million in December 2009. The FDIC could impose additional special assessments for future quarters or increase the FDIC standard assessments. Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the FDIC assessment standards which may cause our assessments to increase. We cannot provide you with any assurances that we will not be required to pay additional FDIC insurance assessments, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be required to recognize losses on certain financial transactions due to the credit default or liquidation of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to adequately manage our liquidity risk, which could affect our ability to meet our obligations as they become due, capitalize on growth opportunities, or pay regular dividends on our common stock.

Liquidity risk is the potential that Valley will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due, capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise, or pay regular dividends on our common stock because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.

Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

Liquidity is derived primarily from retail deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on investment securities; sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations, and access to other funding sources.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could have a detrimental impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to persistent weakness, or downturn, in the economy or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not necessarily specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole.

The loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base may adversely impact our net interest income and net income.

Checking and savings, NOW, and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or money market or fixed income mutual funds, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, Valley could lose a low cost source of funds, increasing its funding costs and reducing Valley’s net interest income and net income.

If our subsidiaries are unable to make dividends and distributions to us, we may be unable to make dividend payments to our common shareholders or interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts.

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our banking and non-banking subsidiaries and depend on dividends, distributions, and other payments from the Bank and its non-banking subsidiaries to fund cash dividend payments on our common stock and to fund most payments on our other obligations. Regulations relating to capital requirements affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to us and to make loans to us. Additionally, if our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common shareholders or interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts. Furthermore, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.

Our market share and income may be adversely affected by our inability to successfully compete against larger and more diverse financial service providers.

Valley faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources than Valley to deal with the potential negative changes in the financial markets and regulatory landscape. Valley competes with other providers of financial services such as commercial and savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market and mutual funds, mortgage companies, title agencies, asset managers, insurance companies and a large list of other local, regional and national institutions which offer financial services. Additional mergers and acquisitions of financial institutions within New Jersey and the New York Metro area may also occur given the current difficult banking environment and add more competitive pressure to Valley. If Valley is unable to compete effectively, it may lose market share and its income generated from loans, deposits, and other financial products may decline.

Potential acquisitions may disrupt Valley’s business and dilute shareholder value.

Valley regularly evaluates merger and acquisition opportunities, including FDIC-assisted transactions, and conducts due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, merger or acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur at any time. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of Valley’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any

 

29


Table of Contents

future transaction. Furthermore, mergers and acquisitions involve a number of additional risks and challenges, including:

 

   

Potential exposure to asset quality issues or unknown contingent liabilities of the banks, businesses, assets and liabilities we acquire;

 

   

Our success in deploying any cash received in a transaction into assets bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;

 

   

Our ability to earn acceptable levels of interest and non-interest income, including fee income, from the acquired banks, businesses, assets or branches;

 

   

Our ability to control the incremental non-interest expense from the acquired banks, businesses, assets or branches in a manner that enables us to maintain a favorable overall efficiency ratio; and

 

   

Our need to finance an acquisition by borrowing funds or raising additional capital, which could diminish our liquidity or dilute the interests of our existing stockholders.

The acquisition of assets and liabilities of financial institutions in FDIC-sponsored or assisted transactions involves risks similar to those faced when acquiring existing financial institutions, even though the FDIC might provide assistance to mitigate certain risks, e.g., entering into loss-sharing arrangements. However, because such transactions are structured in a manner that does not allow the time normally associated with evaluating and preparing for the integration of an acquired institution, we face the additional risk that the anticipated benefits of such an acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the time period expected. Additionally, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s financial condition and results of operations.

Loans acquired in our FDIC-assisted transactions may not be covered by the loss-sharing agreements if the FDIC determines that we have not adequately managed these agreements, which could require a reduction in the carrying value of these loans.

In connection with the acquisitions of certain assets and liabilities of LibertyPointe Bank and The Park Avenue Bank, we entered into loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC in the LibertyPointe Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse us for: (i) 80 percent of any future losses on loans covered by the loss-sharing agreement up to $55.0 million, after we absorb such losses up to the first loss tranche of $11.7 million; and (ii) 95 percent of losses in excess of $55.0 million. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement with the FDIC in The Park Avenue Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse us for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets of up to $66.0 million and 95 percent of losses in excess of $66.0 million. At December 31, 2012, our FDIC loss-share receivable totaled $45.0 million. Although the FDIC has agreed to reimburse us for the substantial portion of losses on covered loans, the FDIC has the right to refuse or delay payment for loan losses if the loss-sharing agreements are not managed in accordance with their terms. In addition, reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans as determined by the FDIC as of the effective dates of the transactions. The amount that we realize on these loans could differ materially from the carrying value that will be reflected in our financial statements, based upon the timing and amount of collections on the covered loans in future periods.

Failure to successfully implement our growth strategies could cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses which may not be recouped and adversely affect our future profitability.

Although our de novo branching activities were insignificant in 2012, over the past several years we have implemented a conservative de novo branch strategy to expand our physical presence in Brooklyn and Queens, as well as add locations within our New Jersey and Manhattan markets. Valley has opened a combined total of 15 branch locations within Brooklyn and Queens since starting its initiative in these new markets during 2007.

 

30


Table of Contents

During 2012, we also expanded our branch network into markets outside of these areas through our acquisition of State Bancorp headquartered in Long Island effective January 1, 2012 (See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). The State Bancorp acquisition included 14 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan that currently remain open and represent approximately 32 percent of our total New York branch network. Valley’s ability to successfully execute in these markets depends upon a variety of factors, including its ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities and locations, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in the new market areas, and the ability to manage growth. These initiatives, specifically non-acquisition related de novo branch activity, could cause Valley’s expenses to increase faster than revenues. Valley can provide no assurances that it will successfully implement or continue such growth initiatives.

From time to time, Valley may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. Valley may invest significant time and resources to develop and market new lines of business and/or products and services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting customer preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Additionally, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of Valley’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not keep pace with technological change within the financial services industry, negatively affecting our ability to remain competitive and profitable.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Valley’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in Valley’s operations. Many of Valley’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Valley may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on Valley’s business and, in turn, Valley’s financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our systems, employees and certain service providers, and if our system fails or if our security measures are compromised, our operations could be disrupted or the data of our customers could be improperly divulged.

We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures, including those to mitigate the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, may prove to be inadequate or are circumvented, thereby causing delays in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may also be subject to disruptions of our systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (including, for example, electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to losses in

 

31


Table of Contents

service to customers and to financial loss or liability. Furthermore, many other financial institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported significant breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks and other means. Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to such cyber attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. Additionally, our risk exposure to security matters may remain elevated or increase in the future due to, among other things, the increasing size and prominence of Valley in the financial services industry, our expansion of Internet and mobile banking tools and products based on customer needs, and the system and customer account conversions associated with the integration of merger targets. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as us) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. We maintain a system of comprehensive policies and a control framework designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure or internal controls, (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition, (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services and (iv) changes in the vendor’s strategic focus. While we believe these policies and procedures help to mitigate risk, the failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. There is intense competition in the financial services industry for qualified employees. In addition, we face increasing competition with businesses outside the financial services industry for the most highly skilled individuals. Our business operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

Severe weather, acts of terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our ability to conduct our business.

A significant portion of our primary markets is located near coastal waters which could generate naturally occurring severe weather, or in response to climate change, that could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Many areas in Northern New Jersey in which our branches operate are subject to severe flooding and significant weather related disruptions may become common events in the future. On October 29, 2012, Hurricane Sandy struck the Northeast and caused severe property damage and many business closures throughout the New Jersey and New York Metropolitan areas. We believe the storm did not materially impact the vast majority of our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans or the collateral values securing their loans. However, the full extent of any adverse impact on our markets from the prolonged rebuilding efforts necessary in coastal areas of New Jersey and Long Island is unknown at this time.

Additionally, New York City and New Jersey remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism against the United States. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we have established and regularly test disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that

 

32


Table of Contents

hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review prior to originating certain commercial real estate loans, as well as before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market.

We engage in the origination of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market. In connection with such sales, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. The substantial decline in residential real estate values and the standards used by some originators has resulted in more repurchase requests to many secondary market participants from secondary market purchasers. Since January 1, 2006, we have originated and sold over 12,600 individual residential mortgages totaling approximately $2.4 billion. Over the past several years, we have experienced a nominal amount of repurchase requests (including only two requests in 2012). None of the loan repurchases resulted in loss. As of December 31, 2012, no reserves pertaining to loans sold were established on our financial statements. While we currently believe our repurchase risk remains low based upon our careful loan underwriting and documentation standards, it is possible that requests to repurchase loans could occur in the future and such requests may have a negative financial impact on us.

Claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibility could result in losses and damage to our reputation.

From time to time as part of Valley’s normal course of business, customers and former employees make claims and take legal action against Valley based on actions or inactions of Valley. If such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to Valley, they may result in financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of Valley and its products and services. This may also impact customer demand for Valley’s products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on Valley’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 

33


Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties

We conduct our business at 210 retail banking centers locations, with 166 in northern and central New Jersey and 44 in the New York City metropolitan area. We own 97 of our banking center facilities. The other facilities are leased for various terms.

The following table summarizes our retail banking centers in New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area:

 

     Number of
banking centers
     % of Total  

New Jersey:

     

Northern

     72         35

Central

     94         44   

New York:

     

Manhattan

     16         8   

Brooklyn

     9         4   

Queens

     6         3   

Long Island

     13         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     210         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our principal business office is located at 1455 Valley Road, Wayne, New Jersey. Including our principal business office, we own four office buildings in Wayne, New Jersey and one building in Chestnut Ridge, New York, which are used for various operations of Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries. During 2012, we opened our newly leased New York City corporate headquarters located at One Penn Plaza in Manhattan which is primarily used as a central hub for New York based lending activities of senior executives and other commercial lenders. We also lease a residential mortgage loan production office in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania.

During October 2012, Hurricane Sandy caused major destruction along the East Coast, including damage that has temporarily closed four branches for renovations included in the New Jersey central and Brooklyn, New York locations in the table above. The branch customers from these locations are currently being served at other surrounding branch locations.

The total net book value of our premises and equipment (including land, buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment) was $279 million at December 31, 2012. We believe that all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good condition (except for those affected by Hurricane Sandy) and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity should not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

 

34


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “VLY”. The following table sets forth for each quarter period indicated the high and low sales prices for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE, and the cash dividends declared per common share for each quarter. The amounts shown in the table below have been adjusted for all stock dividends and stock splits.

 

     Year 2012      Year 2011  
     High      Low      Dividend      High      Low      Dividend  

First Quarter

   $ 12.69       $ 11.30       $ 0.16       $ 13.54       $ 11.90       $ 0.16   

Second Quarter

     12.50         10.17         0.16         13.30         12.18         0.16   

Third Quarter

     11.07         9.10         0.16         13.46         9.11         0.16   

Fourth Quarter

     10.27         8.65         0.16         12.22         9.52         0.16   

There were 8,541 shareholders of record as of December 31, 2012.

Restrictions on Dividends

The timing and amount of cash dividends paid depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other relevant factors. The primary source for dividends paid to our common stockholders is dividends paid to us from Valley National Bank. Federal laws and regulations contain restrictions on the ability of national banks, like Valley National Bank, to pay dividends. For more information regarding the restrictions on the Bank’s dividends, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Limitations” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors – We May Reduce or Eliminate the Cash Dividend on Our Common Stock” above, and the “Liquidity” section of our MD&A of this Annual Report. In addition, under the terms of the trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts, we cannot pay dividends on our common stock if we defer payments on the junior subordinated debentures which provide the cash flow for the payments on the trust preferred securities.

 

35


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical $100 investment made on December 31, 2007 in: (a) Valley’s common stock; (b) the Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Stock Index; and (c) the Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ KBW50 Bank Index. The graph is calculated assuming that all dividends are reinvested during the relevant periods. The graph shows how a $100 investment would increase or decrease in value over time based on dividends (stock or cash) and increases or decreases in the market price of the stock.

 

LOGO

 

     12/07      12/08      12/09      12/10      12/11      12/12  

Valley

   $ 100.00       $ 116.43       $ 90.74       $ 101.55       $ 97.49       $ 81.87   

KBW 50

     100.00         81.43         63.45         76.40         72.45         82.17   

S&P 500

     100.00         63.01         79.69         91.71         93.62         108.59   

 

36


Table of Contents

Issuer Repurchase of Equity Securities

The following table presents the purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers during the three months ended December 31, 2012:

 

Period

  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
    Average Price
Paid Per
Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans (1)
    Maximum Number of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans (1)
 

October 1, 2012 to October 31, 2012

    —        $ —          —          4,112,465   

November 1, 2012 to November 30, 2012

    41,385 (2)      8.82        —          4,112,465   

December 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012

    169 (2)       9.26        —          4,112,465   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

    41,554          —       
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

On January 17, 2007, Valley publicly announced its intention to repurchase up to 4.7 million outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The repurchase plan has no stated expiration date. No repurchase plans or programs expired or terminated during the three months ended December 31, 2012.

(2)

Represents repurchases made in connection with the vesting of employee stock awards.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

37


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Valley’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto presented herein in response to Item 8 of this Annual Report.

 

    As of or for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011 (1)     2010 (1)     2009 (1)     2008 (1)  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Summary of Operations:

         

Interest income—tax equivalent basis (2)

  $ 678,410      $ 679,901      $ 682,402      $ 717,411      $ 735,153   

Interest expense

    181,312        199,013        214,060        262,870        308,895   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income—tax equivalent basis (2)

    497,098        480,888        468,342        454,541        426,258   

Less: tax equivalent adjustment

    7,217        6,077        5,590        5,227        5,459   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    489,881        474,811        462,752        449,314        420,799   

Provision for credit losses

    25,552        53,335        49,456        47,992        28,282   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions for credit losses

    464,329        421,476        413,296        401,322        392,517   

Non-interest income:

         

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    (5,247     (19,968     (4,642     (6,352     (84,835

Trading gains (losses), net

    2,793        2,271        (6,897     (10,434     3,166   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    46,998        10,699        12,591        8,937        1,274   

Other non-interest income

    76,402        119,295        90,275        80,100        83,651   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

    120,946        112,297        91,327        72,251        3,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

         

FDIC insurance assessment

    14,292        12,759        13,719        20,128        1,985   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          —          —          —     

Other non-interest expense

    360,608        325,797        305,969        288,039        285,514   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

    374,900        338,556        319,688        308,167        287,499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    210,375        195,217        184,935        165,406        108,274   

Income tax expense

    66,748        62,706        54,929        50,587        15,990   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    143,627        132,511        130,006        114,819        92,284   

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion

    —          —          —          19,524        2,090   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

  $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006      $ 95,295      $ 90,194   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Common Share (3):

         

Earnings per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.73      $ 0.74      $ 0.73      $ 0.57      $ 0.57   

Diluted

    0.73        0.74        0.73        0.57        0.57   

Dividends declared

    0.65        0.66        0.66        0.66        0.66   

Book value

    7.57        7.02        7.22        7.02        6.48   

Tangible book value (4)

    5.26        5.13        5.29        5.21        4.53   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    197,354,159        178,424,883        177,568,546        167,222,450        158,545,594   

Diluted

    197,354,372        178,426,070        177,577,663        167,223,242        158,632,863   

Ratios:

         

Return on average assets

    0.91     0.93     0.92     0.80     0.68

Return on average shareholders’ equity

    9.57        10.11        10.23        8.55        8.61   

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (5)

    13.65        13.68        13.84        11.22        11.41   

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

    9.48        9.19        9.00        9.40        7.94   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (6)

    6.71        6.58        6.82        6.61        5.16   

Efficiency ratio (7)

    61.38        57.67        57.70        59.09        67.80   

Dividend payout

    89.04        88.46        88.89        115.15        115.94   

Risk-based capital:

         

Tier 1 capital

    10.87     10.81     10.83     10.54     11.36

Total capital

    12.38        12.64        12.81        12.45        13.10   

Leverage capital

    8.09        7.99        8.23        8.07        9.04   

Financial Condition:

         

Assets

  $ 16,012,646      $ 14,252,755      $ 14,151,249      $ 14,290,734      $ 14,723,813   

Net loans

    10,892,599        9,665,839        9,241,091        9,268,081        10,050,446   

Deposits

    11,264,018        9,673,102        9,363,614        9,547,285        9,232,923   

Shareholders’ equity

    1,502,377        1,254,836        1,284,935        1,243,748        1,355,746   

See Notes to the Selected Financial Data that follow.

 

38


Table of Contents

Notes to Selected Financial Data

 

(1)

Previously reported results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been revised to reflect an increase in non-interest expense, which after taxes, reduced net income by $1.1 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and reduced basic and diluted earnings per common share by $0.01 for each of these years. Certain statistical and other per common data presented in the table have been revised accordingly. See the “Correction of an Immaterial Error” section of Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

(2)

In this report a number of amounts related to net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.

(3) 

All per common share amounts reflect a five percent common stock dividend issued May 25, 2012, and all prior stock splits and dividends.

(4)

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains supplemental financial information which has been determined by methods other than U.S. GAAP that management uses in its analysis of our performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding our underlying operational performance, our business and performance trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of others in the financial services industry. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Tangible book value per common share, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, and less goodwill and other intangible assets by common shares outstanding as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Common shares outstanding

   $ 198,438,271       $ 178,683,030       $ 178,010,307       $ 177,102,621       $ 164,122,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     1,502,377         1,254,836         1,284,935         1,243,748         1,355,746   

Less: Preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           291,539   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets

     459,357         338,780         343,541         320,729         321,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,043,020       $ 916,056       $ 941,394       $ 923,019       $ 743,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 5.26       $ 5.13       $ 5.29       $ 5.21       $ 4.53   

 

39


Table of Contents
(5) 

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing net income by average shareholders’ equity less average goodwill and average other intangible assets, as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006      $ 114,819      $ 92,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shareholders’ equity

     1,500,997        1,310,939        1,270,778        1,342,790        1,071,358   

Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets

     449,078        342,122        331,667        319,756        262,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,051,919      $ 968,817      $ 939,111      $ 1,023,034      $ 808,745   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

     13.65     13.68     13.84     11.22     11.41

 

(6)

Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets, which is a non-GAAP measure, is computed by dividing tangible shareholders’ equity (shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, and less goodwill and other intangible assets) by tangible assets, as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,043,020      $ 916,056      $ 941,394      $ 923,019      $ 743,107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     16,012,646        14,252,755        14,151,249        14,290,734        14,723,813   

Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets

     459,357        338,780        343,541        320,729        321,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 15,553,289      $ 13,913,975      $ 13,807,708      $ 13,970,005      $ 14,402,713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity to tangible assets

     6.71     6.58     6.82     6.61     5.16

 

(7)

The efficiency ratio measures total non-interest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus total non-interest income.

 

40


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The purpose of this analysis is to provide the reader with information relevant to understanding and assessing Valley’s results of operations for each of the past three years and financial condition for each of the past two years. In order to fully appreciate this analysis the reader is encouraged to review the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report, and statistical data presented in this document.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, both in the MD&A and elsewhere, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements in addition to those risk factors listed under the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to:

 

   

a severe decline in the general economic conditions of New Jersey and the New York Metropolitan area;

 

   

higher than expected loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business from the recent damages to our primary markets by Hurricane Sandy;

 

   

declines in value in our investment portfolio, including additional other-than-temporary impairment charges on our investment securities;

 

   

unanticipated deterioration in our loan portfolio;

 

   

an unanticipated reduction in our “originate and sell” residential mortgage strategy or a slowdown in residential mortgage loan refinance activity;

 

   

Valley’s inability to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate future earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, and changes in the composition of qualifying regulatory capital and minimum capital requirements (including those resulting from the U.S. implementation of Basel III requirements);

 

   

higher than expected increases in our allowance for loan losses;

 

   

higher than expected increases in loan losses or in the level of nonperforming loans;

 

   

unexpected changes in market interest rates for interest earning assets and/or interest bearing liabilities;

 

   

government intervention in the U.S. financial system and the effects of and changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

   

higher than expected tax rates, including increases resulting from changes in tax laws, regulations and case law;

 

   

an unexpected decline in real estate values within our market areas;

 

   

charges against earnings related to the change in fair value of our junior subordinated debentures;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

higher than expected FDIC insurance assessments;

 

   

the failure of other financial institutions with whom we have trading, clearing, counterparty and other financial relationships;

 

   

lack of liquidity to fund our various cash obligations;

 

   

unanticipated reduction in our deposit base;

 

   

potential acquisitions that may disrupt our business;

 

   

legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations) subject us to additional regulatory oversight which may result in higher compliance costs and/or require us to change our business model;

 

   

changes in accounting policies or accounting standards;

 

   

our inability to promptly adapt to technological changes;

 

   

our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent losses;

 

   

claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters;

 

   

the inability to realize expected revenue synergies from the merger of State Bancorp with Valley in the amounts or in the timeframe anticipated;

 

   

inability to retain State Bancorp’s customers and employees;

 

   

lower than expected cash flows from purchased credit impaired loans; and

 

   

other unexpected material adverse changes in our operations or earnings.

Correction of an Immaterial Error

Our previously reported financial condition and results of operations at and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect an adjustment for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases with scheduled rental increases in which Valley is the lessor and lessee, respectively. The adjustment resulted in increases in accrued rent liability, deferred tax assets and net occupancy and equipment expense, as well as decreases in retained earnings, net income and earnings per common share. The effect of these revisions was immaterial to each of the interim and annual periods, including a one cent reduction in basic and diluted earnings per common share in both 2011 and 2010. See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for more details.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting and reporting policies conform, in all material respects, to U.S. GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has made estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Valley’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations. Our significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. We identified our policies for the allowance for loan losses, security valuations and impairments, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because management has to make subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Management has reviewed the application of these policies with the Audit Committee of Valley’s Board of Directors.

 

42


Table of Contents

The judgments used by management in applying the critical accounting policies discussed below may be affected by a further and prolonged downturn in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. Specifically, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in material changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect on outstanding loans could result in increased loan losses. In addition, the valuation of certain securities (including debt security valuations based on the expected future cash flows of their underlying collateral) in our investment portfolio could be negatively impacted by illiquidity or dislocation in marketplaces resulting in depressed market prices thus leading to further impairment losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for credit losses includes the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commercial letters of credit and represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolios. There are numerous components that enter into the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses, which includes a quantitative analysis, as well as a qualitative review of its results. The qualitative review is subjective and requires a significant amount of judgment. Various banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, also review the allowance for loan losses. Such regulators may require, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, that certain loan balances be charged off or require that adjustments be made to the allowance for loan losses when their credit evaluations differ from those of management. Additionally, our allowance for credit losses methodology includes loan portfolio evaluations at the portfolio segment level, which consist of a commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage, and a consumer loan portfolio segments.

Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-Covered Loans

The allowance for losses on non-covered loans relates only to loans, which are not subject to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for losses on non-covered loans consists of the following:

 

   

specific reserves for individually impaired loans;

 

   

reserves for adversely classified loans, and higher risk rated loans that are not impaired loans;

 

   

reserves for other loans that are not impaired; and, if applicable,

 

   

reserves for impairment of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

Our reserves on classified and non-classified loans also include reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing.

Valley has no allowance reserves established at December 31, 2012 related to the non-covered PCI loans acquired from State Bancorp and purchased from another financial institution during the first quarter of 2012. However, the information below regarding our policies to determine the allowance for covered loans is identical to the procedures performed by Valley to determine the carrying amounts and reserves for impairment of non-covered PCI loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

Allowance for Loan Losses on Covered Loans

During 2010, we acquired loans in two FDIC-assisted transactions that are covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby we will be reimbursed for a substantial portion of any future losses. Like the non-covered PCI loans acquired and purchased during the first quarter of 2012, we evaluated the acquired covered loans and elected to account for them in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” since all of these loans were acquired at a discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. The covered loans are initially recorded

 

43


Table of Contents

at their estimated fair values segregated into pools of loans sharing common risk characteristics, exclusive of the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The fair values include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

The covered loans are subject to our internal credit review. If and when unexpected credit deterioration occurs at the loan pool level subsequent to the acquisition date, a provision for credit losses for covered loans will be charged to earnings for the full amount of the decline in expected cash flows for the pool, without regard to the FDIC loss-sharing agreements. Under the accounting guidance of ASC Subtopic 310-30, for acquired credit impaired loans, the allowance for loan losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting date based on future expected cash flows. This assessment and measurement is performed at the pool level and not at the individual loan level. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows resulting from further credit deterioration on a pool of acquired covered loan pools as of such measurement date compared to those originally estimated are recognized by recording a provision and allowance for credit losses on covered loans. Subsequent increases in the expected cash flows of the loans in that pool would first reduce any allowance for loan losses on covered loans; and any excess will be accreted for prospectively as a yield adjustment. The portion of the additional estimated losses on covered loans that is reimbursable from the FDIC under the loss-sharing agreements is recorded in non-interest income and increases the FDIC loss-share receivable asset.

Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this MD&A.

Changes in Our Allowance for Loan Losses

Valley considers it difficult to quantify the impact of changes in forecast on its allowance for loan losses. However, management believes the following discussion may enable investors to better understand the variables that drive the allowance for loan losses, which amounted to $130.2 million at December 31, 2012.

For impaired credits, if the present value of expected cash flows (for other impaired loans) were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have decreased $8.2 million or increased $9.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. If the fair value of the collateral (for collateral dependent loans) was 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have not changed or increased $1.1 million, respectively at December 31, 2012.

If classified loan balances were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by approximately $2.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

The credit rating assigned to each non-classified credit is an important variable in determining the allowance. If each non-classified credit were rated one grade worse, the allowance would have increased by approximately $351 thousand, while if each non-classified credit were rated one grade better there would be no change in the level of the allowance as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, if the historical loss factors used to calculate the allowance for non-classified loans were 10 percent higher or lower, the allowance would have increased or decreased by approximately $6.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

A key variable in determining the allowance is management’s judgment in determining the size of the allowances attributable to general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors. At December 31, 2012, such allowances were 5.1 percent of the total allowance. If such allowances were 10 percent higher or lower, the total allowance would have increased or decreased by $680 thousand, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

Security Valuations and Impairments. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of its investment portfolio. To the extent they exist, unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets (Level 1) or quoted prices on similar assets (Level 2) are utilized to determine the fair value of each investment in the portfolio. In the absence of quoted prices and liquid markets, valuation techniques would be used to determine

 

44


Table of Contents

fair value of any investments that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (Level 3). Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to, cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing investments using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a positive or negative effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more details on our security valuation techniques.

Management must periodically evaluate if unrealized losses (as determined based on the securities valuation methodologies discussed above) on individual securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale in the investment portfolio are considered to be other-than-temporary. The analysis of other-than-temporary impairment requires the use of various assumptions, including, but not limited to, the length of time an investment’s book value is greater than fair value, the severity of the investment’s decline, any credit deterioration of the investment, whether management intends to sell the security, and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. Debt investment securities deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired are written down by the impairment related to the estimated credit loss and the non-credit related impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. Other-than-temporarily impaired equity securities are written down to fair value and a non-cash impairment charge is recognized in the period of such evaluation.

We recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities of $5.2 million, $20.0 million and $4.6 million in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, as a reduction of non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income. See the “Investment Securities” section of this MD&A and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional analysis and discussion of our other-than-temporary impairment charges.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. We record all assets, liabilities, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value as of the acquisition date, and expense all acquisition related costs as incurred as required by ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” Goodwill totaling $428.2 million at December 31, 2012 is not amortized but is subject to annual tests for impairment or more often, if events or circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Other intangible assets totaling $31.1 million at December 31, 2012 are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Such evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. The initial recording of goodwill and other intangible assets requires subjective judgments concerning estimates of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities.

The goodwill impairment analysis is generally a two-step test. However, Valley may, under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under this new ASU, we are not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit if, based on a qualitative assessment, we determine that it was more likely than not that the unit’s fair value was less than its carrying amount. During 2012, Valley elected to perform step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test for all of its reporting units, but (under the ASU) it may chose to perform the optional qualitative assessment for one or more units in future periods. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional step must be performed. That additional step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, i.e., by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step above, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles, as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination at the impairment test date. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of

 

45


Table of Contents

goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill and subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.

Fair value may be determined using: market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analysis and other determinants. Estimated cash flows may extend far into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Factors that may materially affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates, terminal values, and specific industry or market sector conditions.

To assist in assessing the impact of potential goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges at December 31, 2012, the impact of a five percent impairment charge would result in a reduction in net income of approximately $23.0 million. See Note 8 to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding goodwill and other intangible assets.

Income Taxes. We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities. The income tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant government taxing authorities. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws to our business activities, as well as the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income.

Our interpretations may be subject to review during examination by taxing authorities and disputes may arise over the respective tax positions. We attempt to resolve these disputes during the tax examination and audit process and ultimately through the court systems when applicable. We monitor relevant tax authorities and revise our estimate of accrued income taxes due to changes in income tax laws and their interpretation by the courts and regulatory authorities on a quarterly basis. Revisions of our estimate of accrued income taxes also may result from our own income tax planning and from the resolution of income tax controversies. Such revisions in our estimates may be material to our operating results for any given quarter.

The provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. We perform regular reviews to ascertain the realizability of our deferred tax assets. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, which also incorporates various tax planning strategies. In connection with these reviews, if we determine that a portion of the deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. As of December 31, 2012, management has determined it is more likely than not that Valley will realize its net deferred tax assets and therefore valuation allowance was not established.

We maintain a reserve related to certain tax positions that management believes contain an element of uncertainty. We adjust our unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when additional information becomes available. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured based on the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized. It is possible that the reassessment of our unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on our effective tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs.

See Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements and the “Income Taxes” section in this MD&A for an additional discussion on the accounting for income taxes.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance. See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the dates of adoption and the anticipated effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

Executive Summary

Company Overview. At December 31, 2012, Valley had consolidated total assets of $16.0 billion, total net loans of $10.9 billion, total deposits of $11.3 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $1.5 billion. Our commercial bank operations include branch office locations in northern and central New Jersey and the New York City Boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. Of our current 210—branch network, 79 percent and 21 percent of the branches are located in New Jersey and New York, respectively. We have grown both in asset size and locations significantly over the past several years primarily through both bank acquisitions and de novo branch expansion, including our most recent bank transaction discussed below. See Item 1 of this Annual Report for more details regarding our past merger activity.

Acquisition of State Bancorp, Inc. (State Bancorp). On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp, the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans and $1.4 billion in deposits, after purchase accounting adjustments, and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan. We believe our expansion into this attractive area of the Long Island market has already provided additional lending, retail, and wealth management service opportunities to further strengthen our New York Metropolitan operations and will continue to grow Valley brand recognition in these markets. During February 2012, we integrated State Bancorp’s systems into Valley with minimal disruption to our customer service and operations. We continue to look for future opportunities to support our new efforts in the Long Island market both through gradual de novo branch expansion and other potential bank acquisitions.

The shareholders of State Bancorp received a fixed one- for- one exchange ratio for Valley National Bancorp common stock. The total consideration for the acquisition totaled $208.4 million (approximately 17.7 million shares of Valley common stock). The transaction generated approximately $109.8 million in goodwill and $8.1 million in core deposit intangible assets subject to amortization. As a condition to the closing of the merger, State Bancorp redeemed $36.8 million of its outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Series A Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury. The stock redemption was funded by a $37.0 million short-term loan from Valley to State Bancorp. The loan, included in Valley’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, was subsequently eliminated as of the acquisition date and is no longer outstanding. See additional details in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Annual Results. Net income totaled $143.6 million, or $0.73 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $132.5 million in 2011, or $0.74 per diluted common share. (All common share data is adjusted to reflect a five percent common stock dividend issued on May 25, 2012). The increase in net income was largely due to: (i) a 52 percent decline in our provision for credit losses caused by a decrease in additional impairment recognized on certain covered loan pools acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions in 2010 coupled with the positive effect of the gradual improvement in credit conditions and the U.S. economy on our non-covered loan portfolio during 2012, (ii) an 8 percent increase in non-interest income resulting primarily from higher gains on sales of residential loans originated for sale and lower other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities, largely offset by a decrease in net gains on securities transactions and post-acquisition date declines in our FDIC loss-share receivable, (iii) an increase in net interest income mainly caused by the higher loan volume associated to loans acquired from State Bancorp, partially offset by (iv) higher salary and employee benefits, net occupancy and equipment expense and other non-interest expense due, in part, to additional expenses related to our acquisition of State Bancorp and OREO and other expenses partly related to assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions. See the “Net Interest Income,” “Non-Interest Income,” and “Non-Interest Expense” sections below for more details on the items above impacting our 2012 annual results.

Economic Overview and Indicators. Major economic uncertainty prevailed throughout most of 2012 and into the fourth quarter of 2012 as the so-called fiscal cliff approached. This combination of scheduled tax increases and cuts in federal spending was set for the end of 2012 and Congress for a long time was unable to agree on ways to address it. This led to dramatically lower business investment and reduced consumer confidence. Although there have been recent glimmers of improvement in the unemployment rate and the

 

47


Table of Contents

housing market, most forward looking data, such as new orders and consumer sentiment, portend slower growth in 2013.

Information reviewed at the Federal Open Market Committee meeting in January 2013 suggests that economic activity and employment have continued to expand at a moderate pace in recent months, apart from weather-related disruptions. Although the Unemployment Rate has declined somewhat since the summer when it was at 8.3 percent, it remains elevated at 7.9 percent. Household spending has continued to advance, and the housing sector has shown further signs of improvement, but growth in business fixed investment has slowed.

The FRB, in an effort to clarify its intentions for a struggling economy, for the first time spelled out the unemployment level it would like to see before it raises short-term interest rates. FRB Chairman Bernanke has been quite vocal in his frustration that Congress has not been more proactive in pursuing stimulative fiscal policies. Hence, the FRB has maintained their open-ended quantitative easing policy in an effort to keep interest rates lower and boost the economy. Accordingly, the FRB announced it will continue in 2013 with its plan to purchase of $85 billion in both mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury securities each month, as part of its strategy to maintain low long-term interest rates to encourage borrowing, spending, and investing. Furthermore, the FRB said it did not expect to touch short-term rates until it saw the unemployment rate fall to 6.5 percent or lower, as long as inflation forecasts remain near its 2 percent target. That would mean, according to their most recent projections, that the FRB would keep short-term rates near zero into 2015.

Other data that point to the FRB’s accommodative posture include the Core CPI, a method for measuring core inflation, which was up only 1.9 percent year-over-year in December 2012 and suggests a tame inflationary environment. Facing what appears to be little threat of inflationary risk, the FRB is moving forward with the aforementioned monetary accommodation to spur economic activity.

Existing home sales fell by 1 percent in December 2012 to an annual rate of 4.9 million homes, but this much watched economic indicator finished 2012 as its best year since 2007. The housing market’s improvement is also evidenced by the unsold home inventory, which at 4.4 months is the lowest level since 2005. The housing recovery along with the low level of interest rates should continue to benefit our residential mortgage loan activities in 2013. However, we believe a low-rate, high unemployment environment, which is reflective of our current operating environment, will continue to challenge our business operations and results in many ways during 2013 and the foreseeable future, as highlighted throughout the remaining MD&A discussion below.

The following economic indicators are just a few of many factors that may be used to assess the market conditions in our primary markets of northern and central New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area. Generally, market conditions have improved from one year ago, however as outlined above, economic uncertainty, persistent unemployment, slumping home prices, as well as high vacancy rates may continue to put pressure on the performance of some borrowers and the level of new loan demand within our area.

The following economic indicators are just a few of many factors that may be used to assess the market conditions in our primary markets of northern and central New Jersey and the New York City metropolitan area. Generally, market conditions have improved from one year ago, however as outlined above, economic

 

48


Table of Contents

uncertainty, persistent unemployment, as well as high vacancy rates may continue to put pressure on the performance of some borrowers and the level of new loan demand within our area.

 

     For the Month Ended  
   December  31,
2012
    September  30,
2012
    June  30,
2012
    March  31,
2012
    December  31,
2011
 
          

Key Economic Indicators:

          

Unemployment rate:

          

U.S.

     7.80     7.80     8.20     8.20     8.50

New York Metro Region*

     8.50     8.50     9.50     8.90     8.20

New Jersey

     9.60     9.80     9.60     9.00     9.10

New York

     8.20     8.90     8.90     8.50     8.20
     Three Months Ended  
     December  31,
2012
    September  30,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    March 31,
2012
    December  31,
2011
 
            
     ($ in millions)  

Personal income:

          

New Jersey

     NA      $ 473,813      $ 472,756      $ 471,492      $ 464,003   

New York

     NA      $ 1,012,959      $ 1,011,170      $ 1,003,281      $ 997,078   

New consumer bankruptcies:

          

New Jersey

     NA        0.12     0.14     0.15     0.16

New York

     NA        0.08     0.09     0.08     0.10

Change in home prices:

          

U.S.

     NA        2.20     7.10     -1.70     -3.80

New York Metro Region*

     NA        -0.50     0.91     -1.78     -3.70

New consumer foreclosures:

          

New Jersey

     NA        0.08     0.05     0.08     0.04

New York

     NA        0.06     0.05     0.06     0.05

Rental vacancy rates:

          

New Jersey

     11.70     10.80     10.50     11.60     10.80

New York

     5.20     5.00     5.60     6.30     6.30

 

NA—not available

* As reported by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for the NY-NJ-PA Metropolitan Statistical Area.
  Sources: Bureau of Labor Statistics, Bureau of Economic Analysis, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, S&P Indices, and the U.S. Census Bureau.

Loans. Total non-covered loans (i.e., loans which are not subject to our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) increased by $1.3 billion to $10.8 billion at December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011 primarily due to $987.0 million in non-covered PCI loans (outstanding at December 31, 2012) acquired from State Bancorp and purchased from another financial institution during the first quarter of 2012. Valley also experienced organic loan growth in non-PCI commercial real estate, residential mortgage, and other consumer loans during 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011. Excluding the PCI loans acquired and purchased during 2012, our commercial real estate (including construction loans), residential mortgage, and other consumer loans grew by $186.8 million, $160.0 million, and $42.8 million, respectively, during 2012, while home equity loans and commercial and industrial loans (excluding the elimination of a $37.0 million short-term loan to State Bancorp in our purchase accounting) decreased by $30.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively, due to a large volume of repayments resulting from refinance activity spurred on by the low level of market interest rates. Additionally, residential mortgage loan growth was somewhat tempered by our decision to sell most of our new and refinanced loans during the second half of 2012. As a result, we sold approximately 53 percent of our $2.0 billion residential loan originations during 2012. Overall, our non-PCI loans totaling $9.8 billion within the non-covered loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 grew by 3.4 percent as compared to approximately $9.5 billion at December 31, 2011. Total covered loans (i.e., loans subject to our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) decreased to

 

49


Table of Contents

$180.7 million, or 1.6 percent of our total loans, at December 31, 2012 as compared to $271.8 million, or 2.8 percent of total loans, at December 31, 2011 mainly due to normal collection activity.

Our new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations of $2.0 billion during the year ended December 31, 2012 increased 70 percent as compared to $1.2 million in 2011. The increased volume is largely the result of the historically low interest rate environment, the success of our low-fixed price residential mortgage refinance programs and our strong emphasis in the New York Metro area supported by our expanded network of full service branches in the New York boroughs and Long Island after the acquisition of State Bancorp on January 1, 2012. Widening loan spreads and the current Federal Reserve monetary policies contributed to increased loan sales into the secondary market during the second half of 2012 as we attempt to maximize mortgage banking revenues within non-interest income, while the low level of market interest rates continues to apply pressure to our net interest income and margin. As a result, Valley sold approximately $961.0 million of residential mortgages during the year ended December 31, 2012 (of which 80 percent were sold during the last six months of 2012) as compared to $358.8 million loans sold in 2011. The increased secondary market sales and the mark to market gains on loans held for sale at fair value materially increased the total gains on the sale of loans recognized in our non-interest income during 2012 as compared to 2011, while allowing us to maintain the appropriate mix of earning assets and an acceptable level of interest rate risk on our balance sheet. Additionally, net loan servicing rights recognized for servicing of the loans sold increased to $16.9 million at December 31, 2012 from $10.2 million at December 31, 2011. During the early part of the first quarter of 2013, mortgage application volume continues to be strong, and we believe this activity will continue into the foreseeable future assuming that market conditions do not adversely change. See further details on our loan activities, including the covered loan portfolio, under the “Loan Portfolio” section below.

Asset Quality. Given the slow economic recovery, elevated unemployment levels, personal bankruptcies, and higher delinquency rates reported throughout the banking industry, we believe our loan portfolio’s credit performance remained at an acceptable level at December 31, 2012. Our past due loans and non-accrual loans, discussed further below, exclude PCI loans. Under U.S. GAAP, the PCI loans (acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality) are accounted for on a pool basis and are not subject to delinquency classification in the same manner as loans originated by Valley.

Total loans (excluding PCI loans) past due in excess of 30 days increased 0.04 percent to 1.73 percent of our total loan portfolio of $11.0 billion as of December 31, 2012 compared to 1.69 percent of total loans at December 31, 2011, mainly due to an increase in residential mortgage loans within the 30 to 89 days past due category and a higher level of non-accrual commercial real estate loans. Residential mortgage loans past due 30 to 89 days increased $10.5 million to $19.0 million at December 31, 2012; however, Valley believes the mortgage loans in this past due category are well secured, in the process of collection and do not represent a material negative trend within the residential mortgage portfolio. Total non-accrual loans increased $7.5 million to $131.8 million, or 1.20 percent of total loans at December 31, 2012 as compared to $124.3 million, or 1.27 percent of total loans at December 31, 2011. Although the timing of collection is uncertain, we believe most of our non-accrual loans are well secured and, ultimately, collectible. Our lending strategy is based on underwriting standards designed to maintain high credit quality and we remain optimistic regarding the overall future performance of our loan portfolio. However, due to the potential for future credit deterioration caused by the unpredictable future strength of the U.S. economic and housing recoveries and high levels of unemployment, management cannot provide assurance that our non-performing assets will remain at, or decline from, the levels reported as of December 31, 2012. See the “Non-performing Assets” section below for further analysis of our credit quality.

Investments. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized net gains on securities transactions of $2.6 million as compared to $32.1 million in 2011. The decrease was mainly caused by a steep decline in the sales of certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises classified as available for sale as compared to 2011. During 2011, we elected to reduce our holdings of many residential mortgage-backed securities with increased prepayment risk, as well as reduced our credit risk

 

50


Table of Contents

related to these issuers. Other-than-temporary impairment charges attributable to credit totaled $5.2 million in 2012 as compared to $20.0 million in 2011. Of the $5.2 million in impairment charges in 2012, $4.5 million was recognized in earnings during the third quarter of 2012 mostly due to the additional estimated credit losses on previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company. The majority of the impairment charges recognized in 2011 related to the initial impairment of these same trust preferred securities. See further details in the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section below and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Deposits and Other Borrowings. The mix of total deposits continued to shift away from time deposits to the other deposit categories during 2012 due to the low level of rates that we offered on certificates of deposit during most of the year and the maturity of higher cost time deposits. Despite the assumption of $412.5 million in time deposits in the State Bancorp acquisition, average time deposits still declined $19.4 million to $2.7 billion for 2012 as compared to 2011. However, lower cost average savings, NOW and money market deposits and non-interest bearing deposits increased $695.9 million and $617.0 million, respectively, largely due to $596.6 million and $371.2 million in deposits assumed in each respective category from State Bancorp. See further discussion of our average interest bearing liabilities under the “Net Interest Income” section below.

During the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first six months of 2012, we actively reduced the costs associated with our borrowings. In January and June 2012, we modified the terms of $150 million and $100 million in FHLB advances and other long-term borrowings. The modifications resulted in a reduction of the interest rate on these funds, an extension of their maturity dates to 10 years from the date of modification, and a conversion of the debt to non-callable for period of 4 years.We similarly modified the terms of $435 million in FHLB advances and other borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2011. After the modifications, the weighted average interest rate on these borrowings declined by 0.82 percent to 3.91 percent. There were no gains, losses, penalties or fees incurred in the modification transactions. Additionally, Valley redeemed $10.3 million of the principal face amount of its outstanding junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I and $10.0 million of the face value of the related trust preferred securities during January 2012.

Operating Environment. The financial markets continue to work through a period marked by unprecedented change due to current and future regulatory and market reform, including new regulations outlined under the Dodd-Frank Act, and a slow economic recovery unseen in past U.S. recessions. These changes will impact us and our competitors, and will challenge the way we both do business in the future. We believe our current capital position, ability to evaluate credit and other investment opportunities, conservative balance sheet, and commitment to excellent customer service will afford us a competitive advantage in the future. Additionally, we believe we are well positioned to move quickly on market expansion opportunities as they may arise, including through possible acquisitions of other institutions within New Jersey and the New York City Metropolitan area.

On October 29, 2012, Hurricane Sandy struck the Northeast and caused severe property damage and many business closures throughout the New Jersey and New York Metropolitan areas. We believe the storm did not materially impact the vast majority of our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans or the collateral values securing their loans. For a small amount of our customers affected by the storm, we extended their loan payments for up to 90 days and also waived a nominal amount of late charges and fees. The loan extensions granted, as well as other storm related past due loans, did not have a material impact on our loan delinquencies reported at December 31, 2012 (see “Non-performing Assets” section below). However, the full extent of any adverse impact on our markets and current customers from the prolonged rebuilding efforts necessary in coastal areas of New Jersey and Long Island is unknown at this time.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income consists of interest income and dividends earned on interest earning assets less interest expense paid on interest bearing liabilities and represents the main source of income for Valley. The net interest

 

51


Table of Contents

margin on a fully tax equivalent basis is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average interest earning assets and is a key measurement used in the banking industry to measure income from interest earning assets.

Annual Period 2012. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $16.2 million to $497.1 million for 2012 compared with $480.9 million for 2011. The increase was mainly driven by $1.1 billion in loans acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition on January 1, 2012 and steady quarterly organic loan growth in commercial real estate (excluding construction) loans since December 31, 2011 and residential mortgage loans prior to our switch to more of a “originate and sell” model in the second half of 2012, coupled with a lower cost on interest bearing liabilities resulting from new and renewed time deposits at lower rates and interest rate modifications of certain long-term borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2011 and first quarter of 2012. However, much of the additional interest income was mitigated by lower interest rates on new loans and investments and the prepayment of higher yielding assets in both of these earning asset categories.

The net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis was 3.52 percent for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of 23 basis points as compared to 3.75 percent for 2011. The level of interest rates remained low during 2012 due to, in part, the FRB’s continued efforts to support the U.S. economic recovery and maintain the target federal funds rate at a historical low rate range of between zero to 0.25 percent since the fourth quarter of 2008. The prolonged low level of market interest rates continued to negatively impact the yield on interest earning assets during 2012, resulting in a 50 basis point decline to 4.81 percent as compared to 2011, while average interest rates paid on interest bearing liabilities only decreased 30 basis points in 2012. The decline in yield on interest earning assets was mainly attributable to the low market interest rates on (new and refinanced) loans and investments throughout 2012, large prepayments of high yielding loans and lower average taxable investments partly due to normal payments and prepayments of higher yielding securities. Offsetting some of the negative impact of lower interest rates on new loans and investments, our 2012 efforts to control our funding costs coupled with a low interest rate environment allowed us to decrease the interest rates paid on savings, NOW, and money market accounts, while maturing high cost certificates of deposit, if renewed, also re-priced at lower interest rates. Additionally, lower rates on customer repo balances mostly contributed to an 18 basis point decline in the cost of short-term borrowings during 2012.

Our earning asset portfolio is comprised of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans and investments. Many of our earning assets are priced based upon the prevailing treasury rates, the Valley prime rate (set by Valley management based on various internal and external factors) or on the U.S. prime interest rate as published in The Wall Street Journal. On average, the 10 year treasury rate decreased from 2.76 percent in 2011 to 1.79 percent in 2012, negatively impacting our yield on average loans as new and renewed fixed-rate loans were originated at lower interest rates in 2012. However, Valley’s prime rate and the U.S. prime rate have remained at 4.50 percent and 3.25 percent, respectively, since the fourth quarter of 2008. Our U.S. prime rate based loan portfolio should have an immediate positive impact on the yield of our average earning assets, in the unlikely event that the prime rate begins to move upward in 2013 given the FRB’s current monetary policies, while an increase in treasury rates should also have a positive, but more gradual, effect on our interest income based on our ability to originate new and renewed fixed rate loans. We do not expect our Valley prime rate portfolio to have an immediate benefit to our interest income in a rising interest rate environment due to its current level above the U.S. prime rate. Additionally, interest income on approximately $1.2 billion of our residential mortgage-backed securities with unamortized purchase premiums totaling $49.6 million at December 31, 2012 could improve if and when interest rates were to move upward and prepayment speeds on the underlying mortgages decline. The decline in prepayments will lengthen the expected life of each security and reduce the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income each period. Conversely, increases in the prepayment speeds due to declining interest rates will increase the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income related to these securities (as we experienced during most of 2012). At December 31, 2012, the premium amortization on the mortgage-backed securities negatively impacts the yield for this investment category by approximately 1.7 percent.

 

52


Table of Contents

Average interest earning assets totaling $14.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $1.3 billion as compared to 2011 mainly due to the $1.1 billion in loans acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition and organic loan growth primarily in both our non-PCI commercial real estate and residential mortgage loan portfolios during 2012. Average loan balances increased $1.6 billion to $11.2 billion in 2012 and positively impacted our net interest margin as compared to 2011. The increase in average loan balances during 2012, partially offset by a 52 basis point decline in yield on such loans, also contributed to a $34.5 million increase in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for loans during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011. Average investment securities decreased $396.2 million to $2.6 billion in 2012, despite $275.7 million in investment securities acquired from State Bancorp on January 1, 2012. The decline in investment securities was largely due to principal repayments on higher yielding securities (including $79 million of called trust preferred securities with an aggregate weighted average yield of approximately 7.35 percent prior to redemption) and securities sold totaling $1.2 billion during 2012 and were mostly reinvested in residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae, U.S. Treasury securities, and municipal securities. The 2012 reinvestments in the mortgage-backed securities and other taxable securities at low current market rates, partially offset by higher yielding municipal security purchases, primarily led to a $36.1 million decrease in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for investment securities as compared to 2011. Average federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits increased $61.9 million to $223.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to slightly higher levels of overnight liquidity held in 2012. However, these positions only contributed an additional $133 thousand in interest income due to the historically low target federal funds rate.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $752.8 million to $11.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the same period in 2011 mainly due to $1.0 billion in interest bearing deposits assumed from the acquisition of State Bancorp, partially offset by the run-off of high cost certificates of deposit. However, average time deposits only declined $19.4 million from 2011 due to the maturing high cost certificates largely because of the assumption of $412.5 million in certificates of deposit from State Bancorp on January 1, 2012. Average savings, NOW, and money market account balances increased $695.9 million primarily due to $596.6 million in assumed deposits from State Bancorp, as well as general increases in retail deposits caused by the lack of better yielding cash investment alternatives in 2012 and an increase in customer liquidity in the fourth quarter of 2012 due, in part, to year-end tax planning and continued economic uncertainty. Average short-term borrowings increased $136.0 million from 2011 due to the utilization of slightly more short-term FHLB advances as a flexible low cost source of funds in 2012, while average long-term borrowings declined $59.7 million in 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to higher cost FHLB advance maturities in the first half of 2011. The cost of average time deposits, short-term borrowings, long-term borrowings, and savings, NOW and money market accounts decreased 39, 18, 16, and 6 basis points, respectively, during 2012 due to the continued low level of market interest rates throughout the year and, as applicable, the aforementioned maturity of higher cost funds and the modifications to certain long-term borrowings. Additionally, we expect that maturing higher cost time deposits will continue to have some positive benefit to our interest margin in the first quarter of 2013.

Fourth Quarter of 2012. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased $3.3 million to $120.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2012 from the third quarter of 2012 and remained relatively unchanged as compared to the fourth quarter of 2011. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased $4.3 million from the third quarter of 2012 mainly due to the combination of a $142.4 million decrease in average loans and lower yields on loans and investments. The decrease in interest income was partially offset by a $968 thousand decline in interest expense, which was mostly driven by lower average balances for time deposits and short-term borrowings as well as a 1 basis point decrease in the cost of average savings, NOW, and money market deposits.

The net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis was 3.41 percent for the fourth quarter of 2012, a decrease of 5 basis points from 3.46 percent in the linked third quarter of 2012, and a 33 basis point decline from 3.74 percent for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The yield on average interest earning assets decreased by seven basis points on a linked quarter basis mainly as a result of lower yields on average investment securities caused by the current low market yields on new securities and the continued repayment of higher yielding securities in the portfolio. The yield on average loans also decreased 3 basis points to 5.09 percent for the three

 

53


Table of Contents

months ended December 31, 2012 from the third quarter of 2012 mainly due to new volume at lower interest rates. The aggregate net change in infrequent items that impact our loan yields from time to time, such as accelerated interest accretion recognized on certain PCI loan pools that were fully repaid and loan prepayment penalty fees, added approximately six basis points to our loan yield for the fourth quarter as compared to the third quarter of 2012. However, the repayment volume of higher yielding non-PCI loans (with and without contractual prepayment penalties) remained elevated for the fourth quarter of 2012 and negatively impacted the overall yield on average loans. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities increased by approximately 1 basis point from 1.62 percent in the third quarter of 2012 mainly due to a slight change in mix of borrowings, as the individual yields for most categories declined during the fourth quarter. Lower cost short-term borrowings (mainly consisting of FHLB advances) matured and were paid off during the fourth quarter, largely resulting in the average balance decline of $304.6 million for the category, while higher cost maturing time deposits contributed to a decline in average time deposits of only $110.6 million. Our cost of total deposits was 0.49 percent for the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to 0.52 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2012.

We believe our margin may continue to face the risk of compression into the foreseeable future due to the current low level of interest rates on most interest earning asset alternatives combined with the re-pricing risk related to a large percentage of our interest earning assets with short durations (see the “Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis” table below). Additionally, our interest income on loans may increase or decrease each period due to prospective yield adjustments resulting from unexpected changes in the actual cash flows from PCI loans pools (see discussion under the “Covered Loans” section below). However, we continue to tightly manage our balance sheet and our cost of funds to optimize our returns. During 2013, we will continue to explore ways to reduce our costs and optimize our net interest margin, including potential reductions in interest rates on certain deposit products. Additionally, two interest rate caps with a total notional amount of $100 million used to hedge the cash flows of certain borrowings will expire on May 1, 2013, which is expected to have a slightly positive impact on our cost of funds from that point forward in 2013. Although we cannot make any guarantees as to the potential future benefits to our net interest margin, we believe these actions and other asset/liability strategies will at least partially temper the negative impact of the current interest rate environment.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the components of net interest income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

NET INTEREST INCOME ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

 

    2012     2011     2010  
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Rate
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Assets

                 

Interest earning assets:

                 

Loans (1)(2)

  $ 11,238,269      $ 581,828        5.18   $ 9,608,480      $ 547,371        5.70   $ 9,474,994      $ 543,017        5.73

Taxable investments (3)

    2,169,106        75,805        3.49        2,615,140        114,784        4.39        2,641,869        123,021        4.66   

Tax-exempt investments (1)(3).

    478,838        20,242        4.23        429,004        17,344        4.04        405,730        15,948        3.93   

Federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits

    223,515        535        0.24        161,612        402        0.25        157,163        416        0.26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

    14,109,728        678,410        4.81        12,814,236        679,901        5.31        12,679,756        682,402        5.38   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

    (133,322         (136,432         (110,776    

Cash and due from banks

    434,038            366,159            310,908       

Other assets

    1,436,408            1,209,732            1,225,837       

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net

    (12,854         16,594            13,505       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 15,833,998          $ 14,270,289          $ 14,119,230       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Interest bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

  $ 5,094,919      $ 20,090        0.39   $ 4,399,031      $ 19,876        0.45   $ 4,171,782      $ 19,126        0.46

Time deposits

    2,708,919        37,466        1.38        2,728,354        48,291        1.77        2,897,793        55,798        1.93   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

    7,803,838        57,556        0.74        7,127,385        68,167        0.96        7,069,575        74,924        1.06   

Short-term borrowings

    328,438        1,387        0.42        192,392        1,154        0.60        194,587        1,345        0.69   

Long-term borrowings (4)

    2,904,893        122,369        4.21        2,964,555        129,692        4.37        3,099,807        137,791        4.45   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    11,037,169        181,312        1.64        10,284,332        199,013        1.94        10,363,969        214,060        2.07   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

    3,228,183            2,611,207            2,428,089       

Other liabilities

    67,649            63,811            56,394       

Shareholders’ equity

    1,500,997            1,310,939            1,270,778       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 15,833,998          $ 14,270,289          $ 14,119,230       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)

      497,098        3.17       480,888        3.37       468,342        3.31
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

      (7,217         (6,077         (5,590  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income, as reported

    $ 489,881          $ 474,811          $ 462,752     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest margin (6)

        3.47         3.71         3.65

Tax equivalent effect

        0.05            0.04            0.04   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis(6)

        3.52         3.75         3.69
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.

(2) 

Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.

(3) 

The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.

(4) 

Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of condition.

(5) 

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.

(6) 

Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table demonstrates the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and changes in rates earned and paid by Valley on such assets and liabilities. Variances resulting from a combination of changes in volume and rates are allocated to the categories in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each category.

CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012 Compared to 2011     2011 Compared to 2010  
     Change
Due to
Volume
    Change
Due to
Rate
    Total
Change
    Change
Due to
Volume
    Change
Due to
Rate
    Total
Change
 
     (in thousands)  

Interest income:

            

Loans*

   $ 87,338      $ (52,881   $ 34,457      $ 7,618      $ (3,264   $ 4,354   

Taxable investments

     (17,760     (21,219     (38,979     (1,234     (7,003     (8,237

Tax-exempt investments*

     2,081        817        2,898        932        464        1,396   

Federal funds sold and other interest bearing deposits

     149        (16     133        12        (26     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

     71,808        (73,299     (1,491     7,328        (9,829     (2,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

     2,922        (2,708     214        1,030        (280     750   

Time deposits

     (342     (10,483     (10,825     (3,152     (4,355     (7,507

Short-term borrowings.

     646        (413     233        (15     (176     (191

Long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures

     (2,576     (4,747     (7,323     (5,942     (2,157     (8,099
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

     650        (18,351     (17,701     (8,079     (6,968     (15,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

   $ 71,158      $ (54,948   $ 16,210      $ 15,407      $ (2,861   $ 12,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Interest income is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis using a 35 percent federal tax rate.

 

56


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income

The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Trust and investment services

   $ 7,690      $ 7,523      $ 7,665   

Insurance commissions

     15,494        15,627        11,334   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     24,752        22,610        25,691   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     2,587        32,068        11,598   

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

     (5,247     (19,968     (4,642

Trading gains (losses), net:

      

Trading securities

     219        1,015        (1,056

Junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value

     2,574        1,256        (5,841
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading gains (losses), net

     2,793        2,271        (6,897

Fees from loan servicing

     4,843        4,337        4,919   

Gains on sales of loans, net

     46,998        10,699        12,591   

(Losses) gains on sales of assets, net

     (329     426        619   

Bank owned life insurance

     6,855        7,380        6,166   

Change in FDIC loss-share receivable

     (7,459     13,403        6,268   

Other

     21,969        15,921        16,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 120,946      $ 112,297      $ 91,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income represented 15 percent and 14 percent of total interest income plus non-interest income for 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income increased $8.6 million compared with 2011 mainly due to an increase in the net gains on sale of loans combined with a decrease in other-than-temporary impairment charges on securities recognized in earnings, partially offset by decreases in net gains on securities transactions and non-interest income related to the change in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to post-acquisition items.

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $2.1 million to $24.8 million for 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to higher fees charged on checking and savings accounts, as well as a higher volume of ATM and overdraft fees. The increases were partly caused by our acquisition of State Bancorp on January 1, 2012.

Net gains on securities transactions decreased $29.5 million to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $32.1 million in 2011. The 2012 decline was largely due to a significantly higher volume of sales in the prior year. During 2011, our net gains were mainly due to the sale of certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises totaling $320.7 million and $257.4 million, respectively, classified as available for sale during 2011. We elected to sell these securities based on a total rate of return analysis for each security based on their increased risk of accelerated prepayment due to the low level of market interest rates and the extension of certain government programs designed to assist borrowers with low home values in the refinance of their mortgages.Additionally, the sales of the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae securities reduced our exposure to these government sponsored issuers, and allowed us to reinvest the net proceeds mainly in Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities, which are fully guaranteed by the federal government and do not require related regulatory capital to be held by the Bank. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for more details on our gross gains and losses on securities transactions for each period.

Net impairment losses on securities decreased $14.7 million to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $20.0 million in 2011 primarily due to a decrease in the credit related

 

57


Table of Contents

impairment recognized on trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company. These interest deferring securities were initially impaired during the fourth quarter of 2011 and subsequently estimated to be further credit impaired during the third quarter of 2012. See the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of this MD&A and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our investment securities impairment analysis and the other-than-temporarily impaired securities impacting the net impairment losses on securities reflected in the table above.

Net gains on sales of loans increased $36.3 million to $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to our decision to sell a larger portion of our residential mortgage originations during the second half of 2012 combined with record mortgage originations during 2012 caused, in part, by the low level of market interest rates, the continued success of Valley’s low fixed-price refinance programs, and gradual signs of a housing recovery. Our net gains on sales of loans for each period are comprised of both gains on sales of residential mortgages and the net change in the mark to market gains (or losses) on our loans held of sale carried at fair value each period end. Actual sales of mortgages contributed approximately $43.1 million in gains for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $10.3 million in 2011. The net change in the fair value of loans held for sale increased $3.5 million to $3.9 million for 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to an increase in such loans originated and held at December 31, 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we recognized net gains totaling $15.6 million. We expect this level of gains to continue into the first quarter of 2013 as we currently intend to sell a large portion of our mortgage loan production, dependent upon, amongst other factors, the levels of interest rates, consumer demand, the economy and our ability to maintain the appropriate level of interest rate risk on our balance sheet. See further discussions of our 2012 residential mortgage loan origination activity under “Loans” in the executive summary section of this MD&A above and the fair valuation of our loans held for sale at Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

The Bank and the FDIC share in the losses on loans and real estate owned as part of the loss-sharing agreements entered into on both of our FDIC-assisted transactions completed in March 2010. The asset arising from the loss-sharing agreements is referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition. Within the non-interest income category, we may recognize income or expense related to the change in the FDIC loss-share receivable resulting from (i) a change in the estimated credit losses on the pools of covered loans, (ii) income from reimbursable expenses incurred during the period, (iii) accretion of the discount resulting from the present value of the receivable recorded at the acquisition dates, and (iv) prospective recognition of decreases in the receivable attributable to better than originally expected cash flows on certain covered loan pools. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate effect of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable amounted to a $7.5 million net reduction in non-interest income largely due to a $6.0 million reduction in the FDIC’s portion of estimated losses related to unused lines of credit assumed in FDIC-assisted transactions which have expired. See “FDIC Loss-Share Receivable Related to Covered Loans and Foreclosed Assets” section below in this MD&A and Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

Other non-interest income increased $6.0 million primarily due to the reversal of $7.4 million in purchase accounting valuation liabilities related to expired and unused lines of credit assumed in FDIC-assisted transactions during the second quarter of 2012. This reversal resulted in the aforementioned corresponding $6.0 million decrease in our FDIC loss-share receivable portion of such estimated losses as of the acquisition.

In June 2011, the FRB approved a final debit card interchange rule that caps an issuer’s base fee at 21 cents per transaction and allows an additional 5 basis point charge per transaction to help cover fraud losses. The FRB also approved an interim final rule that allows a fraud prevention adjustment of 1 cent per transaction conditioned upon an issuer adopting effective fraud prevention policies and procedures. The final and interim final rules on the pricing and routing restrictions, commonly referred to as the “Durbin Amendment,” became effective on October 1, 2011. Largely the result of the Durbin Amendment, our other non-interest income included debit card interchange fees of only $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $5.1 million for 2011.

 

58


Table of Contents

See the “Results of Operations—2011 Compared to 2010” section later in this MD&A for the discussion and analysis of changes in our non-interest income from 2010 to 2011.

Non-Interest Expense

The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Salary and employee benefits expense

   $ 199,968       $ 176,307       $ 176,106   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

     71,245         66,332         63,771   

FDIC insurance assessment

     14,292         12,759         13,719   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     9,783         9,315         7,721   

Professional and legal fees

     15,005         15,312         10,137   

Advertising

     7,103         8,373         4,052   

Other

     57,504         50,158         44,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 374,900       $ 338,556       $ 319,688   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense increased $36.3 million to $374.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $338.6 million for 2011. The increase from 2011 was mainly attributable to increases in salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy and equipment expense, and other non-interest expense.

Salary and employee benefits expense increased $23.7 million to $200.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $176.3 million for 2011. The increase was largely due to additional salary and employee benefit expenses related to employees acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition. Higher medical health insurance expense also contributed $4.6 million increase. Our health care expenses are at times volatile due to our election to self-fund a large portion of our insurance plan and these medical expenses are expected to fluctuate based on our plan experience into the foreseeable future. In addition, stock and cash incentive compensation accruals increased $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011.

Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $4.9 million to $71.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $66.3 million for 2011. The increase was mainly due to additional expenses associated with the branches acquired from State Bancorp during January 2012, partially offset by lower seasonal maintenance expenses as compared to 2011. Net occupancy and equipment expense was adjusted for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases totaling $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $2.0 million for each of the years 2011 and 2010. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statement for further details.

The FDIC insurance assessment increased $1.5 million in 2012 as compared to 2011, largely due to our growth resulting from the acquisition of State Bancorp.

Advertising expense decreased $1.3 million to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $8.4 million in 2011. The decrease was mainly caused by a lower volume of promotional activity of our one price residential mortgage refinance programs during 2012 due to the benefits of the broad based customer knowledge of our low fixed-price mortgage refinance programs.

Other non-interest expense increased $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $50.2 million in 2011, partly due to several general increases caused by the State Bancorp acquisition, including merger expenses totaling $942 thousand related mainly to data processing conversion charges, as well as a $1.8 million

 

59


Table of Contents

and $2.0 million increases in other real estate owned (OREO) expenses, respectively. Significant components of other non-interest expense include data processing, telephone, service fees, debit card fees, postage, stationery, insurance, and title search fees.

The efficiency ratio measures total non-interest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income. Our efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 61.38 percent as compared to 57.67 percent in 2011. The higher efficiency ratio during 2012 as compared to 2011 was largely attributable to the negative impact of the prolonged low level of interest rates on our net interest income. See the “Net Interest Income” section for further details. We believe this non-GAAP measure provides a meaningful comparison of our operational performance, and facilitates investors’ assessments of business performance and trends in comparison to our peers in the banking industry.

We strive to maintain a low efficiency ratio through diligent management of our operating expenses and balance sheet. As part of these efforts, we continue to evaluate the profitability of our entire 210 branch network, consisting of 114 leased and 96 owned locations. Where possible we will “right size” branches and their staff to better reflect the technological changes taking place in our delivery system (e.g., 24 hour on-line banking, remote deposit, etc.) which continue to be utilized by a higher percentage of our customer base each year, as well as the amount of lobby traffic at each branch. Additionally, we continuously monitor the profitability and customer traffic at each branch location and assess our ability to shrink the size of the office or close it when there is a negative long term outlook for the location and/or an opportunity to move existing customers to another branch location.

See the “Results of Operations—2011 Compared to 2010” section below for the discussion and analysis of changes in our non-interest expense from 2010 to 2011.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting an effective tax rate of 31.7 percent, compared with $62.7 million for 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate of 32.1 percent. The slight decrease in the 2012 effective tax rate was due, in part, to an increased investment in tax favored income for 2012 as compared to 2011.

U.S. GAAP requires that any change in judgment or change in measurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period be recognized as a discrete event in the quarter in which it occurs, rather than being recognized as a change in effective tax rate for the current year. Our adherence to these tax guidelines may result in volatile effective income tax rates in future quarterly and annual periods. Factors that could impact management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies. Based on the current information available, we anticipate that our effective tax rate will approximate 33 percent for 2013.

See additional information regarding our income taxes under our “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section above, as well as Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

Business Segments

We have four business segments that we monitor and report on to manage our business operations. These segments are consumer lending, commercial lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments. Our reportable segments have been determined based upon Valley’s internal structure of operations and lines of business. Each business segment is reviewed routinely for its asset growth, contribution to income before income taxes and return on average interest earning assets and impairment (if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount). Expenses related to the branch network, all other components of retail banking, along with the back office departments of our subsidiary bank are allocated from

 

60


Table of Contents

the corporate and other adjustments segment to each of the other three business segments. Interest expense and internal transfer expense (for general corporate expenses) are allocated to each business segment utilizing a “pool funding” methodology, whereas each segment is allocated a uniform funding cost based on each segments’ average earning assets outstanding for the period. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations and reporting in line with our operations, which may not necessarily be comparable to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment includes internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and reasonable financial reporting, and may not necessarily conform to U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for segments’ financial data.

Consumer lending. The consumer lending segment is mainly comprised of residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and automobile loans and represented in aggregate 35.6 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Residential mortgage loans, including $9.7 million of covered loans, totaled approximately $2.5 billion and represented 22.4 percent of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. The duration of the residential mortgage loan portfolio is subject to movements in the market level of interest rates and forecasted prepayment speeds. The weighted average life of the automobile loans within the portfolio is relatively unaffected by movements in the market level of interest rates. However, the average life may be impacted by new loans as a result of the availability of credit within the automobile marketplace and consumer demand for purchasing new or used automobiles.

Average interest earning assets in this segment increased $547.2 million to approximately $3.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011. The increase was mainly due to the organic growth in our non-covered residential mortgage loans caused by the sustained low level of market interest rates and the continued success of our mortgage refinance programs. However during the second half of 2012, we sold and held for sale a significantly higher portion of our increased residential mortgage loan production as loan spreads widened and we continued to manage the acceptable levels of interest rate risk and mix of loan types on our balance sheet. Home equity loans moderately increased from 2011 largely due to PCI loans acquired from State Bancorp on January 1, 2012; however, non-PCI home equity loans have gradually declined year over year as some borrowers roll balances into refinanced first mortgages and line usage has been negatively impacted by the slow economic recovery. Automobile loan balances also modestly increased as compared to 2011 due, in part, to $19.0 million in purchased loans during 2012. Exclusive of the loan purchases, the auto loan originations, while higher than 2011, have not resulted in significant growth during 2012 due to the high volume of principal repayments in the portfolio and have been limited by the negative impact of the weak economy, high unemployment, and strong competition for quality loan credits.

Income before income taxes generated by the consumer lending segment increased $22.2 million to $73.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily due to increases in both non-interest income and net interest income. Non-interest income increased $37.9 million mainly due to a $36.3 million increase in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans during 2012 caused by our recent “originate and sell” strategy for the majority of our residential mortgage originations. However, net interest income also increased $5.4 million to $129.5 million for 2012 as compared to $124.1 million in 2011 mainly due to the high volume of new mortgage loan originations primarily booked to the loan portfolio during the first half of 2012. These increases were partially offset by a $12.4 million increase in non-interest expense coupled with a $10.5 million increase in the internal transfer expense during 2012 caused, in part, by the State Bancorp acquisition on January 1, 2012.

The net interest margin for the consumer lending segment decreased 37 basis points to 3.29 percent during 2012 as a result of a 63 basis point decrease in interest yield on average loans due to the sustained low level of market interest rates, partially offset by a 26 basis point decrease in cost associated with our funding sources. Over the last twelve month period, our cost of funds continued to be positively impacted by the run-off of maturing high cost certificates of deposit, lower interest rates offered on most of our deposit products, and interest rate modifications to certain long-term borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first half of

 

61


Table of Contents

2012. The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 1.86 percent for 2012 compared to 1.51 percent for the prior year period.

Commercial lending. The commercial lending segment is mainly comprised of floating rate and adjustable rate commercial and industrial loans, as well as fixed rate owner occupied and commercial real estate loans. Due to the portfolio’s interest rate characteristics, commercial lending is Valley’s business segment that is most sensitive to movements in market interest rates. Commercial and industrial loans, including $46.5 million of covered loans, totaled approximately $2.1 billion and represented 19.3 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Commercial real estate loans and construction loans, including $122.2 million of covered loans, totaled $5.0 billion and represented 45.0 percent of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012.

Average interest earning assets in this segment increased $1.1 billion to $7.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011. This increase mainly reflects loans acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition and purchased during the first quarter of 2012, as well as organic growth within the commercial real estate loan portfolio due to loan demand from a broad range of borrowers within our primary markets, as well as our continued emphasis on co-op loan lending in the New York Metro area over the last twelve month period.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, income before income taxes for the commercial lending segment increased $14.8 million to $124.8 million compared to 2011 primarily due to higher net interest income coupled with a decline in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income and higher internal transfer expense. Net interest income increased $34.8 million to $323.1 million during 2012 as compared to $288.3 million for 2011 and was mainly driven by higher average loan balances. The provision for loan losses decreased $25.9 million to $20.6 million as compared to $46.5 million for 2011, mainly due to a $21.5 million decline in the provision for covered loans.

Non-interest income decreased $18.7 million for 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to $16.9 million of other income recognized in 2011 resulting from an increase in our FDIC loss-share receivable related to covered loan pools with additional impairment after the date of acquisition. Internal transfer expense increased $21.1 million to $121.0 million for 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily due to additional costs associated with our acquisition of State Bancorp and higher allocations due to the increased size of the commercial loan portfolio.

The net interest margin for this segment decreased 21 basis points to 4.43 percent during 2012 mainly as a result of a 47 basis point decrease in the yield on average loans, partially offset by a 26 basis point decrease in the cost of our funding sources as compared to 2011. The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 1.71 percent for 2012 compared to 1.77 percent for the prior year period.

Investment management. The investment management segment generates a large portion of our income through investments in various types of securities. These securities are mainly comprised of fixed rate investments, trading securities, and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. The fixed rate investments are one of Valley’s assets that are least sensitive assets to changes in market interest rates. Net gains and losses on the change in fair value of trading securities and net impairment losses on securities are reflected in the corporate and other adjustments segment.

Average investments decreased $334.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily due to significant principal payments and prepayments received on residential mortgage-backed securities, securities called for early redemption by their issuer consisting primarily of higher yielding trust preferred securities, sales of certain securities, and lower reinvestment of principal and interest proceeds due to loan growth, as well as the low level of interest rates on current investment alternatives with acceptable risk profiles.

 

62


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, income before income taxes for the investment management segment decreased $20.8 million to $21.3 million compared to $42.1 million in 2011 primarily due to a $23.9 million decline in net interest income, partially offset by a $3.9 million decrease in the internal transfer expense. The segment’s net interest income was negatively impacted by a decline in the yield on investments mainly resulting from the reinvestment of principal and interest received from higher yielding securities into new securities yielding lower market interest rates and accelerated premium amortization on certain residential mortgage-backed securities, and the significant decline in average investments, partially offset by lower cost of funds.

The net interest margin decreased 51 basis points to 2.21 percent during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 as a result of a 77 basis point decrease in yield on investments, partially offset by a 26 basis point decrease in costs associated with our funding sources.The net interest margin for investment management in 2012 was negatively impacted by the repayment and sales of certain higher yielding securities over the last twelve month period (as well as sales of residential mortgage-backed securities with increased prepayment risk during 2011) that were mostly replaced with securities yielding lower current market interest rates. The return on average interest earning assets before income taxes was 0.74 percent for 2012 compared to 1.31 percent for the prior year period.

Corporate and other adjustments. The amounts disclosed as “corporate and other adjustments” represent income and expense items not directly attributable to a specific segment, including net trading and securities gains (losses), and net impairment losses on securities not reported in the investment management segment above, interest expense related to the junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts, the change in fair value of Valley’s junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value, interest expense related to certain subordinated notes, as well as income and expense from derivative financial instruments.

The pre-tax net loss for the corporate segment increased $1.1 million to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from an $8.1 million for 2011 mainly due to a decreases in interest income, non-interest income and an increase in non-interest expense, partially offset by an increase in the internal transfer income. Non-interest income decreased $10.1 million to $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 coupled with a $1.1 million decline in net interest income. The increase in non-interest income was mostly attributable to a $29.5 million decrease in net gains on securities transactions largely due to higher 2011 gains on sale of certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises with increased risk of prepayment, partially offset by a $14.7 million decrease in net impairment losses on securities. Non-interest expense increased $17.6 million to $249.4 million, as compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to the acquisition of State Bancorp, and was partially offset by a $27.7 million increase in the internal transfer income during 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

63


Table of Contents

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our success is largely dependent upon our ability to manage interest rate risk. Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities to the movement in interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for managing such risks and establishing policies that monitor and coordinate our sources and uses of funds. Asset/Liability management is a continuous process due to the constant change in interest rate risk factors. In assessing the appropriate interest rate risk levels for us, management weighs the potential benefit of each risk management activity within the desired parameters of liquidity, capital levels and management’s tolerance for exposure to income fluctuations. Many of the actions undertaken by management utilize fair value analysis and attempts to achieve consistent accounting and economic benefits for financial assets and their related funding sources. We have predominately focused on managing our interest rate risk by attempting to match the inherent risk and cash flows of financial assets and liabilities. Specifically, management employs multiple risk management activities such as optimizing the level of (currently lower yielding) new residential mortgage originations retained in our mortgage portfolio through sales in the secondary market, product pricing levels, the desired maturity levels for new originations, composition levels of both our earning assets and interest bearing liabilities on our balance sheet, as well as several other risk management activities.

We use a simulation model to analyze net interest income sensitivity to movements in interest rates. The simulation model projects net interest income based on various interest rate scenarios over a twelve and twenty-four month period. The model is based on the actual maturity and re-pricing characteristics of rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates certain assumptions which management believes to be reasonable regarding the impact of changing interest rates and the prepayment assumptions of certain assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012. The model assumes changes in interest rates without any proactive change in the composition or size of the balance sheet by management. In the model, the forecasted shape of the yield curve remains static as of December 31, 2012. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and caps, is also included in the model.

Our simulation model is based on market interest rates and prepayment speeds prevalent in the market as of December 31, 2012. Although the size of Valley’s balance sheet is forecasted to remain static as of December 31, 2012 in our model, the composition is adjusted to reflect new interest earning assets and funding originations coupled with rate spreads utilizing our actual originations during 2012. The model utilizes an immediate parallel shift in the market interest rates at December 31, 2012.

The following table reflects management’s expectations of the change in our net interest income over the next twelve- month period in light of the aforementioned assumptions:

 

     Estimated Change in
Future Net Interest Income

Changes in Interest Rates

   Dollar
Change
   Percentage
Change
(in basis points)    ($ in thousands)

+200

   $    14,874         3.26%

+100

           2,733      0.60

The assumptions used in the net interest income simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented in the table above, due to the frequency and timing of changes in interest rates, and changes in spreads between maturity and re-pricing categories. Overall, our net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and cash flows from our loan and investment portfolios. We actively manage these cash flows in conjunction with our liability mix, duration and interest rates to optimize the net interest income, while structuring the balance sheet in response to actual or potential changes in interest rates.

 

64


Table of Contents

Additionally, our net interest income is impacted by the level of competition within our marketplace. Competition can negatively impact the level of interest rates attainable on loans and increase the cost of deposits, which may result in downward pressure on our net interest margin in future periods. Other factors, including, but not limited to, the slope of the yield curve and projected cash flows will impact our net interest income results and may increase or decrease the level of asset sensitivity of our balance sheet.

Convexity is a measure of how the duration of a financial instrument changes as market interest rates change. Potential movements in the convexity of bonds held in our investment portfolio, as well as the duration of the loan portfolio may have a positive or negative impact on our net interest income in varying interest rate environments. As a result, the increase or decrease in forecasted net interest income may not have a linear relationship to the results reflected in the table above. Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest income.

As noted in the table above, a 100 basis point immediate increase in interest rates is projected to increase net interest income over the next twelve months by 0.60 percent. Our balance sheet sensitivity to such a move in interest rates at December 31, 2012 increased as compared to December 31, 2011 (which was a decrease of 0.18 percent in net interest income) largely due to a $456.5 million increase in interest bearing deposits with banks, which were mostly held as overnight cash deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York due to our excess liquidity at December 31, 2012. However, our positive sensitivity to a 100 basis point increase in interest rates is somewhat limited by the fact that many of our adjustable rate loans are tied to the Valley prime rate (set by management), which currently exceeds the U.S. prime rate by 125 basis points. Due to its current level above the U.S. prime rate, the Valley prime rate is not projected to increase under the 100 basis point immediate increase scenario in our simulation, but would increase and positively impact our net interest income in a 200 basis point immediate increase in interest rates scenario. Additional information regarding our adjustable prime rate loans impact on our margin is located under the “Net Interest Income” section above. Other factors, including, but not limited to, the slope of the yield curve and projected cash flows will impact our net interest income results and may increase or decrease the level of asset sensitivity of our balance sheet.

As a result of the current low interest rate environment, we do not anticipate any significant declines in interest rates over the next twelve months. For this reason, we did not use an interest rate sensitivity simulation that assumes an immediate decline in the level of interest rates over the next twelve months.

Although we do not expect our Valley prime rate loan portfolio to have an immediate benefit to our interest income in a rising interest rate environment, we attempt to manage the Bank’s aggregate sensitivity in a manner to mitigate the potential lag in the portfolios re-pricing. We expect interest income on many of our residential mortgage-backed securities with unamortized purchase premiums to improve if interest rates were to move upward and prepayment speeds on the underlying mortgages decline. The decline in prepayments will lengthen the expected life of each security and reduce the amount of premium amortization expense recognized against interest income each period. However, many of the residential mortgage-backed securities have rapidly paid down in the current low interest rate environment, and the resulting acceleration of the securities’ premium amortization has negatively impacted our interest income during the year ended December 31, 2012 and may continue to do so if the market interest rates remain a historically low levels.

Our interest rate swaps and caps designated as cash flow hedging relationships are designed to protect us from upward movements in interest rates on certain deposits and short-term borrowings based on the prime and effective federal funds rates, respectively. We have four cash flow hedge interest rate swaps with a $300 million notional value at December 31, 2012. During the third quarter of 2011, two of the cash flow hedge interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $200 million began to pay fixed and receive floating rates. The other two swaps totaling $100 million began to pay fixed and receive floating rates in July 2012. The floating rate leg of the each transaction is indexed to the U.S. prime rate as reported by The Wall Street Journal. Additionally, we utilize interest rate swaps at times to effectively convert fixed rate loans and deposits to floating rate instruments. Most of these actions are expected to benefit our net interest income in a rising interest rate environment. However,

 

65


Table of Contents

due to the prolonged low level of market interest rates and the strike rate of these instruments, the cash flow hedge interest rate swaps and caps negatively impacted our net interest income during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. We expect this negative trend to continue over the next twelve-month period due to the Federal Reserve’s pledge to keep market interest rates low in an effort to help the ailing economy. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our derivative transactions.

The following table sets forth the amounts of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities that were outstanding at December 31, 2012 and their associated fair values. The expected cash flows are categorized based on each financial instrument’s anticipated maturity or interest rate reset date in each of the future periods presented.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

    Rate     2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     Thereafter     Total
Balance
    Fair
Value
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Interest sensitive assets:

                 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    0.33   $ 463,022      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 463,022      $ 463,022   

Investment securities held to maturity

    3.72        346,157        139,184        108,652        79,379        74,899        851,436        1,599,707        1,657,950   

Investment securities available for sale

    2.24        174,423        85,225        66,641        48,959        42,342        390,226        807,816        807,816   

Trading securities

    8.00        —          —          —          —          —          22,157        22,157        22,157   

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    3.20        120,230        —          —          —          —          —          120,230        120,230   

Loans

    4.77        4,765,285        1,562,961        1,225,049        977,893        786,533        1,705,078        11,022,799        11,038,942   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest sensitive assets

    4.35   $ 5,869,117      $ 1,787,370      $ 1,400,342      $ 1,106,231      $ 903,774      $ 2,968,897      $ 14,035,731      $ 14,110,117   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest sensitive liabilities:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Savings, NOW and money market

    0.22   $ 1,746,478      $ 675,510      $ 675,510      $ 1,097,951      $ 250,437      $ 751,313      $ 5,197,199      $ 5,197,199   

Time

    1.42        1,364,989        487,977        203,379        178,170        246,846        27,405        2,508,766        2,563,726   

Short-term borrowings

    0.26        154,323        —          —          —          —          —          154,323        154,323   

Long-term borrowings

    3.96        26,000        —          400,000        364,500        1,005,000        901,799        2,697,299        3,100,273   

Junior subordinated debentures

    7.20        —          —          —          —          —          188,522        188,522        188,371   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest sensitive liabilities

    1.56   $ 3,291,790      $ 1,163,487      $ 1,278,889      $ 1,640,621      $ 1,502,283      $ 1,869,039      $ 10,746,109      $ 11,203,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    $ 2,577,327      $ 623,883      $ 121,453      $ (534,390   $ (598,509   $ 1,099,858      $ 3,289,622      $ 2,906,225   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities

      1.78:1        1.54:1        1.09:1        0.67:1        0.60:1        1.59:1        1.31:1        1.26:1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above table provides an approximation of the projected re-pricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 on the basis of contractual maturities, adjusted for anticipated prepayments of principal (including anticipated call dates on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures), and scheduled rate adjustments. The prepayment experience reflected herein is based on historical experience combined with market consensus expectations derived from independent external sources. The actual maturities of these instruments could vary substantially if future prepayments differ from historical experience or current market expectations. For non-maturity deposit liabilities, in accordance with standard industry practice and our historical experience, we used prepayment and decay rates to estimate deposit runoff.

Our cash flow derivatives are designed to protect us from upward movement in interest rates on certain deposits and short-term borrowings. The interest rate sensitivity table reflects the sensitivity at current interest rates. As a result, the notional amount of our derivatives is not included in the table. We use various assumptions to estimate fair values. See Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of fair value measurements.

 

66


Table of Contents

The total gap re-pricing within one year as of December 31, 2012 was a positive $2.6 billion, representing a ratio of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities of 1.78:1. Current market prepayment speeds and balance sheet management strategies implemented throughout 2012 have allowed us to maintain our asset sensitivity level reported in the table above comparable to December 31, 2011. The total gap re-pricing position, as reported in the table above, reflects the projected interest rate sensitivity of our principal cash flows based on market conditions as of December 31, 2012. As the market level of interest rates and associated prepayment speeds move, the total gap re-pricing position will change accordingly, but not likely in a linear relationship. Management does not view our one year gap position as of December 31, 2012 as presenting an unusually high risk potential, although no assurances can be given that we are not at risk from interest rate increases or decreases.

Liquidity

Bank Liquidity. Liquidity measures the ability to satisfy current and future cash flow needs as they become due. A bank’s liquidity reflects its ability to meet loan demand, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate opportunities in the marketplace. Liquidity management is monitored by our Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Investment Committee of the Board of Directors of Valley National Bank, which review historical funding requirements, current liquidity position, sources and stability of funding, marketability of assets, options for attracting additional funds, and anticipated future funding needs, including the level of unfunded commitments. Our goal is to maintain sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements in order to minimize our dependence on volatile and potentially unstable funding markets.

The Bank has no required regulatory liquidity ratios to maintain; however, it adheres to an internal liquidity policy. The current policy maintains that we may not have a ratio of loans to deposits in excess of 120 percent and non-core funding (which generally includes certificates of deposit $100 thousand and over, federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and FHLB advances) greater than 50 percent of total assets. The Bank was in compliance with the foregoing policies at December 31, 2012.

On the asset side of the balance sheet, the Bank has numerous sources of liquid funds in the form of cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), investment securities held to maturity that are maturing within 90 days or would otherwise qualify as maturities if sold (i.e., 85 percent of original cost basis has been repaid ), investment securities available for sale, trading securities, loans held for sale, and, from time to time, federal funds sold and receivables related to unsettled securities transactions. These liquid assets totaled approximately $1.9 billion, representing 13.4 percent of earning assets, at December 31, 2012 and $1.2 billion, representing 9.8 percent of earning assets, at December 31, 2011. The increase in liquid assets in 2012 is largely due to increases in interest bearing deposits with banks and investment securities available for sale during 2012. Of the $1.9 billion of liquid assets at December 31, 2012, approximately $371 million of various investment securities were pledged to counterparties to support our earning asset funding strategies. We anticipate the receipt of approximately $390.4 million in principal from securities in the total investment portfolio during 2013 due to normally scheduled principal repayments and expected prepayments of certain securities, primarily residential mortgage-backed securities.

Additional liquidity is derived from scheduled loan payments of principal and interest, as well as prepayments received. Loan principal payments (including loans held for sale at December 31, 2012) are projected to be approximately $4.0 billion over the next twelve months. As a contingency plan for significant funding needs, liquidity could also be derived from the sale of conforming residential mortgages from our loan portfolio, or from the temporary curtailment of lending activities.

On the liability side of the balance sheet, we utilize multiple sources of funds to meet liquidity needs. Our core deposit base, which generally excludes certificates of deposit over $100 thousand as well as brokered certificates of deposit, represents the largest of these sources. Core deposits averaged approximately $9.9 billion and $8.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, representing 70.3 percent and

 

67


Table of Contents

67.0 percent of average earning assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The level of interest bearing deposits is affected by interest rates offered, which is often influenced by our need for funds and the need to match the maturities of assets and liabilities.

The following table lists, by maturity, all certificates of deposit of $100 thousand and over at December 31, 2012:

 

     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Less than three months

   $ 274,415   

Three to six months

     113,067   

Six to twelve months

     284,813   

More than twelve months

     537,749   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,210,044   
  

 

 

 

Additional funding may be provided from short-term liquidity borrowings through deposit gathering networks and in the form of federal funds purchased obtained through our well established relationships with several correspondent banks. While there are no firm lending commitments currently in place, management believes that we could borrow approximately $970 million for a short time from these banks on a collective basis. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and has the ability to borrow from them in the form of FHLB advances secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral, including but not limited to U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed securities and a blanket assignment of qualifying first lien mortgage loans, consisting of both residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans. Furthermore, we are able to obtain overnight borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank via the discount window as a contingency for additional liquidity. At December 31, 2012, our borrowing capacity under the Fed’s discount window was approximately $1.0 billion.

We also have access to other short-term and long-term borrowing sources to support our asset base, such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repos”). Our short-term borrowings decreased $58.5 million to $154.3 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $212.8 million at December 31, 2011 mainly due to lower repo balances. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, all short-term repos represent customer deposit balances being swept into this vehicle overnight.

The following table sets forth information regarding Valley’s short-term repos at the dates and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     ($ in thousands)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

      

Average balance outstanding

   $ 169,662      $ 177,232      $ 184,021   

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

     189,359        212,849        186,633   

Balance outstanding at end of period

     154,323        212,849        183,295   

Weighted average interest rate during the period

     0.45     0.45     0.72

Weighted average interest rate at the end of the period

     0.26        0.25        0.47   

Corporation Liquidity. Valley’s recurring cash requirements primarily consist of dividends to common shareholders and interest expense on junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts. These cash needs are routinely satisfied by dividends collected from the Bank. Projected cash flows from the Bank are expected to be adequate to pay common dividends, if declared, and interest expense payable to capital trusts, given the current capital levels and current profitable operations of the bank subsidiary. In addition to dividends received from the Bank, Valley can satisfy its cash requirements by utilizing its own funds, cash and sale of investments, as well as potential borrowed funds from outside sources. In the event Valley would exercise the right to defer payments on

 

68


Table of Contents

the junior subordinated debentures, and therefore distributions on its trust preferred securities, Valley would be unable to pay dividends on its common stock until the deferred payments are made.

As part of our on-going asset/liability management strategies, Valley could use cash to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock under its share repurchase program or redeem its callable junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I, State Bancorp Capital Trust I, and State Bancorp Capital Trust II using Valley’s own funds and/or dividends received from the Bank, as well as new borrowed funds or capital issuances.

Investment Securities Portfolio

Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when Valley has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity, and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Available for sale securities are not considered trading account securities, but rather are securities which may be sold on a non-routine basis. Securities classified as trading are held primarily for sale in the short term or as part of our balance sheet management strategies and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included immediately in the net trading gains and losses category of non-interest income. Valley determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. The decision to purchase or sell securities is based upon the current assessment of long and short-term economic and financial conditions, including the interest rate environment and other statement of financial condition components. Securities with limited marketability and/or restrictions, such as Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stocks, are carried at cost and are included in other assets.

As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agencies, tax-exempt issues of states and political subdivisions, residential mortgage-backed securities (including 15 private label mortgage-backed securities), single-issuer trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including 3 pooled securities), corporate bonds (most of which were purchased prior to the 2008 financial crisis) primarily issued by banks, and perpetual preferred and common equity securities issued by banks. There were no securities in the name of any one issuer exceeding 10 percent of shareholders’ equity, except for residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae.

Among other securities, our investments in the private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities, perpetual preferred securities, equity securities, and corporate bonds may pose a higher risk of future impairment charges to us as a result of the persistently weak economic conditions and its potential negative effect on the future performance of the security issuers and, if applicable, the underlying mortgage loan collateral of the security.

 

69


Table of Contents

Investment securities at December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,869       $ 100,018       $ 100,161   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     506,473         433,284         387,280   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     813,647         1,180,104         1,114,469   

Trust preferred securities

     127,505         193,312         269,368   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,213         52,198         52,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity (amortized cost)

   $ 1,599,707       $ 1,958,916       $ 1,923,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 97,625       $ —         $ 163,810   

U.S. government agency securities

     45,762         90,748         88,800   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     16,627         20,214         29,462   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     510,154         310,137         610,358   

Trust preferred securities

     57,432         70,424         49,027   

Corporate and other debt securities

     30,708         33,044         45,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     758,308         524,567         987,424   

Equity securities

     49,508         41,953         47,808   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale (fair value)

   $ 807,816       $ 566,520       $ 1,035,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ 22,157       $ 21,938       $ 31,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading securities (fair value)

   $ 22,157       $ 21,938       $ 31,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

   $ 2,429,680       $ 2,547,374       $ 2,991,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, total investments declined $117.7 million or 4.6 percent as compared to 2011, mainly due to higher levels of liquid overnight funds held at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, our investment securities classified as available for sale increased $241.3 million to $807.8 million as compared to December 31, 2011. This increase was mainly due to reinvestments of the held to maturity residential mortgage-backed principal prepayments in certain available for sale residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae (fully guaranteed by the U.S. Government), totaling $266.8 million, as well purchases of $97.6 million of U.S Treasury securities.

At December 31, 2012, we had $813.6 million and $510.2 million of residential mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale securities, respectively. Approximately 97 percent and 75 percent of these residential mortgage-backed securities, respectively, were issued and guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. The residential mortgage-backed securities also include $1.7 million and $47.6 million of private label mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity and available for sale, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The remainder of our outstanding residential mortgage-backed security balances at December 31, 2012 was issued by either Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.

Our trading securities portfolio consisted of three single-issuer bank trust preferred securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2011, one trading security was called for early redemption. There was no other trading activity in the portfolio during 2012.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table presents the maturity distribution schedule (unadjusted for any expected prepayments) with the corresponding weighted-average yields of held to maturity and available for sale debt securities at December 31, 2012:

 

    0-1 year     1-5 years     5-10 years     Over 10 years     Total  
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
    Amount
(1)
    Yield
(2)
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Held to maturity

                   

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 66,934        3.28   $ 32,935        3.71   $ 99,869        3.42

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (3).

    113,865        1.50        13,392        5.24        157,835        5.06        221,381        4.84        506,473        4.17   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (4)

    —          —          —          —          6,224        4.63        807,423        2.67        813,647        2.68   

Trust preferred securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          127,505        7.50        127,505        7.50   

Corporate and other debt securities

    25        2.98        28,205        5.86        15,000        8.50        8,983        7.39        52,213        6.88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total .

  $ 113,890        1.50   $ 41,597        5.66   $ 245,993        4.78   $ 1,198,227        3.65   $ 1,599,707        3.72
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale

                   

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 49,453        1.61   $ 48,172        2.81   $ 97,625        2.20

U.S. government agency securities

    —          —          —          —          13,621        1.94        32,141        2.27        45,762        2.17   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (3)

    865        5.83        5,295        1.63        10,467        2.44        —          —          16,627        2.36   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (4)

    67        5.26        7,074        4.27        30,308        4.68        472,705        2.56        510,154        2.71   

Trust preferred securities

    —          —          —          —          —          —          57,432        0.44        57,432        0.44   

Corporate and other debt securities

    —          —          951        2.64        23,813        4.36        5,944        7.87        30,708        4.98   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (5)

  $ 932        5.79   $ 13,320        3.10   $ 127,662        2.95   $ 616,394        2.42   $ 758,308        2.52
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Held to maturity amounts are presented at amortized costs, stated at cost less principal reductions, if any, and adjusted for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. Available for sale amounts are presented at fair value.

(2)

Average yields are calculated on a yield-to-maturity basis.

(3)

Average yields on obligations of states and political subdivisions are generally tax-exempt and calculated on a tax-equivalent basis using a statutory federal income tax rate of 35 percent.

(4)

Residential mortgage-backed securities are shown using stated final maturity.

(5)

Excludes equity securities, which do not have maturities.

The residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio is a significant source of our liquidity through the monthly cash flow of principal and interest. Mortgage-backed securities, like all securities, are sensitive to change in the interest rate environment, increasing and decreasing in value as interest rates fall and rise. As interest rates fall, the potential increase in prepayments can reduce the yield on the mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and reinvestment of the proceeds will be at lower yields. Conversely, rising interest rates may reduce cash flows from prepayments and extend anticipated duration of these assets. We monitor the changes in interest rates, cash flows and duration, in accordance with our investment policies. Management seeks out investment securities with an attractive spread over our cost of funds.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio and may result in other-than temporary impairment on our investment securities in future periods.

Other-than-temporary impairment means we believe the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for default, and/or other factors. As a result of the

 

71


Table of Contents

current authoritative accounting guidance, when a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, we have to first consider (i) whether we intend to sell the security, and (ii) whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (i) the amount related to credit loss, and (ii) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, we compare the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. As discussed above, the portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The amount of an additional other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses recognized during the period may be recorded as a reclassification adjustment from the accumulated other comprehensive loss. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss. To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers several factors that include, but are not limited to the following:

 

   

The severity and duration of the decline, including the causes of the decline in fair value, such as credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility;

 

   

Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area;

 

   

Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

 

   

Any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency or, if applicable, any regulatory actions impacting the security issuer;

 

   

Recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date;

 

   

Our ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value, as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term; and

 

   

Our intent to sell debt security investments, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis.

For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not we expect to collect all contractual cash flows. See “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section of Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our quarterly impairment analysis by security type.

The investment grades in the table below reflect the most current independent analysis performed by third parties of each security as of the date presented and not necessarily the investment grades at the date of our purchase of the securities. For many securities, the rating agencies may not have performed an independent analysis of the tranches owned by us, but rather an analysis of the entire investment pool. For this and other reasons, we believe the assigned investment grades may not accurately reflect the actual credit quality of each security and should not be viewed in isolation as a measure of the quality of our investment portfolio.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following table presents the held to maturity and available for sale investment securities portfolios by investment grades at December 31, 2012:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity investment grades:*

          

AAA Rated

   $ 1,012,090       $ 47,389       $ (492   $ 1,058,987   

AA Rated

     282,970         17,667         (57     300,580   

A Rated

     26,495         904         (4     27,395   

BBB Rated

     77,694         6,610         (182     84,122   

Non-investment grade

     29,319         949         (424     29,844   

Not rated

     171,139         54         (14,171     157,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,599,707       $ 73,573       $ (15,330   $ 1,657,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale investment grades:*

          

AAA Rated

   $ 602,110       $ 7,856       $ (3,474   $ 606,492   

AA Rated

     9,531         1,094         —          10,625   

A Rated

     25,360         1,402         (4,086     22,676   

BBB Rated

     50,952         857         (1,863     49,946   

Non-investment grade

     54,056         2,165         (4,772     51,449   

Not rated

     71,465         447         (5,284     66,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 813,474       $ 13,821       $ (19,479   $ 807,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Rated using external rating agencies (primarily S&P and Moody’s). Ratings categories include entire range. For example, “A rated” includes A+, A, and A-. Split rated securities with two ratings are categorized at the higher of the rating levels.

The held to maturity portfolio includes investments not rated by the rating agencies with amortized costs and unrealized losses totaling $171.1 million and $14.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The unrealized losses for this category almost entirely relate to 5 single-issuer bank trust preferred security issuances with a combined amortized cost of $47.9 million. All single-issuer bank trust preferred securities classified as held to maturity are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults. Additionally, we analyze the performance of each issuer on a quarterly basis, including a review of performance data from the issuer’s most recent bank regulatory report to assess the company’s credit risk and the probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows of the applicable security. Based upon our quarterly review at December 31, 2012, all of the issuers appear to meet the regulatory capital minimum requirements to be considered a “well-capitalized” financial institution and/or have maintained performance levels adequate to support the contractual cash flows of the security.

The available for sale portfolio includes investments with non-investment grade ratings with amortized costs and fair values totaling $54.1 million and $51.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The $4.8 million in unrealized losses for this category are largely related to 3 private label mortgage-backed securities (including 1 security with additional estimated credit impairment losses during both the second and third quarters of 2012) and 2 pooled trust preferred securities found to be other-than-temporarily impaired prior to 2012. The available for sale portfolio also includes investments not rated by the rating agencies with aggregate fair values and unrealized losses of $66.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The unrealized losses for this category are mostly attributable to previously impaired trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company that required an additional estimated credit loss to be recognized in earnings during the third quarter of 2012. See the “Other-than-Temporarily Impaired Securities” section below and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other-than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

Other-than-temporary impairment is a non-cash charge and not necessarily an indicator of a permanent decline in value. Security valuations require significant estimates, judgments and assumptions by management and are considered a critical accounting policy of Valley. See the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of this MD&A and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this policy.

The following table provides information regarding our other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ —         $ 18,314       $ —     

Available for sale

        

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     722         829         2,265   

Trust preferred securities

     4,525         825         2,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

   $ 5,247       $ 19,968       $ 4,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Trust Preferred Securities. In 2011, Valley recognized credit impairment charges totaling $18.3 million related to the trust preferred securities of two issuances by one bank holding company, which were classified as held to maturity and subsequently transferred to the available for sale portfolio. In 2012, Valley recognized additional estimated credit losses of $4.5 million on these securities due to further credit deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Analysis” section in Note 4 the consolidated financial statements for further details.

The other-than-temporary impairment charges on trust preferred securities classified as available for sale reported in the table above for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 all relate to two pooled trust preferred securities with a combined amortized cost and fair value of $5.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012, after recognition of all credit impairments. These securities were initially found to be other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008, as each of Valley’s tranches in the securities had projected cash flows below their future contractual principal and interest payments.Additional estimated credit losses were recognized on one or both of these securities during 2009 through 2011, as higher default rates decreased the expected cash flows from the securities.

All of the impaired trust preferred securities discussed above were not accruing interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. As disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

Impaired Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities. During 2012, Valley recognized net impairment losses of $722 thousand on residential mortgage-backed securities in earnings due to additional estimated credit losses on one of six previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities. Of the six impaired securities, one and five of the securities were responsible for the total other-than-temporary impairment losses on residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2011 and 2010, respectively, as shown in the table above. At December 31, 2012, Valley’s impaired private label mortgage-backed securities had a combined amortized cost of $31.7 million and fair value of $31.4 million, respectively. Although Valley recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges on the securities, each security is currently performing in accordance with its contractual obligations. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section above for further details regarding the impairment analysis of residential mortgage-backed securities.

 

74


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio

The following table reflects the composition of the loan portfolio for the years indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Non-covered loans

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,084,826      $ 1,878,387      $ 1,825,066      $ 1,801,251      $ 1,965,372   

Commercial real estate:

          

Commercial real estate

     4,417,709        3,574,089        3,378,252        3,500,419        3,324,082   

Construction

     425,444        411,003        428,232        440,046        510,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     4,843,153        3,985,092        3,806,484        3,940,465        3,834,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     2,462,429        2,285,590        1,925,430        1,943,249        2,269,935   

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     485,458        469,604        512,745        566,303        607,700   

Automobile

     786,528        772,490        850,801        1,029,958        1,364,343   

Other consumer

     179,731        136,634        88,614        88,845        101,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,451,717        1,378,728        1,452,160        1,685,106        2,073,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans

     10,842,125        9,527,797        9,009,140        9,370,071        10,143,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans (1)

     180,674        271,844        356,655        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans (2)

   $ 11,022,799      $ 9,799,641      $ 9,365,795      $ 9,370,071      $ 10,143,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percent of total loans:

          

Commercial and industrial

     19.0     19.2     19.5     19.2     19.4

Commercial real estate

     43.9        40.6        40.6        42.1        37.8   

Residential mortgage

     22.3        23.3        20.6        20.7        22.4   

Consumer loans

     13.2        14.1        15.5        18.0        20.4   

Covered loans

     1.6        2.8        3.8        —           —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Covered loans primarily consist of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans.

(2) 

Total loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred loan fees totaling $3.4 million, $7.5 million, $9.3 million, $8.7 million, and $4.8 million at December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which include loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions (“covered loans”) subject to loss-sharing agreements, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. At December 31, 2012, our non-covered loan portfolio included $987.0 million of PCI loans acquired from State Bancorp and purchased from another financial institution during the first quarter of 2012. See further details regarding these transactions and the non-covered PCI loans at Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements and our MD&A discussion below.

Non-covered Loans

Non-covered loans (loans not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) increased $1.2 billion from December 31, 2011 largely as a result of the aforementioned PCI loans acquired during the first quarter of 2012. Valley also experienced organic loan growth in non-PCI commercial real estate, residential mortgage, and other consumer loan portfolios during 2012 as compared 2011.

 

75


Table of Contents

Commercial and industrial loans (excluding the elimination of a $37.0 million short-term loan to State Bancorp in our purchase accounting) increased $243.4 million to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to $252.1 million of PCI loans acquired in 2012, partially offset by full loan repayments from a few large borrowers, including loans which were internally criticized. During 2012, we experienced record commercial and industrial loan originations due, in part, to our expansion into the Long Island, New York market through our first quarter acquisition and an uptick in demand within the New Jersey markets in the latter part of the year. However, the continued impact of strong market competition for both new and existing quality credits in the low interest rate environment, including more focus on middle market customers by some of our larger competitors, as well as some classified loan payoffs impeded our ability to achieve significant loan growth in this category. Additionally, many of our stronger borrowers continued to use their liquidity to prepay loans or reduce their lines of credit rather than earn nominal interest on their excess funds in the current low interest rate environment.Although we are encouraged by several pockets of improving loan demand, particularly in the fourth quarter of 2012, and the new market opportunities in New York City which we have dedicated considerable resources to competing for, including the opening of our One Penn Plaza offices in Manhattan during the latter part of 2012 , we believe the current difficult lending conditions may continue to challenge our ability to achieve significant loan growth in this category in 2013 and into the foreseeable future.

Commercial real estate loans (excluding construction loans) increased $843.6 million from December 31, 2011 primarily due to $645.6 million of acquired PCI loans in 2012. The remaining $198.0 million increase was largely due to our strong business emphasis on co-op and multifamily loan lending in the New York Metro area, as well as increased new loan demand across a broad range of borrowers in our primary markets. Our construction loans increased only $14.4 million from December 31, 2011 despite the acquisition of $25.6 million of PCI loans due to continued paydowns and tepid loan demand caused by the current state of the U.S. economy. However, we are somewhat encouraged by the gradual improvements in new home sales and continued declines in the existing home inventory reported during the latter half of 2012, as well as the government’s focus on reducing the unemployment levels during 2013 and beyond. These factors, and others, should help stimulate some growth in the construction portfolio and help expand growth seen in our non-PCI commercial real estate portfolio during 2012 into 2013.

Residential mortgage loans increased $176.8 million from December 31, 2011 mostly due to solid organic growth seen from the continued success of our low fixed-price refinance programs, partially offset by our decision to either hold for sale or sell most of our new and refinanced loans during the second half of 2012. Our new and refinanced residential mortgage loan originations of $2.0 billion during the year ended December 31, 2012 increased 70 percent as compared to $1.2 million in 2011. The increased volume is largely the result of the historically low interest rate environment, the success of our low-fixed price residential mortgage refinance programs and our strong emphasis in the New York Metro area supported by our expanded network of full service branches in the New York boroughs and Long Island after the acquisition of State Bancorp on January 1, 2012. Widening loan spreads and the current Federal Reserve monetary policies contributed to increased loan sales into the secondary market during the second half of 2012 as we attempt to maximize mortgage banking revenues within non-interest income, while the low level of market interest rates continues to apply pressure to our net interest income and margin. As a result, Valley sold approximately $961.0 million of residential mortgages during the year ended December 31, 2012 (of which 80 percent were sold during the last six months of 2012) as compared to $358.8 million loans sold in 2011. We retain mortgage originations based on credit criteria and loan to value levels, the composition of our interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and our ability to manage the interest rate risk associated with certain levels of these instruments. We do not expect declines in the residential mortgage loan portfolio during the first quarter of 2013. However, we do intend to continue an “originate and sell” model for a large portion of our mortgage loan originations during 2013 assuming that market conditions do not adversely change. During the early part of the first quarter of 2013, mortgage application volume continues to be very strong.

Total consumer loans increased $73.0 million from December 31, 2011 due, in part, to acquired PCI loans and an increase in other consumer loans, partially offset by paydowns of Valley originated loans in both the

 

76


Table of Contents

automobile and home equity loan portfolios. Other consumer loans increased $42.8 million in 2012 to $179.7 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 mainly due to an increased volume and higher usage of collateralized personal lines of credit by certain customers. Home equity loans only increased $15.9 million in 2012 as compared to 2011 despite the acquisition of $46.6 million in acquired PCI loans, as loan origination volumes continued to be outpaced by normal loan payments and prepayments during 2012 due to, among other factors, many borrowers electing to rollover loan balances into refinanced first residential mortgages, high unemployment levels, as well as our strict underwriting standards. Automobile loans only increased $14.0 million from December 31, 2011 mostly due to $19.0 million in purchased loans during the second half of 2012. Excluding such purchases, a high volume of automobile loan payoffs outpaced fairly strong auto loan originations for most of 2012. From time to time, the Bank purchases automobile loans originated by, and sometimes serviced by, other financial institutions based on several factors, including current loan origination volumes, market interest rates, excess liquidity and other asset/liability management strategies. All of the purchased automobile loans are selected using Valley’s normal underwriting criteria at the time of purchase. We believe that the current industry outlook for 2013 auto sales is positive. However, strong competition for credits meeting our strict underwriting standards and unemployment may restrict the perceived benefits of such sale projections to Valley during 2013.

Despite the overall loan growth in 2012, we may not experience significant organic loan growth in many of our loan categories during the first quarter of 2013 and beyond due to a slow economic recovery, elevated unemployment levels, increased competition for new and existing borrowers, our high level of residential mortgage loans originated for sale or a change in current asset/liability management strategies. Additionally, an unexpected increase in market interest rates (particularly on residential mortgage loans) could impact our ability to generate the same volume of new loans.

Much of our lending is in northern and central New Jersey, New York City and Long Island, with the exception of smaller auto and residential mortgage loan portfolios derived mainly from the neighboring state of Pennsylvania, which could present a geographic and credit risk if there was another significant broad based economic downturn or a prolonged economic recovery within the region. To mitigate these risks, we make efforts to maintain a diversified portfolio as to type of borrower and loan to guard against a potential downward turn in any one economic sector. The impact of the slow economic recovery, sustained elevated unemployment levels in our region during 2012, and low interest rate environment has limited the number of new quality loan opportunities in our primary markets and impacted the performance of our loan portfolio (see the “Non-performing Assets” section below). We can provide no assurance that our markets will not deteriorate beyond their current levels in the future and cause an increase in the credit risk of our loan portfolio.

The following table reflects the contractual maturity distribution of the commercial and industrial and construction loans within our non-covered loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012:

 

     One Year
or Less
     One to
Five Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial - fixed-rate

   $ 609,894       $ 283,949       $ 29,683       $ 923,526   

Commercial and industrial - adjustable-rate

     797,639         371,357         38,821         1,207,817   

Construction - fixed-rate

     39,128         83,564         —           122,692   

Construction - adjustable-rate

     97,164         207,512         —           304,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,543,825       $ 946,382       $ 68,504       $ 2,558,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We may renew loans at maturity when requested by a customer. In such instances, we generally conduct a review which includes an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition and, if applicable, a review of the adequacy of collateral via a new appraisal from an independent, bank approved, certified or licensed property appraiser or readily available market resources. A rollover of the loan at maturity may require a principal reduction or other modified terms.

 

77


Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

PCI loans are comprised of loans acquired and purchased in the first quarter of 2012 and covered loans for which the Bank will share losses with the FDIC which totaled $987.0 million and $180.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. Our covered loans, consisting primarily of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans, were acquired from LibertyPointe Bank and The Park Avenue Bank as a part of two FDIC-assisted transactions during the first quarter of 2010. As required by U.S. GAAP, all of our PCI loans are accounted under ASC Subtopic 310-30. This accounting guidance requires the PCI loans to be aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. A pool is accounted for as one asset with a single composite interest rate, an aggregate fair value and expected cash flows. For PCI loan pools accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30, the difference between the contractually required payments due and the cash flows expected to be collected, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The contractually required payments due represent the total undiscounted amount of all uncollected principal and interest payments. Contractually required payments due may increase or decrease for a variety of reasons, e.g. when the contractual terms of the loan agreement are modified, when interest rates on variable rate loans change, or when principal and/or interest payments are received. The Bank estimates the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected by incorporating several key assumptions including probability of default, loss given default, and the amount of actual prepayments after the acquisition dates. The non-accretable difference, which is neither accreted into income nor recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, reflects estimated future credit losses and uncollectable contractual interest expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. The excess of the undiscounted cash flows expected at the acquisition date over the carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield. This amount is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the loans, or pool of loans, using the level yield method. The accretable yield is affected by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans, changes in prepayment assumptions, and changes in expected principal and interest payments over the estimated lives of the loans. Prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loan pools.

At both acquisition and subsequent quarterly reporting dates Valley uses a third party service provider to assist with determining the contractual and estimated cash flows. Valley provides the third party with updated loan-level information derived from Valley’s main operating system, contractually required loan payments and expected cash flows for each loan pool individually reviewed by Valley. Using this information, the third party provider determines both the contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected. The loan-level information used to reforecast the cash flows is subsequently aggregated on a pool basis. The expected payment data, discount rates, impairment data and changes to the accretable yield received back from the third party are reviewed by Valley to determine whether this information is accurate and the resulting financial statement effects are reasonable.

Similar to contractual cash flows, we reevaluate expected cash flows on a quarterly basis. Unlike contractual cash flows which are determined based on known factors, significant management assumptions are necessary in forecasting the estimated cash flows. We attempt to ensure the forecasted expectations are reasonable based on the information currently available; however, due to the uncertainties inherent in the use of estimates, actual cash flow results may differ from our forecast and the differences may be significant. To mitigate such differences, we carefully prepare and review the assumptions utilized in forecasting estimated cash flows.

At the time of acquisition, the estimated cash flows on our PCI loans were derived based on observable market information, as well as Valley’s own specific assumptions regarding each loan. Valley performed credit due diligence on the majority of the loans acquired in 2012 and the FDIC-assisted transactions. In addition, Valley engaged a third party to perform credit valuations and expected cash flow forecasts on the acquired loans. The initial expected cash flows for PCI loans were prepared on a loan-level basis utilizing the assumptions developed by Valley in conjunction with the third party. The individual loan-level cash flow assumptions were

 

78


Table of Contents

then aggregated on the basis of pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. Thereafter, on a quarterly basis, Valley analyzes the actual cash flow versus the forecasts at the loan pool level and variances are reviewed to determine their cause. In re-forecasting future estimated cash flows, Valley will adjust the credit loss expectations for loan pools, as necessary. These adjustments are based, in part, on actual loss severities recognized for each loan type, as well as changes in the probability of default. For periods in which Valley does not reforecast estimated cash flows, the prior reporting period’s estimated cash flows are adjusted to reflect the actual cash received and credit events which transpired during the current reporting period.

The following tables summarize the changes in the carrying amounts of non-covered PCI loans and covered loans (net of the allowance for losses on covered loans), and the accretable yield on these loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     2012     2011  
     Carrying
Amount, Net
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount, Net
    Accretable
Yield
 
     (in thousands)  

Non-covered PCI loans:

        

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Acquisitions

     1,205,676        186,198        —          —     

Accretion

     59,449        (59,449     —          —     

Payments received

     (278,135     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 986,990      $ 126,749      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans, net:

        

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 258,316      $ 66,724      $ 350,277      $ 101,052   

Accretion

     24,164        (24,164     40,345        (40,345

Payments received

     (104,275     —          (108,157     —     

Net increase in expected cash flows

     —          —          —          6,017   

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (7,023     —          (2,639     —     

Provision for losses on covered loans

     —          —          (21,510     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 171,182      $ 42,560      $ 258,316      $ 66,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans in the table above are presented net of the allowance for losses on covered loans, which totaled $9.5 million and $13.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This allowance was established due to a decrease in the expected cash flows for certain pools of covered loans based on higher levels of credit impairment than originally forecasted by us at the acquisition dates. During 2011 certain pools of covered loans experienced decreases in their expected cash flows based on higher levels of credit impairment than originally forecasted by us at the acquisition dates. During 2011 and 2010, we recorded provision for losses on covered loans totaling $21.5 million and $6.4 million, respectively, as a component of our provision of credit losses in the consolidated statement of income. The provision for losses on covered loans was partially offset by increases in our FDIC loss-share receivable of $19.5 million and $5.1 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the FDIC’s portion of the additional estimated credit losses under the loss sharing agreements (see table in the next section below). This increase in FDIC loss-share receivable is recorded as a component of non-interest income on the consolidated financial statements.

Although we recognized credit impairment for certain pools in 2011 and 2010, on an aggregate basis the acquired pools of covered loans continue to perform better than originally expected. Based on our current estimates, we expect to receive more future cash flows than originally modeled at the acquisition dates. For the pools with better than expected cash flows, the forecasted increase is recorded as a prospective adjustment to our interest income on these loan pools over future periods. The decrease in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to the increase in expected cash flows for these loan pools is recognized on a prospective basis over the shorter period of the lives of the loan pools and the loss-share agreements accordingly. We reduced the FDIC loss-share

 

79


Table of Contents

receivable by $7.8 million during 2012 due to the prospective recognition of the effect of additional cash flows from pooled loans with a corresponding reduction in non-interest income for the period. See section below for further details regarding the FDIC loss-share receivable.

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable Related to Covered Loans and Foreclosed Assets

The receivable arising from the loss sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan pools because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. As of the acquisition dates for the two FDIC-assisted transactions, we recorded an aggregate FDIC loss-share receivable of $108.0 million, consisting of the present value of the expected future cash flows the Bank expected to receive from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements. The FDIC loss-share receivable is reduced as the loss sharing payments are received from the FDIC for losses realized on covered loans and other real estate owned acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions. Actual or expected losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates, accretion of the acquisition date present value discount, and other reimbursable expenses covered by the FDIC loss-sharing agreements will result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable and the immediate recognition of non-interest income in our financial statements, together with an increase in the non-accretable difference. A decrease in expected losses would generally result in a corresponding decline in the FDIC loss-share receivable and the non-accretable difference. Reductions in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to actual or expected losses that are less than the acquisition date estimates are recognized prospectively over the shorter of (i) the estimated life of the applicable pools of covered loans or (ii) the term of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

The following table presents changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 74,390      $ 89,359   

Discount accretion of the present value at the acquisition dates

     325        582   

Effect of additional cash flows on covered loans (prospective recognition)

     (7,767     (10,592

Increase due to impairment on covered loans

     —          19,520   

Other reimbursable expenses

     5,467        3,893   

Reimbursements from the FDIC

     (21,934     (28,372

Other

     (5,485     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 44,996      $ 74,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate effect of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable was a reduction in non-interest income of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $13.4 million and $6.3 million increases for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2012 reduction in non-interest income mostly related to the FDIC’s portion of the estimated losses on unused lines of credit assumed in the FDIC-assisted transactions, which have expired.

See Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our covered loans, FDIC loss-share receivable, and the FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

80


Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets (excluding PCI loans) include non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO), and other repossessed assets which consist of four aircraft and several automobiles at December 31, 2012. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become past due in excess of 90 days as to payment of principal or interest. Exceptions to the non-accrual policy may be permitted if the loan is sufficiently collateralized and in the process of collection. OREO is acquired through foreclosure on loans secured by land or real estate. OREO and other repossessed assets are reported at the lower of cost or fair value, less cost to sell at the time of acquisition and at the lower of fair value, less estimated costs to sell, or cost thereafter. Given the state of the economic recovery, and comparable to many of our peers, the level of non-performing assets remained relatively low as a percentage of the total loan portfolio and non-performing assets at December 31, 2012, but has increased significantly since 2008 as shown in the table below. For details regarding performing and non-performing PCI loans, see the “Credit quality indicators” section in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Our past due loans and non-accrual loans in the table below exclude our non-covered and covered PCI loans. Under U.S. GAAP, the PCI loans (acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality) are accounted for on a pool basis and are not subject to delinquency classification in the same manner as loans originated by Valley.

 

81


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth by loan category, accruing past due and non-performing assets on non-covered loans on the dates indicated in conjunction with our asset quality ratios:

 

     At December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Accruing past due loans (1)

          

30 to 89 days past due

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,578      $ 4,347      $ 13,852      $ 11,949      $ 13,299   

Commercial real estate

     13,245        13,115        14,563        4,539        5,005   

Construction

     6,685        2,652        2,804        1,834        5,456   

Residential mortgage

     18,951        8,496        12,682        12,462        12,189   

Consumer

     7,227        8,975        14,638        22,835        23,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 30 to 89 days past due

     49,686        37,585        58,539        53,619        59,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

90 or more days past due

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 283      $ 657      $ 12      $ 2,191      $ 864   

Commercial real estate

     2,950        422        —          250        4,257   

Construction

     2,575        1,823        196        —          3,156   

Residential mortgage

     2,356        763        1,556        1,421        5,323   

Consumer

     501        351        723        1,263        1,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 90 or more days past due

     8,665        4,016        2,487        5,125        15,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accruing past due loans

   $ 58,351      $ 41,601      $ 61,026      $ 58,744      $ 74,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans(1)

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 22,424      $ 26,648      $ 13,721      $ 17,424      $ 10,511   

Commercial real estate

     58,625        42,186        32,981        29,844        14,895   

Construction

     14,805        19,874        27,312        19,905        877   

Residential mortgage

     32,623        31,646        28,494        22,922        6,195   

Consumer

     3,331        3,910        2,547        1,869        595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     131,808        124,264        105,055        91,964        33,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned (OREO)(2)

     15,612        15,227        10,498        3,869        8,278   

Other repossessed assets

     7,805        796        1,707        2,565        4,317   

Non-accrual debt securities(3)

     40,303        27,151        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets (NPAs)

   $ 195,528      $ 167,438      $ 117,260      $ 98,398      $ 45,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructured loans

   $ 105,446      $ 100,992      $ 89,696      $ 19,072      $ 7,628   

Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans

     1.20     1.27     1.12     0.98     0.33

Total NPAs as a % of loans and NPAs

     1.74        1.68        1.24        1.04        0.45   

Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans

     1.73        1.69        1.77        1.61        1.06   

Allowance for losses on non-covered loans as a % of non-accrual loans

     91.58        96.79        112.63        110.90        281.93   

 

(1) 

Past due loans and non-accrual loans exclude loans that were acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted transactions. These loans are accounted for on a pool basis.

(2) 

This table excludes OREO properties related to the FDIC-assisted transactions totaling $8.9 million, $6.4 million and $7.8 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is subject to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC.

(3) 

Includes other-than-temporarily impaired trust preferred securities classified as available for sale, which are presented at carrying value, net of unrealized losses totaling $6.9 million and $24.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, after recognition of all credit impairments.

 

82


Table of Contents

Total NPAs increased $28.1 million to $195.5 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $167.4 million at December 31, 2011. The increase was mostly due to $7.5 million increase in non-accrual loans, primarily within the commercial real estate loan category mainly caused by a few large impaired borrowing relationships, and a $13.2 million increase in the estimated fair value of non-accrual debt securities (consisting of other-than-temporarily impaired trust preferred securities classified as available for sale). The increase in the carrying value of non-accrual debt securities from 2011 was entirely due to a decrease in the unrealized losses (or non-credit impairment) on such securities. There was no change in the number of debt securities on non-accrual status during 2012 (see additional information at the “Investment Securities Portfolio” section of this MD&A). Approximately 80 percent of the total non-accrual loans are comprised of commercial real estate, construction and residential mortgage loans. Although loan charge-offs related to commercial real estate and residential mortgage loan categories increased in 2012, Valley continues to have very low loss rates on such loans due to its conservative underwriting standards, including conservative loan to value ratios.

Loans past due 30 to 89 days increased $12.1 million to $49.7 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $37.6 million at December 31, 2011 mainly due to higher delinquencies within residential mortgage loans. Within this past due category, residential mortgage loans increased $10.5 million to $19.0 million at December 31, 2012. Valley believes the mortgage loans in this past due category are mostly well secured, in the process of collection and do not represent a material negative trend within the residential mortgage portfolio. To date, a nominal amount of such loans have been identified as having borrowers with potential credit problems related to the negative impact of Hurricane Sandy. However, there can be no assurance that Valley has identified all of its loans that may be impacted by the storm or the on-going weak employment and economic conditions.

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, which were not included in the non-performing category, are presented in the above table. These loans increased $4.7 million to $8.7 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $4.0 million one year ago primarily due to matured loans in the normal process of renewal within the commercial real estate and construction portfolios totaling $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.All of the loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are considered to be well secured and in the process of collection.

Non-accrual loans increased $7.5 million to $131.8 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $124.3 million at December 31, 2011. The year over year increase was mainly due to the increase in the commercial real estate category which was impacted by two additional large loans totaling $6.9 million at December 31, 2012. Non-accrual commercial and industrial loans decreased by $4.2 million from December 31, 2011, however, the category was positively impacted by the migration of 3 non-accrual commercial loans secured by aircraft to other repossessed assets during 2012, which had a combined total of $10.0 million at December 31, 2011.At December 31, 2012, our non-accrual loans also included performing residential mortgage and home equity loans totaling $3.0 million, which were classified as non-accrual loans due to the OCC regulatory guidance issued during the third quarter of 2012. The new OCC guidance requires us to place on non-accrual status performing residential mortgage and consumer loans where the borrower’s obligation to us has been restructured in bankruptcy. Additionally, these performing restructured loans must be written down to their collateral values through a charge to the allowance for loan losses and classified as collateral dependent impaired loans. The charge-offs resulting from the new guidance was immaterial during the second half of 2012.

Although the timing of collection is uncertain, management believes that most of the non-accrual loans are well secured and largely collectible based on, in part, our quarterly review of impaired loans. Our impaired loans (mainly consisting of non-accrual commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all troubled debt restructured loans) totaled $206.7 million at December 31, 2012 and had $31.0 million in related specific reserves included in our total allowance for loan losses.

If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued in accordance with the original contractual terms, such interest income would have amounted to approximately $7.2 million, $6.9 million, and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively; none of these amounts were included in interest income

 

83


Table of Contents

during these periods. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual totaled $590 thousand and $1.6 million (including $194 thousand and $1.1 million in interest income on impaired loans) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual for the year ended December 31, 2010 was immaterial.

OREO (which consists of 31 commercial and residential properties) and other repossessed assets, excluding OREO subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, totaled $23.4 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $16.0 million at December 31, 2011. Loan foreclosure transfers to OREO during 2012 consisting of 8 residential and 13 commercial real estate properties, respectively, totaled $7.3 million. These transfers resulted in partial loan charge-offs totaling $3.5 million to our allowance of loan losses during 2012. Our residential mortgage loan foreclosure activity remains low due to the nominal amount of individual loan delinquencies within the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios. These portfolios totaling over 24,750 individual loans had only 292 loans past due 30 days or more at December 31, 2012. The $7.0 million increase in other repossessed assets was due to the transfer of three aircraft at their estimated fair values (less selling costs) of $7.6 million that collateralized two non-accrual commercial loans during the first half of 2012.

Troubled debt restructured loans (TDRs) represent loan modifications for customers experiencing financial difficulties where a concession has been granted. Performing TDRs (i.e., TDRs not reported as loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing or as non-accrual loans) totaled $105.4 million at December 31, 2012 and consisted of 88 loans (primarily in the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate portfolios) as compared to 60 loans totaling $101.0 million at December 31, 2011. On an aggregate basis, the $105.4 million in performing TDRs at December 31, 2012 had a modified weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.80 percent as compared to a pre-modification weighted average interest rate of 5.52 percent. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding our TDRs.

Potential Problem Loans

Although we believe that substantially all risk elements at December 31, 2012 have been disclosed in the categories presented above, it is possible that for a variety of reasons, including economic conditions, certain borrowers may be unable to comply with the contractual repayment terms on certain real estate and commercial loans. As part of the analysis of the loan portfolio, management determined that there were approximately $165.9 million and $105.6 million in potential problem loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which were not classified as non-accrual loans in the non-performing asset table above. Potential problem loans are defined as performing loans for which management has concerns about the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms and which may result in a non-performing loan. Our decision to include performing loans in potential problem loans does not necessarily mean that management expects losses to occur, but that management recognizes potential problem loans carry a higher probability of default. At December 31, 2012, the potential problem loans consisted of various types of performing commercial credits internally risk rated substandard because the loans exhibited well-defined weaknesses and required additional attention by management. See further discussion regarding our internal loan classification system at Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance that Valley has identified all of its potential problem loans at December 31, 2012.

Asset Quality and Risk Elements

Lending is one of the most important functions performed by Valley and, by its very nature, lending is also the most complicated, risky and profitable part of our business. For our commercial loan portfolio, comprised of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, and construction loans, a separate credit department is responsible for risk assessment and periodically evaluating overall creditworthiness of a borrower. Additionally, efforts are made to limit concentrations of credit so as to minimize the impact of a downturn in any one economic sector. Our loan portfolio is diversified as to type of borrower and loan. However, loans collateralized by real estate, including $131.8 million of covered loans; represent approximately 72 percent of

 

84


Table of Contents

total loans at December 31, 2012. Most of the loans collateralized by real estate are in northern and central New Jersey and New York City, presenting a geographical and credit risk if there was a further significant broad-based deterioration in economic conditions within the region.

Consumer loans are comprised of residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans. Residential mortgage loans are secured by 1-4 family properties generally located in counties where we have branch presence and counties contiguous thereto (including Pennsylvania). We do provide mortgage loans secured by homes beyond this primary geographic area; however, lending outside this primary area is generally made in support of existing customer relationships. Residential mortgage loan underwriting policies that are based on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines are adhered to for loan requests of conforming and non-conforming amounts. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio of all residential mortgage originations in 2012 was 54 percent while FICO® (independent objective criteria measuring the creditworthiness of a borrower) scores averaged 773. Home equity and automobile loans are secured loans and are made based on an evaluation of the collateral and the borrower’s creditworthiness. In addition to New Jersey, automobile loans are primarily originated in several other states. Due to the level of our underwriting standards applied to all loans, management believes the out of state loans generally present no more risk than those made within New Jersey. However, each loan or group of loans made outside of our primary markets poses different geographic risks based upon the economy of that particular region.

Management realizes that some degree of risk must be expected in the normal course of lending activities. Allowances are maintained to absorb such loan losses inherent in the portfolio. The allowance for credit losses and related provision are an expression of management’s evaluation of the credit portfolio and economic climate.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on non-covered loans, the allowance for unfunded letters of credit, and the allowance for losses on covered loans related to credit impairment of certain covered loan pools subsequent to acquisition. Management maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level estimated to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded letter of credit commitments at the balance sheet dates, based on ongoing evaluations of the loan portfolio. Our methodology for evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for non-covered loans includes:

 

   

segmentation of the loan portfolio based on the major loan categories, which consist of commercial, commercial real estate (including construction), residential mortgage and other consumer loans;

 

   

tracking the historical levels of classified loans and delinquencies;

 

   

assessing the nature and trend of loan charge-offs;

 

   

providing specific reserves on impaired loans; and

 

   

applying economic outlook factors, assigning specific incremental reserves where necessary.

Additionally, the volume of non-performing loans, concentration risks by size, type, and geography, new markets, collateral adequacy, credit policies and procedures, staffing, underwriting consistency, loan review and economic conditions are taken into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance for loan losses consists of five elements: (i) specific reserves for individually impaired credits, (ii) reserves for adversely classified, or higher risk rated, loans that are not impaired, if applicable (iii) reserves for other loans based on historical loss factors, (iv) reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing, and (v) an allowance for impaired purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans subsequent to their acquisition date.

 

85


Table of Contents

The Credit Risk Management Department individually evaluates non-accrual (non-homogeneous) loans within the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolio segments over $250 thousand and troubled debt restructured loans within all the loan portfolio segments for impairment based on the underlying anticipated method of payment consisting of either the expected future cash flows or the related collateral. If payment is expected solely based on the underlying collateral, an appraisal is completed to assess the fair value of the collateral. Collateral dependent impaired loan balances are written down to the current fair value of each loan’s underlying collateral resulting in an immediate charge-off to the allowance, excluding any consideration for personal guarantees that may be pursued in the Bank’s collection process. (See the “Assets and Liabilities Measured on Non-recurring Basis” section of Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further details). If repayment is based upon future expected cash flows, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate is compared to the carrying value of the loan, and any shortfall is recorded as a specific valuation allowance in the allowance for credit losses. At December 31, 2012, a $31.0 million specific valuation allowance was included in the allowance for credit losses related to $206.7 million in impaired loans that had such an allowance. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for more details regarding impaired loans.

The allowance allocations for non-classified loans within all of our loan portfolio segments are calculated by applying historical loss factors by specific loan types to the applicable outstanding loans and unfunded commitments. Loss factors are based on the Bank’s historical loss experience and may be adjusted for significant changes in the current loan portfolio quality that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date.

The allowance contains reserves identified as the unallocated portion in the table below to cover inherent losses within a given loan category which have not been otherwise reviewed or measured on an individual basis. Such reserves include management’s evaluation of the national and local economy, loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and delinquency trends. These reserves reflect management’s attempt to ensure that the overall allowance reflects a margin for imprecision and the uncertainty that is inherent in estimates of probable credit losses.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the relationship among loans, loans charged-off, loan recoveries, the provision for credit losses and the allowance for credit losses for the years indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average loans outstanding

   $ 11,238,269      $ 9,608,480      $ 9,474,994      $ 9,705,909      $ 9,386,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning balance—Allowance for credit losses

   $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655      $ 94,738      $ 74,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial and industrial

     (16,103     (29,229     (15,475     (16,981     (6,760

Commercial real estate

     (9,596     (6,305     (1,823     (3,110     (500

Construction

     (2,092     (4,053     (1,738     (1,197     —     

Residential mortgage

     (3,518     (3,222     (3,741     (3,488     (501

Consumer

     (5,339     (5,906     (10,882     (17,689     (14,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (36,648     (48,715     (33,659     (42,465     (22,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charged-off loans recovered:

          

Commercial and industrial

     4,475        2,365        4,121        449        627   

Commercial real estate

     222        134        156        75        6   

Construction

     50        197        —          —          —     

Residential mortgage

     701        129        97        36        —     

Consumer

     1,958        2,236        2,678        2,830        2,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,406        5,061        7,052        3,390        2,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs (1)

     (29,242     (43,654     (26,607     (39,075     (19,889

Provision charged for credit losses

     25,552        53,335        49,456        47,992        28,282   

Additions from acquisitions

     —          —          —          —          11,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance—Allowance for credit losses

   $ 132,495      $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655      $ 94,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of allowance for credit losses:

          

Allowance for non-covered loans

   $ 120,708      $ 120,274      $ 118,326      $ 101,990      $ 93,244   

Allowance for covered loans

     9,492        13,528        6,378        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     130,200        133,802        124,704        101,990        93,244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for unfunded letters of credit

     2,295        2,383        1,800        1,665        1,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 132,495      $ 136,185      $ 126,504      $ 103,655      $ 94,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of provision for credit losses:

          

Provision for losses on non-covered loans

   $ 25,640      $ 31,242      $ 42,943      $ 47,821      $ 29,059   

Provision for losses on covered loans

     —          21,510        6,378        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     25,640        52,752        49,321        47,821        29,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for unfunded letters of credit

     (88     583        135        171        (777
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

   $ 25,552      $ 53,335      $ 49,456      $ 47,992      $ 28,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs of non-covered loans to average loans outstanding

     0.22     0.30     0.28     0.40     0.21

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding

     0.26        0.45        0.28        0.40        0.21   

Allowance for non-covered loan losses as a % of non-covered loans

     1.11        1.26        1.31        1.09        0.92   

Allowance for credit losses as a % of total loans

     1.20        1.39        1.35        1.11        0.93   

 

(1)

Includes covered loans charge-offs totaling $4.0 million and $14.4 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no charge-offs of covered loans during 2010.

Net charge-offs have remained relatively low in the last five years as compared to most of our peers despite the 2008 economic recession and the economy’s slow paced recovery since 2010. During this five-year period, our net charge-offs were at a high of 0.45 percent of average loans during 2011 and a low of 0.21 percent in 2008. During 2012, our net charge-offs decreased $14.4 million to $29.2 million as compared to 2011 mainly due to a $10.4 million decline in charge-offs on impaired covered loans during 2012 (included primarily in the commercial and industrial loan category in the table above). The charge-offs on impaired covered loans are

 

87


Table of Contents

substantially covered by loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. Despite the improving economy, there can be no assurance that our levels of net-charge-offs will improve during 2013, and not deteriorate in the future.

The provision for credit losses was $25.6 million in 2012 compared to $53.3 million in 2011. During 2012, we did not record a provision for losses on covered loans. Comparatively, we recorded a $21.5 million provision for covered loan losses related to credit impairment of the certain pools of covered loans and/or decreases in the additional cash flows expected to be collected due to changes in estimates after acquisition during 2011. The decrease of $5.6 million from 2011 in provision for non-covered loans reflects, among other factors, lower loss experience in several loan categories due, in part, to stabilization of our credit quality indicators (shown at Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements) and loan delinquencies as well as improved economic outlook.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to specific loan portfolio categories for the past five years:

 

    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
    Allowance
Allocation
    Percent
of Loan
Category
to total
loans
 
    ($ in thousands)  

Loan Category:

                   

Commercial and industrial*

  $ 59,260        18.9   $ 65,076        19.2   $ 58,229        19.5   $ 50,932        19.2   $ 44,163        19.4

Commercial real estate:

                   

Commercial real estate

    24,651        40.1        19,222        36.4        15,755        36.0        10,253        37.4        10,035        32.8   

Construction

    17,393        3.9        12,905        4.2        14,162        4.6        15,263        4.7        15,885        5.0   

Residential mortgage

    9,361        22.3        9,058        23.3        9,128        20.6        5,397        20.7        4,434        22.4   

Consumer

    5,542        13.2        8,677        14.1        14,499        15.5        15,480        18.0        14,318        20.4   

Unallocated

    6,796        —          7,719        —          8,353        —          6,330        —          5,903        —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Allowance for non-covered loans and unfunded letters of credit

    123,003          122,657          120,126          103,655          94,738     

Allowance for covered loans

    9,492        1.6        13,528        2.8        6,378        3.8        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total allowance for credit losses

  $ 132,495        100.0   $ 136,185        100.0   $ 126,504        100.0   $ 103,655        100.0   $ 94,738        100.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

* Includes the allowance for unfunded letters of credit.

The allowance for non-covered loans and unfunded letters of credit as a percentage of total non-covered loans was 1.13 percent at December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.29 percent at December 31, 2011. The decrease from December 31, 2011 was largely due to non-covered PCI loans acquired from State Bancorp on January 1, 2012 and commercial real estate loans purchased from another financial institution in March 2012. The PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition based on an initial estimate of expected cash flows, including a reduction for estimated credit losses and, in the case of State Bancorp, without carryover of the loan portfolio’s historical allowance for loan losses. The PCI loans are accounted for on a pool basis and were initially recorded net of fair valuation discounts related to credit which may be used to absorb potential future losses on such loans before any allowance for loan losses is recognized subsequent to acquisition. The remaining credit discount that may be used for future losses totaled $56.2 million for non-covered PCI loans with carrying amounts of $987.0 million at December 31, 2012. Additionally, the allocated reserves for consumer loans (primarily consisting of automobile and home equity loans) declined from December 31, 2011 as loss experience and the outlook for these portfolios continued to improve throughout 2012.

 

88


Table of Contents

Management believes that the unallocated allowance is appropriate given the uncertain economic outlook, the size of the loan portfolio and level of loan delinquencies, including potential future deterioration related to the impact of Hurricane Sandy, at December 31, 2012. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses.

Loan Repurchase Contingencies

We engage in the origination of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market. Such loan sales increased significantly during the third quarter of 2012 due to a shift in our mortgage production to an “originate and sell” model which is likely to continue into the foreseeable future due to the low level of interest rates and our successful loan origination platform. In connection with loan sales, we make representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred due to such loans. However, the performance of our loans sold has been historically strong due to our strict underwriting standards and procedures. Over the past several years, we have experienced a nominal amount of repurchase requests, of which none of the loan repurchases resulted in losses. No reserves pertaining to loans sold were established on our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2011. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors – We may incur future losses in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market” of this Annual Report for additional information.

Capital Adequacy

A significant measure of the strength of a financial institution is its shareholders’ equity. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, shareholders’ equity totaled approximately $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion or 9.4 percent and 8.8 percent of total assets, respectively. During 2012, total shareholders’ equity increased $247.5 million mainly due to (i) the additional capital issued in the State Bancorp acquisition totaling $208.4 million, (ii) net income of $143.6 million, (iii) an $11.5 million decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive loss, (iv) net proceeds of $8.0 million from 721 thousand shares from the reissuance of treasury stock and authorized common shares issued under our dividend reinvestment plan, partially offset by (v) cash dividends declared on common stock totaling $128.7 million. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss during 2012.

Risk-based capital guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity and eligible trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts less disallowed intangibles and deferred tax assets, and adjusted to exclude unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred tax. Total risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 capital, Valley National Bank’s subordinated borrowings and the allowance for credit losses up to 1.25 percent of risk-adjusted assets. Risk-adjusted assets are determined by assigning various levels of risk to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet activities. Valley’s Tier 1 capital position included $186.3 million and $176.3 million of its outstanding trust preferred securities issued by capital trusts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The net increase of $10.0 million was attributable to $20.0 million of trust preferred securities assumed in the State Bancorp acquisition, partially offset by the redemption of $10.0 million of the face value of VNB Capital Trust I trust preferred securities during the first quarter of 2012. In compliance with U.S. GAAP, Valley does not consolidate its capital trusts. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Valley’s capital position under the current risk-based capital guidelines was $1.2 billion, or 10.9 percent of risk-weighted assets for Tier 1 capital and $1.4 billion or 12.4 percent for total risk-based capital at December 31, 2012. The comparable ratios at December 31, 2011 were 10.8 percent for Tier 1 capital and 12.6 percent for total risk-based capital. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Valley was in compliance with the leverage requirement having Tier 1 leverage ratios of 8.1 percent and 8.0 percent, respectively. The Bank’s ratios at December 31, 2012 were all above the minimum levels required for Valley to be considered “well capitalized”, which require Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of at least 6 percent, total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets of 10 percent and a minimum leverage ratio of 5 percent.

 

89


Table of Contents

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, Valley’s outstanding trust preferred securities issued by its capital trusts continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital but Valley will be unable to issue replacement or additional trust preferred securities that would qualify as Tier 1 capital. However, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued three notices of proposed rulemaking (NPRs) in June 2012 that would revise and/or replace the current regulatory capital rules outlined above with the Basel III final capital framework discussed in detail under the “Basel III” section in Part I Item 1 of this Annual Report. The NPRs proposed, among other rules, to revise risk-based and leverage capital requirements for all insured banks and savings associations, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies domiciled in the United States. The NPRs and the Basel III final framework require the banking institutions to meet the following minimum capital ratios: 4.5 percent Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, 8.0 percent Total capital to risk-weighted assets, and a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” to risk-weighted assets of 3.5 percent.The NPRs also propose that our Tier 1 capital treatment of the trust preferred securities issued by our capital trusts (currently allowable under the Dodd-Frank Act) be disallowed pro rata over a 3 to 10 year phase-in period of the new rules, dependent upon varying interpretations of the current proposed rules. The proposals suggested an effective date of January 1, 2013, however on November 9, 2012 the U.S. federal banking agencies announced that they do not expect any of the Basel III proposed rules to be implemented by the suggested January 2013 date. The NPRs have not been revised or made final as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Typically, our primary source of capital growth is through retention of earnings. Our rate of earnings retention is derived by dividing undistributed earnings per common share by earnings (or net income) per common share. Our retention ratio was approximately 10.96 percent and 12.16 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2012, the retention ratio was positively impacted by higher net gains on sales of loans and lower net impairment losses on securities but declined from 2011 mostly due to net interest margin compression and higher operating costs partly due to the regulatory environment. While we expect that our rate of earnings retention to remain at acceptable levels in future periods, potential future mark to market losses on our junior subordinated debentures, net impairment losses on securities, and other deterioration in earnings and our balance sheet resulting from the weak economic conditions may negatively impact our future earnings and ability to maintain our dividend at current levels.

Cash dividends declared amounted to approximately $0.65 and $0.66 per common share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Board continued the cash dividend, which remained unchanged for 2012 but, consistent with its conservative philosophy, the Board is committed to examine and weigh relevant facts and considerations, including its commitment to shareholder value, each time it makes a cash dividend decision in this economic environment. Under Bank Interagency Guidance, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has cautioned banks to carefully consider the dividend payout ratio to ensure they maintain sufficient capital to be able to lend to credit worthy borrowers.

On March 23, 2012, Valley filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which was declared effective immediately. This shelf registration statement allows Valley to periodically offer and sell in one or more offerings, individually or in any combination, an unlimited aggregate amount of Valley’s common stock and preferred stock. The shelf registration statement provides Valley with capital raising flexibility and enables Valley to promptly access the capital markets in order to pursue growth opportunities that may become available in the future or permits Valley to comply with any changes in the regulatory environment that call for increased capital requirements. Valley’s ability, and any decision to issue and sell securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement, is subject to market conditions and Valley’s capital needs at such time. Additional equity offerings, including shares issued under Valley’s dividend reinvestment plan may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Such offerings may be necessary in the future due to several factors beyond management’s control, including potential increases to the regulatory minimum levels of capital required to be considered a well capitalized bank and the negative impact of the slow moving U.S. economic recovery. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on Valley’s stock issuances and repurchase plan.

 

90


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations and Commitments. In the ordinary course of operations, Valley enters into various financial obligations, including contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by the Bank. For additional information, see Note 14 of the consolidated financial statements.

The following table summarizes the Valley’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2012. Payments for deposits, borrowings and debentures do not include interest. Payments related to leases, capital expenditures, other purchase obligations and commitments to sell loans are based on actual payments specified in the underlying contracts. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are presented at contractual amounts; however, since many of these commitments are expected to expire unused or only partially used based upon our historical experience, the total amounts of these commitments do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements.

 

     Note to
Financial
Statements
     One Year
or Less
     One to
Three Years
     Three to
Five Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
            (in thousands)  

Contractual obligations:

                 

Time deposits

     9       $ 1,378,150       $ 687,763       $ 420,249       $ 22,604       $ 2,508,766   

Long-term borrowings

     10         26,268         400,361         1,080,675         1,189,995         2,697,299   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts(1)

     11         —           —           —           192,078         192,078   

Operating leases

     14         22,151         42,209         40,730         277,363         382,453   

Capital expenditures

        4,259         —           —           —           4,259   

Other purchase obligations(2)

        13,331         599         271         —           14,201   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,444,159       $ 1,130,932       $ 1,541,925       $ 1,682,040       $ 5,799,056   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other commitments:

                 

Commitments to extend credit

     14       $ 2,575,242       $ 448,249       $ 12,908       $ 89,292       $ 3,125,691   

Standby letters of credit

     14         104,241         61,748         61,956         749         228,694   

Commitments to sell loans

     14         100,400         —           —           —           100,400   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,779,883       $ 509,997       $ 74,864       $ 90,041       $ 3,454,785   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Amounts presented consist of the contractual principal balances. Carrying values and call dates are set forth in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

(2) 

This category primarily consists of contractual obligations for communciation and technology costs.

Valley also has obligations under its pension benefit plans, not included in the above table, as further described in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and economic conditions. We principally manage our exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of our core business activities. We manage economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our assets and liabilities and, from time to time, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we enter into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or

 

91


Table of Contents

expected cash receipts and our known or expected cash payments mainly related to certain variable-rate borrowings and fixed-rate loan assets. Valley also enters into mortgage banking derivatives which are non-designated hedges. These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. Valley enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on Valley’s commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale.

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for quantitative information on our derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.

Trust Preferred Securities. In addition to the commitments and derivative financial instruments of the types described above, our off balance sheet arrangements include a $5.8 million ownership interest in the common securities of our statutory trusts to issue trust preferred securities. See “Capital Adequacy” section above and Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations—2011 Compared to 2010

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $12.5 million to $480.9 million for 2011 compared with $468.3 million for 2010. During 2011, a 13 basis point decline in interest rates paid on average interest bearing liabilities, lower average interest bearing liabilities, and higher average loan balances positively impacted our net interest income, but were partially offset by a 22 basis point decline in the yield on average total investments and a 3 basis point decline in the yield on average loans as compared to 2010. Market interest rates on interest bearing deposits continued to trend lower in 2011 as a result of the Federal Reserve’s commitment to its monetary policy and the excess liquidity in the marketplace. Additionally, many of our higher cost time deposits continued to mature and, if renewed, re-priced at lower interest rates in 2011.

Average loans totaling $9.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $133.5 million as compared to 2010 mainly due to increases in our residential mortgage and commercial real estate loan portfolios. The increase in average loan balances during 2011, partially offset by a 3 basis point decline in yield on such loans, contributed to a $4.4 million increase in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with 2010. Average investment securities decreased only $3.5 million in 2011. However, principal repayments on higher yielding securities and securities sold totaled $1.4 billion during 2011 and were mostly reinvested in residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and municipal securities classified as held to maturity. The 2011 reinvestments in the mortgage-backed securities and other taxable securities at low current market rates partially offset by higher yielding municipal security purchases, primarily lead to a $6.8 million decrease in interest income on a tax equivalent basis for investment securities as compared to 2010.

Average interest bearing liabilities decreased $79.6 million to $10.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from the same period in 2010 mainly due to the maturity of higher cost time deposits and long-term FHLB advances. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in average savings, NOW, and money market account balances as compared to 2010 mainly due to additional retail deposits generated from our 21 de novo branches opened over the last four year period and other existing branches as household savings appeared to remain strong during 2011. The cost of time deposits, and short-term borrowings and long-term borrowings decreased 16, 9, and 7 basis points, respectively, during 2011 due to the low level of market interest rates throughout the year and, as applicable, the aforementioned maturity of higher cost funds.

Non-interest income represented 14 percent and 12 percent of total interest income plus non-interest income for 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, non-interest income increased $21.0 million compared with 2010 mainly due to increases in the net gains on securities transactions, net trading

 

92


Table of Contents

gains and other income recognized for the change in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to post-acquisition items, partially offset by an increase in other-than-temporary impairment charges recognized in earnings during 2011.

Insurance commissions increased $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 2010 mainly due to additional commissions generated from our subsidiary’s insurance agency asset acquisition during December 2010. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for more details on this business combination.

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $3.1 million to $22.6 million for 2011 as compared to 2010 mainly due to a decrease in non-sufficient funds charges and overdraft protection fees. The decline in these fees reflects both better account management by our customers caused, in part, by economic uncertainty and higher savings rates, and new regulatory restrictions on overdraft charges enacted by the Federal Reserve in the third quarter of 2010.

Net gains on securities transactions increased $20.5 million to $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $11.6 million for 2010. The increase was mainly due to gains on the sale of certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises totaling $320.7 million and $257.4 million, respectively, classified as available for sale during 2011.

Net impairment losses on securities increased $15.3 million to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $4.6 million in 2010 primarily due to the impairment of trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Net trading gains increased $9.2 million to a gain of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to a $6.9 million loss for 2010 mainly due to the non-cash mark to market adjustments on our trust preferred debentures carried at fair value.

Net gains on sales of loans decreased $1.9 million to $10.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $12.6 million in gains recognized during 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a total gain of $3.9 million recognized on the sale of approximately $83 million of conforming residential mortgage loans transferred from our loan portfolio to loans held for sale during the third quarter of 2010. The decision to sell these loans was based on the likelihood that such loans would prepay in the short-term due to the low level of market interest rates.

Valley also recognized approximately $13.4 million and $6.3 million in non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to post acquisition changes in our FDIC loss-share receivable mostly caused by estimated credit losses on certain covered loan pools (which increased our FDIC-loss share receivable) during both periods.

Non-interest expense increased $18.9 million to $336.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $317.7 million for 2010. The increase in 2011 was mainly attributable to increases in other non-interest expense, professional and legal fees advertising expense, and net occupancy and equipment expense. Other non-interest expense increased $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $44.2 million in 2010 partly due to general increases in several items within this category and a $1.5 million increase in OREO expenses and other expenses related to assets acquired in the two FDIC-assisted transactions. Professional and legal fees increased $5.2 million during 2011 as compared to 2010 was mainly due to general increases in legal expenses related to assets acquired in the two FDIC-assisted transactions in 2010 and fees related to our acquisition of State Bancorp completed on January 1, 2012, as well as increases from other general corporate matters during 2011. Advertising expense increased $4.3 million to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $4.1 million in 2010 mainly due to our expanded use of television and radio ad campaigns to promote better name recognition throughout our primary markets, as well as our residential mortgage refinance programs. In

 

93


Table of Contents

addition, net occupancy and equipment expense increased $2.6 million to $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $61.8 million for 2010 mainly due to higher seasonal maintenance and building repairs mostly, higher depreciation expense and additional expenses related to one de novo branch opened in 2011.

Income tax expense was $63.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting an effective tax rate of 32.2 percent, compared with $55.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting an effective tax rate of 29.8 percent. The effective tax rate increased by 2.4 percent as compared to 2010 largely due to a one-time tax provision of $8.5 million related to a change in state tax law during the second quarter of 2011, partially offset by our increased investment in additional tax credits during 2011.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

For information regarding Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, see Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

 

94


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (in thousands except for
share data)
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 390,078      $ 372,566   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     463,022        6,483   

Investment securities:

    

Held to maturity, fair value of $1,657,950 at December 31, 2012 and $2,027,197 at December 31, 2011

     1,599,707        1,958,916   

Available for sale

     807,816        566,520   

Trading securities

     22,157        21,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     2,429,680        2,547,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     120,230        25,169   

Non-covered loans

     10,842,125        9,527,797   

Covered loans

     180,674        271,844   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (130,200     (133,802
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     10,892,599        9,665,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

     278,615        265,475   

Bank owned life insurance

     339,876        303,867   

Accrued interest receivable

     52,375        52,527   

Due from customers on acceptances outstanding

     3,323        5,903   

FDIC loss-share receivable

     44,996        74,390   

Goodwill

     428,234        317,962   

Other intangible assets, net

     31,123        20,818   

Other assets

     538,495        594,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 16,012,646      $ 14,252,755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 3,558,053      $ 2,781,597   

Interest bearing:

    

Savings, NOW and money market

     5,197,199        4,390,121   

Time

     2,508,766        2,501,384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     11,264,018        9,673,102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     154,323        212,849   

Long-term borrowings

     2,697,299        2,726,099   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (includes fair value of $147,595 at December 31, 2012 and $160,478 at December 31, 2011 for VNB Capital Trust I)

     188,522        185,598   

Bank acceptances outstanding

     3,323        5,903   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     202,784        194,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     14,510,269        12,997,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 30,000,000 shares; none issued

     —          —     

Common stock, no par value, authorized 232,023,233 shares; issued 198,499,275 shares at December 31, 2012 and 178,717,806 shares at December 31, 2011

     69,494        59,955   

Surplus

     1,390,851        1,179,135   

Retained earnings

     93,495        78,599   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (50,909     (62,441

Treasury stock, at cost (61,004 common shares at December 31, 2012 and 34,776 common shares at December 31, 2011)

     (554     (412
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     1,502,377        1,254,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 16,012,646      $ 14,252,755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

95


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest Income

     

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 581,696      $ 547,365      $ 543,009   

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

     

Taxable

    68,698        108,129        115,593   

Tax-exempt

    13,157        11,273        10,366   

Dividends

    7,107        6,655        7,428   

Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments

    535        402        416   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    671,193        673,824        676,812   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

     

Interest on deposits:

     

Savings, NOW and money market

    20,090        19,876        19,126   

Time

    37,466        48,291        55,798   

Interest on short-term borrowings

    1,387        1,154        1,345   

Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures

    122,369        129,692        137,791   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    181,312        199,013        214,060   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

    489,881        474,811        462,752   

Provision for credit losses

    25,552        53,335        49,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses

    464,329        421,476        413,296   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

     

Trust and investment services

    7,690        7,523        7,665   

Insurance commissions

    15,494        15,627        11,334   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    24,752        22,610        25,691   

Gains on securities transactions, net

    2,587        32,068        11,598   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities

    —          (42,775     (1,393

Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)(before taxes)

    (5,247     22,807        (3,249
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    (5,247     (19,968     (4,642

Trading gains (losses), net

    2,793        2,271        (6,897

Fees from loan servicing

    4,843        4,337        4,919   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    46,998        10,699        12,591   

(Losses) gains on sales of assets, net

    (329     426        619   

Bank owned life insurance

    6,855        7,380        6,166   

Change in FDIC loss-share receivable

    (7,459     13,403        6,268   

Other

    21,969        15,921        16,015   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

    120,946        112,297        91,327   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Expense

     

Salary and employee benefits expense

    199,968        176,307        176,106   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

    71,245        66,332        63,771   

FDIC insurance assessment

    14,292        12,759        13,719   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    9,783        9,315        7,721   

Professional and legal fees

    15,005        15,312        10,137   

Advertising

    7,103        8,373        4,052   

Other

    57,504        50,158        44,182   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

    374,900        338,556        319,688   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

    210,375        195,217        184,935   

Income tax expense

    66,748        62,706        54,929   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Common Share:

     

Basic

  $ 0.73      $ 0.74      $ 0.73   

Diluted

    0.73        0.74        0.73   

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share

    0.65        0.66        0.66   

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:

     

Basic

    197,354,159        178,424,883        177,568,546   

Diluted

    197,354,372        178,426,070        177,577,663   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

96


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

      

Net gains arising during the period

     5,682        1,513        12,637   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (1,545     (19,674     (7,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     4,137        (18,161     5,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-credit impairment losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities

      

Net change in non-credit impairment losses on securities

     9,942        (26,656     3,328   

Less reclassification adjustment for credit impairment losses included in net income

     2,449        11,633        2,741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     12,391        (15,023     6,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (cash flow hedges)

      

Net (losses) gains on derivatives arising during the period

     (3,351     (14,157     866   

Less reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

     3,760        1,780        1,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     409        (12,377     2,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan

      

Amortization of prior service cost

     38        348        518   

Amortization of net loss

     (5,443     (11,509     195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (5,405     (11,161     713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     11,532        (56,722     14,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 155,159      $ 75,789      $ 144,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

97


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Number of
Common
Shares
Outstanding
    Common
Stock
    Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    (in thousands)  

Balance — December 31, 2009

    177,103      $ 54,293      $ 1,178,992      $ 64,486      $ (19,816   $ (34,207   $ 1,243,748   

Net income

    —          —          —          130,006        —          —          130,006   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          14,097        —          14,097   

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (116,137     —          —          (116,137

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    227        65        1,322        (2,603     —          5,313        4,097   

Common stock dividend declared

    —          —          (110,848     —          —          —          (110,848

Common stock dividend paid

    —          2,683        108,015        —          —          —          110,698   

Common stock issued

    681        —          —          (6,219     —          14,649        8,430   

Fair value of stock options granted

    —          —          844        —          —          —          844   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2010

    178,011        57,041        1,178,325        69,533        (5,719     (14,245     1,284,935   

Net income

    —          —          —          132,511        —          —          132,511   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          (56,722     —          (56,722

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (117,071     —          —          (117,071

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    (41     61        3,095        (396     —          210        2,970   

Common stock dividend declared

    —          —          (109,675     —          —          —          (109,675

Common stock dividend paid

    —          2,831        106,844        —          —          —          109,675   

Common stock issued

    713        22        546        (5,978     —          13,623        8,213   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2011

    178,683        59,955        1,179,135        78,599        (62,441     (412     1,254,836   

Net income

    —          —          —          143,627        —          —          143,627   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          11,532        —          11,532   

Cash dividends declared on
common stock

    —          —          —          (128,661     —          —          (128,661

Effect of stock incentive plan, net

    1,339        136        5,596        (65     —          (1,063     4,604   

Common stock dividend declared

    —          —          (108,982     —          —          —          (108,982

Common stock dividend paid

    —          3,288        105,694        —          —          —          108,982   

Common stock issued

    18,416        6,115        209,408        (5     —          921        216,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2012

    198,438      $ 69,494      $ 1,390,851      $ 93,495      $ (50,909   $ (554   $ 1,502,377   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

98


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    18,477        16,380        15,850   

Stock-based compensation

    4,816        3,156        4,830   

Provision for credit losses

    25,552        53,335        49,456   

Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities and borrowings

    21,124        11,871        12,443   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    9,783        9,315        7,721   

Gains on securities transactions, net

    (2,587     (32,068     (11,598

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

    5,247        19,968        4,642   

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

    999,380        366,769        385,997   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    (46,998     (10,699     (12,591

Originations of loans held for sale

    (923,182     (322,281     (323,710

Losses (gains) on sales of assets, net

    329        (426     (619

Net deferred income tax expense (benefit)

    28,398        (16,111     19,334   

Net change in:

     

FDIC loss-share receivable (excluding reimbursements)

    7,459        (13,403     (6,268

Trading securities

    (219     9,956        1,056   

Fair value of borrowings carried at fair value

    (2,574     (1,256     5,841   

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

    (6,855     (7,380     (6,166

Accrued interest receivable

    5,446        (3,069     93   

Other assets

    49,345        (34,977     9,569   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (13,257     9,746        (6,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    323,311        191,337        279,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Net loan (originations) repayments

    (203,354     (444,207     359,117   

Loans purchased

    (136,241     (33,293     (52,279

Investment securities held to maturity:

     

Purchases

    (360,614     (683,056     (993,407

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

    705,487        582,999        644,810   

Investment securities available for sale:

     

Purchases

    (455,601     (473,119     (321,318

Sales

    257,497        552,486        425,473   

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

    248,721        280,046        327,316   

Death benefit proceeds from bank owned life insurance

    1,689        8,469        5,241   

Proceeds from sales of real estate property and equipment

    9,337        4,864        4,601   

Purchases of real estate property and equipment

    (22,735     (16,402     (14,599

Reimbursements from the FDIC under loss-sharing agreements

    21,935        28,372        —     

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions

    117,587        —          44,228   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    183,708        (192,841     429,183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Net change in deposits

    210,623        309,488        (837,871

Net change in short-term borrowings

    (87,526     20,531        (36,517

Advances of long-term borrowings

    —           —          50,681   

Repayments of long-term borrowings

    (28,000     (207,000     (72,742

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures

    (10,000     —          —     

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders

    (125,870     (116,779     (115,190

Common stock issued, net

    7,805        8,027        8,391   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (32,968     14,267        (1,003,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    474,051        12,763        (295,051

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    379,049        366,286        661,337   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 853,100      $ 379,049      $ 366,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  

     

Cash payments for:

        

Interest on deposits and borrowings

   $ 183,120       $ 199,565       $ 217,102   

Federal and state income taxes

     50,111         60,186         50,636   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:

        

Transfer of investment securities held to maturity to available for sale

     —           23,452         —     

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

     14,365         10,707         9,544   

Transfer of loans to loans held for sale

     124,261         —           83,162   

Acquisitions:

        

Non-cash assets acquired:

        

Investment securities available for sale

     275,650         —           73,743   

Loans

     1,088,421         —           412,331   

Premises and equipment, net

     9,457         —           133   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,294         —           2,788   

Goodwill

     109,758         —           21,413   

Other intangible assets, net

     8,050         —           4,884   

FDIC loss-share receivable

     —           —           108,000   

Other assets

     72,137         —           22,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-cash assets acquired

     1,568,767         —           645,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

        

Deposits

     1,380,293         —           654,200   

Short-term borrowings

     29,000         —           12,688   

Long-term borrowings

     —           —           10,559   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     15,645         —           —     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     52,998         —           12,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     1,477,936         —           690,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net non-cash assets (liabilities) acquired

   $ 90,831       $ —         $ (44,228
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions

   $ 117,587       $ —         $ 44,228   

Common stock issued in acquisitions

   $ 208,418       $ —         $ —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Note 1)

Business

Valley National Bancorp, a New Jersey Corporation (Valley), is a bank holding company whose principal wholly-owned subsidiary is Valley National Bank (the “Bank”), a national banking association providing a full range of commercial, retail and trust and investment services through its branch and ATM network throughout northern and central New Jersey, the New York City boroughs of Manhattan, Brooklyn and Queens, as well as Long Island, New York. The Bank also lends to borrowers outside its branch network. The Bank is subject to intense competition from other financial services companies and is subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by certain regulatory authorities.

Valley National Bank’s subsidiaries are all included in the consolidated financial statements of Valley. These subsidiaries include:

 

   

an all-line insurance agency offering property and casualty, life and health insurance;

 

   

asset management advisors which are Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registered investment advisors;

 

   

title insurance agencies in both New Jersey and New York;

 

   

subsidiaries which hold, maintain and manage investment assets for the Bank;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services auto loans;

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services general aviation aircraft loans and existing commercial equipment leases;

 

   

a subsidiary which specializes in health care equipment and other commercial equipment leases; and

 

   

a subsidiary which owns and services New York commercial loans and specializes in asset-based lending.

The Bank’s subsidiaries also include real estate investment trust subsidiaries (the “REIT” subsidiaries) which own real estate related investments and a REIT subsidiary which owns some of the real estate utilized by the Bank and related real estate investments. Except for Valley’s REIT subsidiaries, all subsidiaries mentioned above are directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Bank. Because each REIT subsidiary must have 100 or more shareholders to qualify as a REIT, each REIT subsidiary has issued less than 20 percent of its outstanding non-voting preferred stock to individuals, most of whom are non-senior management Bank employees. The Bank owns the remaining preferred stock and all the common stock of the REITs.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of Valley include the accounts of its commercial bank subsidiary, Valley National Bank and all of Valley’s direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. The accounting and reporting policies of Valley conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and general practices within the financial services industry. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, Valley does not consolidate statutory trusts established for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities. See Note 11 below for more detail. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statements of financial condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Material

 

101


Table of Contents

estimates that are particularly susceptible to change are: the allowance for loan losses; the evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets, and investment securities for impairment; fair value measurements of assets and liabilities; and income taxes. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are deemed necessary. While management uses its best judgment, actual amounts or results could differ significantly from those estimates. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these material estimates.

On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp, Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank. See Note 2 for further details regarding this acquisition.

On May 25, 2012, Valley issued a five percent common stock dividend to shareholders of record on May 11, 2012. All common share and per common share data presented in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes below were adjusted to reflect all stock dividends in the periods presented.

In March 2010, the Bank assumed all of the deposits, excluding brokered deposits, and acquired loans, other real estate owned (“covered loans” and “covered OREO”, together “covered assets”) and certain other assets of The Park Avenue Bank and LibertyPointe Bank, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), as receiver (the “FDIC-assisted transactions”). See Note 2 for further details regarding these transactions.

Correction of an Immaterial Error

Our previously reported financial condition and results of operations at and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect an adjustment for the straight-line recognition of rental expense and income on operating leases with scheduled rental increases in which Valley is the lessor and lessee, respectively. The adjustment resulted in increases in accrued rent liability, deferred tax assets and net occupancy and equipment expense, as well as decreases in retained earnings, net income and earnings per common share. The effect of these revisions was immaterial to each of the interim and annual periods, including a one cent reduction in basic and diluted earnings per common share in both 2011 and 2010.

The adjustment to recognize rental expense and income on a straight-line basis affects the timing of those amounts, but does not change the total cash paid or received (or the total rental expense or income recognized) over the term of each lease.

 

102


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the effects of the adjustment on the amounts previously reported in the consolidated financial statements and the corrected (or “As Adjusted”) amounts presented herein for each period presented:

 

    As Reported     Adjustment     As Adjusted  
    ($ in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011

     

Other assets

  $ 586,134      $ 8,248      $ 594,382   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    174,708        19,660        194,368   

Retained earnings

    90,011        (11,412     78,599   

Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011

     

Net occupancy and equipment expense

  $ 64,364      $ 1,968      $ 66,332   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    63,532        (826     62,706   

Net income

    133,653        (1,142     132,511   

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

    0.75        (0.01     0.74   

Diluted

    0.75        (0.01     0.74   

Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2010

     

Net occupancy and equipment expense

  $ 61,765      $ 2,006      $ 63,771   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    55,771        (842     54,929   

Net income

    131,170        (1,164     130,006   

Earnings per common share:

     

Basic

    0.74        (0.01     0.73   

Diluted

    0.74        (0.01     0.73   

The adjustment had no effect on the reported amount of net cash provided by operating activities for any period. Certain amounts disclosed in Notes 13, 15, 18, 19 and 20 have been revised to reflect the adjustment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits in other banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) and, from time to time, overnight federal funds sold.

The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank based on a percentage of deposits. These reserve balances totaled $39.3 million and $19.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Investment Securities

At the time of purchase, management elects to classify investment securities into one of three categories: held to maturity, available for sale or trading. Investment securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Investment securities to be held for indefinite periods are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax. Securities that may be sold and reinvested over short durations as part of management’s asset/liability management strategies are classified as trading and are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in non-interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as a component of net trading gains (losses). Realized gains or losses on the sale of available for sale and trading securities are recognized by the specific identification method and are included in net gains (losses) on securities transactions

 

103


Table of Contents

and net trading gains (losses), respectively. Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, which have limited marketability, are carried at cost in other assets.

Quarterly, Valley evaluates its investment securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale for other-than-temporary impairment. Other-than-temporary impairment means Valley believes the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include the issuer’s inability to pay interest or dividends, the potential for default, and/or other factors. When a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, Valley has to first consider (a) whether it intends to sell the security, and (b) whether it is more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but Valley does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss, and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, Valley compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the portion related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.

To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers factors that include, among others, the causes of the decline in fair value, such as credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility; the severity and duration of the decline; Valley’s ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value (as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term); Valley’s intent to sell security investments; and whether it is more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis. For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not it is probable that current and/or future contractual cash flows have been or may be impaired. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section of Note 4 for further discussion.

Interest income on investments includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts. Realized gains and losses are derived based on the amortized cost of the security sold. Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale consist of conforming residential mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market and are carried at their estimated fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis as permitted by the fair value option election under U.S. GAAP. Changes in fair value are recognized in earnings as a component of gains on sales of loans, net. Origination fees and costs related to loans held for sale are recognized as earned and as incurred. Loans held for sale are generally sold with loan servicing rights retained by Valley. Gains recognized on loan sales include the value assigned to the rights to service the loan. See “Loan Servicing Rights” section below.

Loans and Loan Fees

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance net of any unearned income, charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and premium or discounts on purchased loans, except for purchased credit-impaired loans. Loan origination and commitment fees, net of related costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of loan yield over the estimated life of the loans approximating the effective interest method.

 

104


Table of Contents

Loans are deemed to be past due when the contractually required principal and interest payments have not been received as they become due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status generally, when they become 90 days past due and the full and timely collection of principal and interest becomes uncertain. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest accruals cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against current income. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied against principal. A loan in which the borrowers’ obligation has not been released in bankruptcy courts may be restored to an accruing basis when it becomes well secured and is in the process of collection, or all past due amounts become current under the loan agreement and collectability is no longer doubtful.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

Purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which primarily include loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions (“covered loans”) in 2010 and in a business combination in 2012 (see Note 2), are loans acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality). These loans are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no allowance for loan losses. Beginning in 2010, Valley accounts for interest income on all loans acquired at a discount (that is due, in part, to credit quality) based on the acquired loans’ expected cash flows. The acquired loans may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flow.

The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each pool. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or an allowance for loan losses. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the pool over its remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Therefore, the allowance for loan losses on these impaired pools reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (representing the present value of all cash flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not expected to be received). The allowance for loan losses on covered loans (acquired through two FDIC-assisted transactions) is determined without consideration of the amounts recoverable through the FDIC loss-share agreements (see “FDIC Loss-Share Receivable” below). At December 31, 2012, there was no reserve for impairment of non-covered PCI loans acquired or purchased in the first quarter of 2012 in our allowance for loan losses.

The Bank periodically evaluates the remaining contractual required payments due and estimates of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations, performed quarterly, require the continued use of key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Changes in the contractual required payments due and estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and non-accretable difference or reclassifications between accretable yield and the non-accretable difference. On an aggregate basis the acquired pools of covered loans have performed better than originally expected, and based on our current estimates, we expect to receive more future cash flows than originally modeled at the acquisition dates. For the pools with better than expected cash flows, the forecasted increase is recorded as an additional accretable yield that is recognized as a prospective increase to our interest income on loans. Additionally, the FDIC loss-share receivable is prospectively reduced by the guaranteed portion of the additional cash flows expected to be received, with a corresponding reduction to non-interest income.

PCI loans that may have been classified as non-performing loans by an acquired bank are no longer classified as non-performing because these loans are accounted for on a pooled basis. Management’s judgment is required in classifying loans in pools as performing loans, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of the pool cash flows to be collected, even if certain loans within the pool are contractually past due.

 

105


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (the “allowance”) is increased through provisions charged against current earnings and additionally by crediting amounts of recoveries received, if any, on previously charged-off loans. The allowance is reduced by charge-offs on loans or unfunded letters of credit which are determined to be a loss, in accordance with established policies, when all efforts of collection have been exhausted.

The allowance is maintained at a level estimated to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as well as other credit risk related charge-offs. The allowance is based on ongoing evaluations of the probable estimated losses inherent in the non-covered loan portfolio and off balance sheet unfunded letters of credits, as well as reserves for impairment of PCI loans subsequent to their acquisition date. As discussed under the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section above, the allowance for credit losses at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 includes reserves for impairment of covered loans subsequent to their acquisition date. The Bank’s methodology for evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance includes grouping the non-covered loan portfolio into loan segments based on common risk characteristics, tracking the historical levels of classified loans and delinquencies, applying economic outlook factors, assigning specific incremental reserves where necessary, providing specific reserves on impaired loans, and assessing the nature and trend of loan charge-offs. Additionally, the volume of non-performing loans, concentration risks by size, type, and geography, new markets, collateral adequacy, credit policies and procedures, staffing, underwriting consistency, loan review and economic conditions are taken into consideration.

The allowance for loan losses consists of five elements: (i) specific reserves for individually impaired credits, (ii) reserves for adversely classified, or higher risk rated, loans that are not impaired, (iii) reserves for other loans based on historical loss factors, (iv) reserves based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to Valley, including changes in loan portfolio volume, the composition and concentrations of credit, new market initiatives, and the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing, and (v) an allowance for impaired covered loan pools.

The Credit Risk Management Department individually evaluates non-accrual (non-homogeneous) commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all troubled debt restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment. The value of an impaired loan is measured based upon the underlying anticipated method of payment consisting of either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, and its payment is expected solely based on the underlying collateral. If the value of an impaired loan is less than its carrying amount, impairment is recognized through a provision to the allowance for loan losses. Collateral dependent impaired loan balances are written down to the estimated current fair value of each loan’s underlying collateral resulting in an immediate charge-off to the allowance, excluding any consideration for personal guarantees that may be pursued in the Bank’s collection process. If repayment is based upon future expected cash flows, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate is compared to the carrying value of the loan, and any shortfall is recorded as a specific valuation allowance in the allowance for loan losses. Accrual of interest is discontinued on an impaired loan when management believes, after considering collection efforts and other factors, the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Cash collections on impaired loans are generally credited to the loan balance, and no interest income is recognized on these loans until the principal balance has been determined to be fully collectible. Residential mortgage loans and consumer loans usually consist of smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and are specifically excluded from the impaired loan portfolio, except where the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan.

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of the loans. Loans are evaluated based on an internal credit risk rating system for the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolio segments and non-performing loan status for the residential and consumer loan portfolio segments. Loans are risk-rated based on an internal credit risk grading

 

106


Table of Contents

process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, and evaluated by the Loan Review Department on a test basis. Loans with a grade that is below “Pass” grade are adversely classified. See Note 5 for details. Any change in the credit risk grade of performing and/or non-performing loans affects the amount of the related allowance. Once a loan is adversely classified, the assigned relationship manager and/or a special assets officer in conjunction with the Credit Risk Management Department analyze the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things. Loans identified as losses by management are charged-off. Commercial loans are generally assessed for full or partial charge-off to the net realizable value for collateral dependent loans when a loan is between 90 or 120 days past due or sooner if it is probable that a loan may not be fully collectable. Residential loans and home equity loans are generally charged-off to net realizable value when the loan is 120 days past due. Automobile loans are fully charged-off when the loan is 120 days past due or partially charged-off to the net realizable value of collateral, if the collateral is recovered prior to such time. Unsecured consumer loans consumer loans are generally fully charged-off when the loan is 150 days past due.

The allowance allocations for other loans (i.e.; risk rated loans that are not adversely classified and loans that are not risk rated) are calculated by applying historical loss factors for each loan portfolio segment to the applicable outstanding loan portfolio balances. Loss factors are calculated using statistical analysis supplemented by management judgment. The statistical analysis considers historical default rates and historical loss severity in the event of default. The management analysis includes an evaluation of loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and current delinquency trends.

The allowance also contains reserves to cover inherent losses within each of Valley’s loan portfolio segments, which have not been otherwise reviewed or measured on an individual basis. Such reserves include management’s evaluation of national and local economic and business conditions, loan portfolio volumes, the composition and concentrations of credit, credit quality and delinquency trends. These reserves reflect management’s attempt to ensure that the overall allowance reflects a margin for imprecision and the uncertainty that is inherent in estimates of probable credit losses.

See Notes 5 and 6 for Valley’s loan credit quality and additional allowance disclosures.

Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Generally, these useful lives range from three to forty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or disposition, any gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Valley owns bank owned life insurance (BOLI) to help offset the cost of employee benefits. BOLI is recorded at its cash surrender value. Valley’s BOLI is invested primarily in U.S. Treasury securities and residential mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored enterprises, and Ginnie Mae. The majority of the underlying investment portfolio is managed by one independent investment firm. The change in the cash surrender value is included as a component of non-interest income and is exempt from federal and state income taxes as long as the policies are held until the death of the insured individuals.

 

107


Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO), acquired through foreclosure on loans secured by real estate, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, as established by a current appraisal, less estimated costs to sell, and is included in other assets. Any write-downs at the date of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred to maintain these properties, unrealized losses resulting from valuation write-downs after the date of foreclosure, and realized gains and losses upon sale of the properties are included in other non-interest expense and other non-interest income, as appropriate. OREO and other repossessed assets totaled $24.5 million and $22.4 million (including $8.9 million and $6.4 million of OREO properties related to the FDIC-assisted transactions, which are subject to the loss-sharing agreements) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable

The receivable arising from the loss sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan pools because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. Although this asset represents a contractual receivable from the FDIC, there is no contractual interest rate associated with the asset. At the date of acquisition, the FDIC loss-share receivable was measured at its fair value based on expected future cash flows covered by the loss share agreements. In addition, the asset is based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss-share percentages. See Note 2 for further details.

The difference between the present value at acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flow expected to be collected from the FDIC is accreted into non-interest income over the life of the FDIC loss-share receivable. The FDIC loss-share receivable is reduced as loss-sharing payments are received from the FDIC for realized losses on covered loans and other real estate owned. Actual or expected losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable. However, a reduction in the FDIC loss-share receivable due to actual or expected losses that are less than the acquisition date estimates is recognized prospectively over the shorter of (i) the estimated life of the respective pools of covered loans or (ii) the term of the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC. The increases and decreases to the FDIC loss-share receivable are recorded as a component of non-interest income. The amount ultimately collected for the FDIC loss-share receivable is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. See Note 5 for further details.

Goodwill

Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets (see “Other Intangible Assets” section below). Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to an annual assessment for impairment. The goodwill impairment analysis is generally a two-step test. However, Valley may, under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under this new ASU, we are not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit if, based on a qualitative assessment, we determine that it was more likely than not that the unit’s fair value was less than its carrying amount. During 2012, Valley elected to perform step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test for all of its reporting units, but (under the ASU) it may chose to perform the optional qualitative assessment for one or more units in future periods.

Goodwill is allocated to Valley’s reporting unit, which is a business segment or one level below, at the date goodwill is actually recorded. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step in the analysis is performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded equal

 

108


Table of Contents

to the excess amount in the current period earnings. Valley reviews goodwill annually or more frequently if a triggering event indicates impairment may have occurred, to determine potential impairment by determining if the fair value of the reporting unit has fallen below the carrying value.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets primarily consist of loan servicing rights (largely generated from loan servicing retained by the Bank on residential mortgage loan originations sold in the secondary market to government sponsored enterprises), core deposits, customer lists, and covenants not to compete obtained through acquisitions. Other intangible assets are amortized using various methods over their estimated lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impairment is deemed to exist, an adjustment is recorded to earnings in the current period for the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying amount. See further details regarding loan servicing rights below.

Loan Servicing Rights

Loan servicing rights are recorded when originated mortgage loans are sold, or when purchased, with servicing rights retained. Valley initially records the loan servicing rights at fair value. Subsequently, the loan servicing rights are carried at the lower of unamortized cost or market (i.e., fair value). The fair values of the loan servicing rights are determined using a method which utilizes servicing income, discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates specifically relative to Valley’s portfolio for originated mortgage servicing rights.

The unamortized costs associated with acquiring loan servicing rights, net of any valuation allowances, are included in other intangible assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition and are accounted for using the amortization method. Under this method, Valley amortizes the loan servicing assets in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing revenues. On a quarterly basis, Valley stratifies its loan servicing assets into groupings based on risk characteristics and assesses each group for impairment based on fair value. A valuation allowance is established through an impairment charge to earnings to the extent the unamortized cost of a stratified group of loan servicing rights exceeds its estimated fair value. Increases in the fair value of impaired loan servicing rights are recognized as a reduction of the valuation allowance, but not in excess of such allowance.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for stock options and restricted stock awards (i.e., non-vested stock awards) is based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award. Under Valley’s long-term incentive compensation plans, award grantees that are eligible for retirement do not have a service period requirement. Compensation expense for these awards is recognized immediately in earnings. The service period for non-retirement eligible employees is the shorter of the stated vesting period of the award or the period until the employee’s retirement eligibility date. The fair value of each option granted is estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based upon the last sale price reported for Valley’s common stock on the date of grant or the last sale price reported preceding such date.

Fair Value Measurements

In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. When observable market prices and parameters are not fully available, management uses valuation techniques based upon internal and third party models requiring more management judgment to estimate the appropriate fair value measurements. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value, including adjustments based on internal cash flow model projections that utilize assumptions similar to those incorporated by market participants. Other adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit

 

109


Table of Contents

quality and Valley’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. See Note 3 for additional information.

Income Taxes

Valley uses the asset and liability method to provide income taxes on all transactions recorded in the consolidated financial statements. This method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities for book and tax purposes. Accordingly, a deferred tax asset or liability for each temporary difference is determined based on the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the underlying items of income and expense are expected to be realized.

Valley’s expense for income taxes includes the current and deferred portions of that expense. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we expect to realize. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income-tax return purposes. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Valley maintains a reserve related to certain tax positions that management believes contain an element of uncertainty. Periodically, Valley evaluates each of its tax positions and strategies to determine whether the reserve continues to be appropriate. See Note 13 for further analysis of Valley’s accounting for income taxes.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business entity during a period due to transactions and other events and circumstances, excluding those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income or loss. Valley’s components of other comprehensive (loss) income, net of deferred tax, include: (i) unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale (including the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to these securities); (ii) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships; and (iii) the pension benefit adjustment for the unfunded portion of its various employee, officer, and director pension plans. Valley presents comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income a for all periods presented. See Note 17 for additional disclosures.

Earnings Per Common Share

For Valley, the numerator of both the basic and diluted earnings per common share is net income available to common stockholders (which is equal to net income less dividends on preferred stock and related discount accretion). The weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in the denominator for basic earnings per common share is increased to determine the denominator used for diluted earnings per common share by the effect of potentially dilutive common stock equivalents utilizing the treasury stock method. For Valley, common stock equivalents are outstanding common stock options and warrants to purchase Valley’s common shares.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table shows the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands, except for share data)  

Net income

   $ 143,627       $ 132,511       $ 130,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     197,354,159         178,424,883         177,568,546   

Plus: Common stock equivalents

     213         1,187         9,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     197,354,372         178,426,070         177,577,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.73       $ 0.74       $ 0.73   

Diluted

   $ 0.73       $ 0.74       $ 0.73   

Common stock equivalents, in the table above, represent the effect of outstanding common stock options and warrants to purchase Valley’s common shares, excluding those with exercise prices that exceed the average market price of Valley’s common stock during the periods presented and therefore, would have an anti-dilutive effect on the diluted earnings per common share calculation. Anti-dilutive common stock options and warrants equaled approximately 7.2 million, 6.8 million, and 7.3 million common shares for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Common Stock Dividends

Cash dividends to common stockholders are payable and accrued when declared by Valley’s Board of Directors.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock is recorded using the cost method and accordingly is presented as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As part of its asset/liability management strategies and to accommodate commercial borrowers, Valley has used interest rate swaps and caps to hedge variability in future fair values or cash flows caused by changes in interest rates. Valley also uses derivatives not designated as hedges for non-speculative purposes to manage its exposure to interest rate movements related to a service for certain customer, as well as certain mortgage banking activities consisting of customer interest rate lock commitments and forward contracts to sell residential mortgage loans. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Valley records all derivatives as assets or liabilities at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item related to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income or loss and subsequently reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings, and the ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings. On a quarterly basis, Valley assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in fair value or cash

 

111


Table of Contents

flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item or transaction. If a hedging relationship is terminated due to ineffectiveness, and the derivative instrument is not re-designated to a new hedging relationship, the subsequent change in fair value of such instrument is charged directly to earnings. Derivatives not designated as hedges do not meet the hedge accounting requirements under U.S. GAAP. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.

On January 1, 2012, Valley made an accounting policy election to use the exception within ASU No. 2011-04 regarding the measurement of the exposure to the counterparty credit risk. As a result, Valley calculates the credit valuation adjustments to the fair value of derivatives on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. See Note 3 for additional information.

New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” was issued as a result of the effort to develop common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). While ASU No. 2011-04 is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, it expands the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and clarifies the existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS No. 13. Many of the requirements for the amendments in ASU No. 2011-04 do not result in a change in the application of the requirements in Topic 820. ASU No. 2011-04 became effective for Valley on January 1, 2012 and did not to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. See Note 3 for related disclosures.

ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” requires an entity to present components of comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate consecutive statements. These amendments will make the financial statement presentation of other comprehensive income more prominent by eliminating the alternative to present comprehensive income within the statement of equity. As originally issued, ASU No. 2011-05 required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented (for both interim and annual financial statements). This requirement was deferred by ASU No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards”. ASU No. 2011-05 became effective for all interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted, and applied retrospectively. Valley early adopted ASU No. 2011-05 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and elected to present comprehensive income in a separate consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” provides the option of performing a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, before applying the current two-step goodwill impairment test. If the conclusion is that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the entity would be required to conduct the current two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the entity would not need to apply the two-step test. ASU No. 2011-08 was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed by Valley during 2012. ASU No. 2011-08 did not have a significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 amends Topic 210, “Balance Sheet,” to require an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, such as sales and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending arrangements, and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the

 

112


Table of Contents

statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and is not expected to have a significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution,” addresses subsequent measurement of an indemnification asset recognized in a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution that includes a loss-sharing agreement. When an entity recognizes an indemnification asset (in accordance with Subtopic 805-20) as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution and subsequently a change in the cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset occurs (as a result of a change in cash flows expected to be collected on the assets subject to indemnification), the entity should subsequently account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement (i.e., the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets). ASU No. 2012-06 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012 with an early adoption permitted, and should be applied prospectively. ASU No. 2012-06 is not expected to have a significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, which requires disclosure of the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification. For AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required U.S. GAAP disclosures. The ASU No. 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012. ASU No. 2013-02 is not expected to have a significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Note 2)

Acquisition of State Bancorp, Inc.

On January 1, 2012, Valley acquired State Bancorp. Inc. (State Bancorp), the holding company for State Bank of Long Island, a commercial bank with approximately $1.7 billion in assets, $1.1 billion in loans, and $1.4 billion in deposits and 16 branches in Nassau, Suffolk, Queens, and Manhattan at December 31, 2011. Of the acquired branch offices, 15 remain within our 44 branch network in New York and are located mostly in Long Island and Queens. The new locations complement Valley’s other New York City locations, including five branches in Queens, and provide a foundation for future expansion efforts into these attractive markets. The shareholders of State Bancorp received a fixed one- for- one exchange ratio for Valley National Bancorp common stock. The total consideration for the acquisition totaled $208 million. As a condition to the closing of the merger, State Bancorp redeemed $36.8 million of its outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Series A Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury. The stock redemption was funded by a $37.0 million short-term loan from Valley to State Bancorp. The outstanding loan, included in Valley’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2011, was subsequently eliminated as of the acquisition date.

Additionally, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 was assumed by Valley as of the acquisition date. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2012.

Merger expenses totaled $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which largely related to data processing conversion charges that are included in other non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of

 

113


Table of Contents

income. For the year ended December 31, 2011, merger related expenses included professional and legal fees, salary and employee benefits expense, and other non-interest expense totaling $1.7 million, $640 thousand, and $290 thousand, respectively.

The following table sets forth assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the State Bancorp acquisition at their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the transaction:

 

     January 1, 2012  
     (in thousands)  

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 117,587   

Investment securities available for sale

     275,650   

Loans

     1,088,421   

Premises and equipment

     9,457   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,294   

Goodwill

     109,758   

Other intangible assets

     8,050   

Other assets

     72,137   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,686,354   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

  

Deposits:

  

Non-interest bearing

   $ 371,151   

Savings, NOW and money market

     596,599   

Time

     412,543   
  

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,380,293   
  

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     29,000   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     15,645   

Other liabilities

     52,998   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 1,477,936   
  

 

 

 

Common stock issued in acquisition

   $ 208,418   

The determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the acquisition dates were adjusted as a result of additional information obtained related to the fair value of the loans acquired and deferred tax assets (included in other assets), on a combined basis, resulted in increases in goodwill, other assets and other liabilities, and a decrease in loans. The purchase accounting for the State Bancorp acquisition is complete and reflected in the table above and in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Fair Value Measurement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Described below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the State Bancorp acquisition.

Cash and cash equivalents.  The estimated fair values of cash and cash equivalents approximate their stated face amounts, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.

Investment securities available for sale.  The estimated fair values of the investment securities available for sale were calculated utilizing Level 2 inputs. The prices for these instruments are obtained through an independent pricing service and are derived from market quotations and matrix pricing. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S.

 

114


Table of Contents

Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. Management reviewed the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities by its third party provider to ensure the highest level of significant inputs are derived from market observable data.

Loans.  The acquired loan portfolio was segregated into categories for valuation purposes primarily based on loan type (commercial, mortgage, or consumer) and credit risk rating. The estimated fair values were computed by discounting the expected cash flows from the respective portfolios. Management estimated the cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date by using valuation models that incorporated estimates of current key assumptions, such as prepayment speeds, default rates, and loss severity rates. Prepayment assumptions were developed by reference to recent or historical prepayment speeds observed for loans with similar underlying characteristics. Prepayment assumptions were influenced by many factors including, but not limited to, forward interest rates, loan and collateral types, payment status, and current loan-to-value ratios. Default and loss severity rates were developed by reference to recent or historical default and loss rates observed for loans with similar underlying characteristics. Default and loss severity assumptions were influenced by many factors including, but not limited to, underwriting processes and documentation, vintages, collateral types, collateral locations, estimated collateral values, loan-to-value ratios, and debt-to-income ratios.

The expected cash flows from the acquired loan portfolios were discounted at estimated market rates. The market rates were estimated using a buildup approach which included assumptions with respect to funding cost and funding mix, estimated servicing cost, liquidity premium, and additional spreads, if warranted, to compensate for the uncertainty inherent in the acquired loans. The methods used to estimate the Level 3 fair values of loans are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflected the acquired loan portfolios and current market conditions, a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in active markets.

The difference between the fair value and the expected cash flows from the acquired loans will be accreted to interest income over the remaining term of the loans in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” See Note 5 for further details.

Other intangible assets.  Other intangible assets consisting of core deposit intangibles (CDI) are measures of the value of non-maturity checking, savings, NOW and money market deposits that are acquired in a business combination excluding any large relationships, for which Valley believes there is no customer related intangible asset. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. The CDI are being amortized over an estimated useful life of eleven years to approximate the existing deposit relationships acquired.

Deposits.  The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., NOW and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair values of certificates of deposit represent contractual cash flows, discounted to present value using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities.

Short-term borrowings.  The fair value of short-term borrowings approximates their contractual principal balances, as these borrowings matured in March 2012.

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts.  There is no active market for the trust preferred securities issued by State Bancorp Capital Trust I and State Bancorp Capital Trust II; therefore, the fair value of junior subordinated debentures was estimated utilizing the income approach. Under the income approach, the expected cash flows over the remaining estimated life of the debentures were discounted using Valley’s credit spread plus the three-month LIBOR (the contractual base index rate for these instruments). Valley’s credit spread

 

115


Table of Contents

was calculated based on Valley’s trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I, which are publicly traded in an active market.

FDIC-Assisted Transactions

On March 11, 2010, the Bank assumed all of the deposits, and acquired certain assets of LibertyPointe Bank, a New York State chartered bank in an FDIC-assisted transaction. The Bank assumed $198.3 million in customer deposits and acquired $207.7 million in assets, including $140.6 million in loans. The loans acquired by the Bank principally consist of commercial real estate loans. This transaction resulted in $11.6 million of goodwill and generated $370 thousand in core deposit intangibles.

On March 12, 2010, the Bank assumed all of the deposits, excluding brokered deposits, and borrowings, and acquired certain assets of The Park Avenue Bank, a New York State chartered bank in an FDIC-assisted transaction. The Bank assumed $455.9 million in customer deposits and acquired $480.5 million in assets, including $271.8 million in loans. The loans acquired by the Bank principally consist of commercial and industrial loans, and commercial real estate loans. This transaction resulted in $7.9 million of goodwill and generated $1.2 million in core deposit intangibles.

The Bank and the FDIC will share in the losses on loans and real estate owned as a part of the loss-sharing agreements entered into by the Bank with the FDIC for both transactions. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement for the LibertyPointe Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets up to $55.0 million, after the Bank absorbs such losses up to the first loss tranche of $11.7 million, and 95 percent of losses in excess of $55.0 million. Under the terms of the loss-sharing agreement for The Park Avenue Bank transaction, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of any future losses on covered assets of up to $66.0 million and 95 percent of losses in excess of $66.0 million. The Bank will reimburse the FDIC for 80 percent of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Bank 80 percent reimbursement under the loss-sharing agreements, and for 95 percent of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Bank 95 percent reimbursement under the loss-sharing agreements.

In the event the losses under the loss-sharing agreements fail to reach expected levels, the Bank has agreed to make a cash payment to the FDIC, on approximately the tenth anniversary following the transactions’ closings, pursuant to each loss-sharing agreement. There was no payable to the FDIC recorded at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

In addition, as part of the consideration for The Park Avenue Bank FDIC-assisted transaction, the Bank issued a cash-settled equity appreciation instrument to the FDIC. The equity appreciation instrument was initially recorded as a liability in the first quarter of 2010 and was settled in cash after the FDIC exercised the instrument on April 1, 2010. The valuation and settlement of the equity appreciation instrument did not significantly impact Valley’s financial condition or results of operations.

Other Acquisitions

On December 14, 2010, Masters Coverage Corp., an all-line insurance agency that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, acquired certain assets of S&M Klein Co. Inc., an independent insurance agency located in Queens, New York. The purchase price totaled $5.3 million, consisting of $3.3 million in cash and earn-out payments totaling $2.0 million that are payable over a four year period, subject to certain customer retention and earnings performance. The transaction generated goodwill and other intangible assets totaling $1.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively. Other intangible assets consist of a customer list, covenants not to compete, and a trade name with a weighted average amortization period of 16 years.

 

116


Table of Contents

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Note 3)

ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

  Level 1 Unadjusted exchange quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, or identical liabilities traded as assets that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

  Level 2 Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly (i.e., quoted prices on similar assets), for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

  Level 3 Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

117


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The assets presented under “nonrecurring fair value measurements” in the table below are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments under certain circumstances (e.g., when an impairment loss is recognized).

 

          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    December 31,
2012
    Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
    (in thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

       

Assets

       

Investment securities:

       

Available for sale:

       

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 97,625      $ 97,625      $ —         $ —      

U.S. government agency securities

    45,762        —           45,762        —      

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    16,627        —           16,627        —      

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    510,154        —           478,783        31,371   

Trust preferred securities

    57,432        —           17,129        40,303   

Corporate and other debt securities

    30,708        28,444        2,264        —      

Equity securities

    49,508        28,608        20,900        —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

    807,816        154,677        581,465        71,674   

Trading securities

    22,157        —           22,157        —      

Loans held for sale (1)

    120,230        —           120,230        —      

Other assets (2)

    7,916        —           7,916        —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 958,119      $ 154,677      $ 731,768      $ 71,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I (3)

  $ 147,595      $ 147,595      $ —         $ —      

Other liabilities (2)

    26,594        —           26,594        —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 174,189      $  147,595      $ 26,594      $ —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

       

Collateral dependent impaired loans (4)

  $ 65,231      $ —        $ —        $ 65,231   

Loan servicing rights

    16,201        —          —          16,201   

Foreclosed assets

    33,251        —          —          33,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 114,683      $ —         $ —         $ 114,683   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents
          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
    December 31,
2011
    Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
    (in thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

       

Assets

       

Investment securities:

       

Available for sale:

       

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 90,748      $ —        $ 90,748      $ —     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    20,214        —          20,214        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    310,137        —          259,977        50,160   

Trust preferred securities

    70,424        19,575        23,698        27,151   

Corporate and other debt securities

    33,044        30,604        2,440        —     

Equity securities

    41,953        23,506        18,447        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale

    566,520        73,685        415,524        77,311   

Trading securities

    21,938        —          21,938        —     

Loans held for sale (1)

    25,169        —          25,169        —     

Other assets (2)

    5,211        —          5,211        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 618,838      $ 73,685      $ 467,842      $ 77,311   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I (3)

  $ 160,478      $ 160,478      $ —        $ —     

Other liabilities (2)

    21,854        —          21,854        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 182,332      $ 160,478      $ 21,854      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

       

Collateral dependent impaired loans (4)

  $ 66,854      $ —        $ —        $ 66,854   

Loan servicing rights

    9,078        —          —          9,078   

Foreclosed assets

    15,874        —          —          15,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 91,806      $ —        $ —        $ 91,806   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Loans held for sale (which consist of residential mortgages) are carried at fair value and had contractual unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $115.4 million and $24.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(2) 

Derivative financial instruments are included in this category.

(3) 

The junior subordinated debentures had contractual unpaid principal obligations totaling $146.7 million and $157.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(4) 

Excludes covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions completed in 2010 and other purchased credit-impaired loans acquired in 2012.

 

119


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below:

 

     2012     2011  
            Available           Available  
     Trading      For Sale     Trading     For Sale  
     Securities      Securities     Securities     Securities  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ —         $ 77,311      $ 21,903      $ 138,655   

Transfers into Level 3:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           —          —          8,798   

Transfers out of Level 3:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           —          —          (44,771

Trust preferred securities

     —           —          (21,903     (17,397

Corporate and other debt securities

     —           —          —          (12,914

Equity securities

     —           —          —          (9,353

Transfers from held-to-maturity (1)

     —           —          —          23,452   

Total net (losses) gains for the period included in:

         

Net income

     —           (5,247     —          (1,654

Other comprehensive income

     —           18,482        —          765   

Sales

     —           (9,146     —          —     

Settlements

     —           (9,726     —          (8,270
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ —         $ 71,674      $ —        $ 77,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at year end (2)

   $ —         $ (5,247   $ —        $ (19,968 )(3) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents impaired trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company transferred at fair value from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale at December 31, 2011.

(2) 

Represents the net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the period.

(3) 

Includes $18.3 million related to trust preferred securities transferred from held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011.

Transfers into and out of Level 3 assets are generally made in response to a decrease or an increase, respectively, in the availability of observable market data used in the securities’ pricing obtained primarily through independent pricing services or dealer market participants. See further details regarding the valuation techniques used for the fair value measurement of the financial instruments below. During 2012 and 2011, there were no transfers of assets between Level 1 and Level 2.

There have been no changes in the valuation methodologies used at December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following valuation techniques were used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All the valuation techniques described below apply to the unpaid principal balance excluding any accrued interest or dividends at the measurement date. Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument using the effective interest method based on acquired discount or premium.

Available for sale and trading securities.  All U.S. Treasury securities, certain corporate and other debt securities, and certain common and preferred equity securities (including certain trust preferred securities) are reported at fair values utilizing Level 1 inputs. The majority of other investment securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The prices for these instruments are obtained through an independent pricing

 

120


Table of Contents

service or dealer market participants with whom Valley has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities. Prices obtained from these sources include prices derived from market quotations and matrix pricing. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. Management reviews the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities by its third party provider to ensure the highest level of significant inputs are derived from market observable data. For certain securities, the inputs used by either dealer market participants or an independent pricing service, may be derived from unobservable market information (Level 3 inputs). In these instances, Valley evaluates the appropriateness and quality of the assumption and the resulting price. In addition, Valley reviews the volume and level of activity for all available for sale and trading securities and attempts to identify transactions which may not be orderly or reflective of a significant level of activity and volume. For securities meeting these criteria, the quoted prices received from either market participants or an independent pricing service may be adjusted, as necessary, to estimate fair value and this results in fair values based on Level 3 inputs. In determining fair value, Valley utilizes unobservable inputs which reflect Valley’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing each security. In developing its assertion of market participant assumptions, Valley utilizes the best information that is both reasonable and available without undue cost and effort.

In calculating the fair value for the available for sale securities under Level 3, Valley prepared present value cash flow models for certain private label mortgage-backed securities and trust preferred securities. The cash flows for the residential mortgage-backed securities incorporated the expected cash flow of each security adjusted for default rates, loss severities and prepayments of the individual loans collateralizing the security. The cash flows for trust preferred securities reflected the contractual cash flow, adjusted if necessary for potential changes in the amount or timing of cash flows due to the underlying credit worthiness of each issuer. The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 inputs used to measure the fair value of these securities at December 31, 2012:

 

Security Type

  Technique    Input    Range     Average  

Private label mortgage-backed securities

  Discounted cash flow    Prepayment rate      2.7 - 27.4     15.9
     Default rate      4.0 - 17.2        8.0   
     Loss severity      40.0 - 59.4        50.9   

Single issuer trust preferred securities

  Discounted cash flow    Loss severity      0.0 - 100.0     28.8
     Market credit spreads      6.3 - 6.9        6.7   
     Discount rate      6.6 - 8.7        7.8   

Significant increases or decreases in any of the unobservable inputs in the table above in isolation would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement of the securities. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

For the Level 3 available for sale private label mortgage-backed securities, cash flow assumptions incorporated independent third party market participant data based on vintage year for each security. The discount rate utilized in determining the present value of cash flows for the mortgage-backed securities was arrived at by combining the yield on orderly transactions for similar maturity government sponsored mortgage-backed securities with (i) the historical average risk premium of similar structured private label securities, (ii) a risk premium reflecting current market conditions, including liquidity risk and (iii) if applicable, a forecasted loss premium derived from the expected cash flows of each security. The estimated cash flows for each private label mortgage-backed security were then discounted at the aforementioned effective rate to determine the fair value. The quoted prices received from either market participants or independent pricing services are weighted with the internal price estimate to determine the fair value of each instrument.

 

121


Table of Contents

For two single issuer trust preferred securities in the Level 3 available for sale trust preferred securities, the resulting estimated future cash flows were discounted at a yield, comprised of market rates applicable to the index of the underlying security, estimated market credit spread for similar non-rated securities and an illiquidity premium, if appropriate. The discount rate for each security was applied to three alternative cash flow scenarios, and subsequently weighted based on management’s expectations. The three cash flow alternatives for each security assume a scenario with full issuer repayment, a scenario with a partial issuer repayment and a scenario with a full issuer default.

For two pooled securities in the Level 3 available for sale trust preferred securities category, the resulting estimated future cash flows were discounted at a yield determined by reference to similarly structured securities for which observable orderly transactions occurred. The discount rate for each security was applied using a pricing matrix based on credit, security type and maturity characteristics to determine the fair value. The fair value calculations for both securities are received from an independent valuation advisor. In validating the fair value calculation from an independent valuation advisor, Valley reviews the accuracy of the inputs and the appropriateness of the unobservable inputs utilized in the valuation to ensure the fair value calculation is reasonable from a market participant perspective.

Loans held for sale.  The conforming residential mortgage loans originated for sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. The fair values were calculated utilizing quoted prices for similar assets in active markets. To determine these fair values, the mortgages held for sale are put into multiple tranches, or pools, based on the coupon rate and maturity of each mortgage. The market prices for each tranche are obtained from both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The market prices represent a delivery price, which reflects the underlying price each institution would pay Valley for an immediate sale of an aggregate pool of mortgages. The market prices received from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are then averaged and interpolated or extrapolated, where required, to calculate the fair value of each tranche. Depending upon the time elapsed since the origination of each loan held for sale, non-performance risk and changes therein were addressed in the estimate of fair value based upon the delinquency data provided to both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for market pricing and changes in market credit spreads. Non-performance risk did not materially impact the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 based on the short duration these assets were held and the high credit quality of these loans.

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts.  The junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I are reported at fair value using Level 1 inputs. The fair value was estimated using quoted prices in active markets for similar assets, specifically the quoted price of the VNB Capital Trust I preferred stock traded under ticker symbol “VLYPRA” on the New York Stock Exchange. The preferred stock and Valley’s junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust have identical financial terms and therefore, the preferred stock’s quoted price moves in a similar manner to the estimated fair value and current settlement price of the junior subordinated debentures. The preferred stock’s quoted price includes market considerations for Valley’s credit and non-performance risk and is deemed to represent the transfer price that would be used if the junior subordinated debenture were assumed by a third party. Valley’s potential credit risk and changes in such risk did not materially impact the fair value measurement of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Derivatives.  Derivatives are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The fair value of Valley’s derivatives are determined using third party prices that are based on discounted cash flow analyses using observed market interest rate curves and volatilities. The fair value of mortgage banking derivatives, consisting of interest rate lock commitments to fund residential mortgage loans and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans (including certain loans held for sale at December 31, 2012), is determined based on the current market prices for similar instruments provided by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The fair values of most of the derivatives incorporate credit valuation adjustments, which consider the impact of any credit enhancements to the contracts, to account for potential nonperformance risk of Valley and its counterparties. The credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuation of Valley’s derivatives at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

122


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The following valuation techniques were used for certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including impaired loans reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral, loan servicing rights, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment) as described below.

Impaired loans.  Certain impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral and are commonly referred to as “collateral dependent impaired loans.” Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs, consisting of individual appraisals that are significantly adjusted based on customized discounting criteria. At December 31, 2012, non-current appraisals were discounted up to 6.1 percent based on specific market data by location and property type. During 2012, collateral dependent impaired loans were individually re-measured and reported at fair value through direct loan charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses and/or a specific valuation allowance allocation based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The collateral dependent loan charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses totaled $17.7 million and $16.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These collateral dependent impaired loans with a total recorded investment of $76.9 million and $74.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were reduced by specific valuation allowance allocations totaling $11.7 million and $7.4 million to a reported total net carrying amount of $65.2 million and $66.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Loan servicing rights.  Fair values for each risk-stratified group of loan servicing rights are calculated using a fair value model from a third party vendor that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (Level 3). The fair value model is based on various assumptions, including but not limited to, prepayment speeds, internal rate of return (“discount rate”), servicing cost, ancillary income, float rate, tax rate, and inflation. The prepayment speed and the discount rate are considered two of the most significant inputs in the model. At December 31, 2012, the fair value model used prepayment speeds (stated as constant prepayment rates) from 6.0 percent up to 26.0 percent and a discount rate of 8 percent for the valuation of the loan servicing rights. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing the loan servicing rights using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a significant positive or negative effect on the fair value estimate. Impairment charges are recognized on loan servicing rights when the amortized cost of a risk-stratified group of loan servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Valley recognized net impairment charges on loan servicing rights totaling $376 thousand and $1.5 million, respectively.

Foreclosed assets.  Certain foreclosed assets (consisting of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets), upon initial recognition and transfer from loans, are re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed assets. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is typically estimated using Level 3 inputs, consisting of an appraisal that is adjusted based on customized discounting criteria, similar to the criteria used for impaired loans described above. The discounts on appraisals of foreclosed assets were immaterial at December 31, 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition and subsequent re-measurement totaled $33.3 million and $15.9 million, respectively. In connection with the measurement and the initial recognition of the foreclosed assets, Valley recognized charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses totaling $6.3 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The re-measurement of foreclosed assets at fair value resulted in losses of $1.5 million and $1.3 million included in non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

123


Table of Contents

Other Fair Value Disclosures

The following table presents the amount of gains and losses from fair value changes included in income before income taxes for financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

Reported in Consolidated Statements of
Financial Condition

 

Reported in

Consolidated Statements of Income

  Gains (Losses) on Change
in Fair Value
 
    2012     2011     2010  
        (in thousands)  

Assets:

       

Available for sale securities

  Net impairment losses on securities   $ (5,247   $ (19,968 )*    $ (4,642

Trading securities

  Trading gains (losses), net     219        1,015        (1,056

Loans held for sale

  Gains on sales of loans, net     46,998        10,699        12,591   

Liabilities:

       

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

  Trading gains (losses), net     2,574        1,256        (5,841
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 44,544      $ (6,998   $ 1,052   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes $18.3 million related to impaired trust preferred securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available for sale at December 31, 2011.

ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The fair value estimates presented in the following table were based on pertinent market data and relevant information on the financial instruments available as of the valuation date. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire portfolio of financial instruments. Because no market exists for a portion of the financial instruments, fair value estimates may be based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For instance, Valley has certain fee-generating business lines (e.g., its mortgage servicing operation, trust and investment management departments) that were not considered in these estimates since these activities are not financial instruments. In addition, the tax implications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

 

124


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured and not reported at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

            December 31,  
            2012      2011  
     Fair Value
Hierarchy
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  
            (in thousands)  

Financial assets

              

Cash and due from banks

     Level 1       $ 390,078       $ 390,078       $ 372,566       $ 372,566   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     Level 1         463,022         463,022         6,483         6,483   

Investment securities held to maturity:

              

U.S. Treasury securities

     Level 1         99,869         115,329         100,018         113,859   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     Level 2         506,473         531,966         433,284         453,201   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     Level 2         813,647         838,116         1,180,104         1,230,993   

Trust preferred securities

     Level 2         127,505         113,657         193,312         174,753   

Corporate and other debt securities

     Level 2         52,213         58,882         52,198         54,391   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

        1,599,707         1,657,950         1,958,916         2,027,197   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

     Level 3         10,892,599         10,908,742         9,665,839         9,645,517   

Accrued interest receivable

     Level 1         52,375         52,375         52,527         52,527   

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock(1)

     Level 2         138,533         138,533         129,669         129,669   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits without stated maturities

     Level 1         8,755,252         8,755,252         7,171,718         7,171,718   

Deposits with stated maturities

     Level 2         2,508,766         2,563,726         2,501,384         2,557,119   

Short-term borrowings

     Level 1         154,323         154,323         212,849         215,179   

Long-term borrowings

     Level 2         2,697,299         3,100,173         2,726,099         3,154,150   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     Level 2         40,927         40,776         25,120         25,620   

Accrued interest payable(2)

     Level 1         15,917         15,917         17,736         17,736   

 

(1) 

Included in other assets.

 

(2)

Included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, consisting of loan commitments and standby letters of credit, had immaterial estimated fair values at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or a non-recurring basis:

Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks.  The carrying amount is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short maturity of these items.

Investment securities held to maturity.  Fair values are based on prices obtained through an independent pricing service or dealer market participants with whom Valley has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities. Prices obtained from these sources include prices derived from market quotations and matrix pricing. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things (Level 2 inputs). Additionally, Valley reviews the volume and level of activity for all classes of held to maturity securities and

 

125


Table of Contents

attempts to identify transactions which may not be orderly or reflective of a significant level of activity and volume. For securities meeting these criteria, the quoted prices received from either market participants or an independent pricing service may be adjusted, as necessary. If applicable, the adjustment to fair value is derived based on present value cash flow model projections prepared by Valley utilizing assumptions similar to those incorporated by market participants.

Loans.  Fair values of non-covered loans (i.e., loans which are not subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) and covered loans (i.e., loans subject to loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) are estimated by discounting the projected future cash flows using market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest-rate risk inherent in the loan. The discount rate is a product of both the applicable index and credit spread, subject to the estimated current new loan interest rates. The credit spread component is static for all maturities and may not necessarily reflect the value of estimating all actual cash flows repricing. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Fair values estimated in this manner do not fully incorporate an exit-price approach to fair value, but instead are based on a comparison to current market rates for comparable loans.

Accrued interest receivable and payable.  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.  FRB and FHLB stock are non-marketable equity securities and are reported at their redeemable carrying amounts, which approximate the fair value.

Deposits.  The carrying amounts of deposits without stated maturities (i.e., non-interest bearing, savings, NOW, and money market deposits) approximate their estimated fair value. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using estimated rates currently offered for alternative funding sources of similar remaining maturity.

Short-term and long-term borrowings.  The carrying amounts of certain short-term borrowings, including securities sold under agreement to repurchase (and from time to time, federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings) approximate their fair values because they frequently re-price to a market rate. The fair values of other short-term and long-term borrowings are estimated by obtaining quoted market prices of the identical or similar financial instruments when available. When quoted prices are unavailable, the fair values of the borrowings are estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current market discount rates of financial instruments with similar characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (excluding VNB Capital Trust I).  There is no active market for the trust preferred securities issued by Valley capital trusts, except for the securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I whose related debentures are carried at fair value. Therefore, the fair value of debentures not carried at fair value is estimated utilizing the income approach, whereby the expected cash flows, over the remaining estimated life of the security, are discounted using Valley’s credit spread over the current yield on a similar maturity of U.S. Treasury security or the three-month LIBOR for the variable rate indexed debentures (Level 2 inputs). Valley’s credit spread was calculated based on the exchange quoted price for Valley’s trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Note 4)

As of December 31, 2012, Valley had approximately $1.6 billion, $807.8 million, and $22.2 million in held to maturity, available for sale, and trading investment securities, respectively. Valley records impairment charges on its investment securities when the decline in fair value is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities; decline in the creditworthiness of the issuer; absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities; adverse changes in business climate; adverse actions by regulators; prolonged decline in value of equity investments; or unanticipated changes in the

 

126


Table of Contents

competitive environment could have a negative effect on Valley’s investment portfolio and may result in other-than-temporary impairment on certain investment securities in future periods. Valley’s investment portfolios include private label mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities principally issued by bank holding companies (including three pooled trust preferred securities), corporate bonds primarily issued by banks, and perpetual preferred and common equity securities issued by banks. These investments may pose a higher risk of future impairment charges by Valley as a result of the unpredictable nature of the U.S. economy and its potential negative effect on the future performance of the security issuers and, if applicable, the underlying mortgage loan collateral of the security. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section below for further discussion.

Held to Maturity

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,869       $ 15,460       $ —        $ 115,329   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     506,473         25,690         (197     531,966   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     813,647         24,824         (355     838,116   

Trust preferred securities

     127,505         930         (14,778     113,657   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,213         6,669         —          58,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,599,707       $ 73,573       $ (15,330   $ 1,657,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 100,018       $ 13,841       $ —        $ 113,859   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     433,284         19,931         (14     453,201   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     1,180,104         51,041         (152     1,230,993   

Trust preferred securities

     193,312         4,308         (22,867     174,753   

Corporate and other debt securities

     52,198         3,799         (1,606     54,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,958,916       $ 92,920       $ (24,639   $ 2,027,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

The age of unrealized losses and fair value of related securities held to maturity at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     Less than
Twelve Months
    More than
Twelve Months
    Total  
     Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 15,518       $ (197   $ —          $ —         $ 15,518       $ (197

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     80,152         (355     —           —          80,152         (355

Trust preferred securities

     28,690         (208     48,802         (14,570     77,492         (14,778
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 124,360       $ (760   $ 48,802       $ (14,570   $ 173,162       $ (15,330
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 1,854       $ (13   $ 50       $ (1   $ 1,904       $ (14

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     33,520         (152     —           —          33,520         (152

Trust preferred securities

     35,527         (730     55,612         (22,137     91,139         (22,867

Corporate and other debt securities

     14,756         (192     7,560         (1,414     22,316         (1,606
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 85,657       $ (1,087   $ 63,222       $ (23,552   $ 148,879       $ (24,639
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on investment securities held to maturity are primarily due to changes in interest rates (including, in certain cases, changes in credit spreads) and lack of liquidity in the marketplace. The total number of security positions in the securities held to maturity portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 was 34 as compared to 28 at December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2012, the unrealized losses reported for trust preferred securities mostly related to 8 single-issuer securities, issued by bank holding companies. Of the 8 trust preferred securities, 1 was investment grade, 2 were non-investment grade, and 5 were not rated. All single-issuer bank trust preferred securities classified as held to maturity are paying in accordance with their terms, have no deferrals of interest or defaults and, if applicable, the issuers meet the regulatory capital requirements to be considered “well-capitalized institutions” at December 31, 2012.

Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2012 included in the table above represents other-than-temporary impairment as management mainly attributes the declines in fair value to changes in interest rates, widening credit spreads, and lack of liquidity in the market place, not credit quality or other factors. Based on a comparison of the present value of expected cash flows to the amortized cost, management believes there are no credit losses on these securities. Valley does not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell, the securities contained in the table above before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.

As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of investments held to maturity that were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, and for other purposes required by law was $837.9 million.

 

128


Table of Contents

The contractual maturities of investments in debt securities held to maturity at December 31, 2012 are set forth in the table below. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in residential mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be prepaid without any penalties. Therefore, residential mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following summary.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value  
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year

   $ 113,890       $ 113,941   

Due after one year through five years

     41,597         43,810   

Due after five years through ten years

     239,769         266,844   

Due after ten years

     390,804         395,239   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     813,647         838,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

   $ 1,599,707       $ 1,657,950   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities of debt securities may differ from those presented above since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty.

The weighted-average remaining expected life for residential mortgage-backed securities held to maturity was 4.2 years at December 31, 2012.

Available for Sale

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

            Gross      Gross        
     Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized     Fair  
     Cost      Gains      Losses     Value  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 99,843       $ —          $ (2,218   $ 97,625   

U.S. government agency securities

     44,215         1,547         —          45,762   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     16,210         417         —          16,627   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     506,695         6,818         (3,359     510,154   

Trust preferred securities*

     68,931         240         (11,739     57,432   

Corporate and other debt securities

     28,274         2,728         (294     30,708   

Equity securities

     49,306         2,071         (1,869     49,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 813,474       $ 13,821       $ (19,479   $ 807,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          

U.S. government agency securities

   $ 89,787       $ 1,204       $ (243   $ 90,748   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     18,893         1,322         (1     20,214   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     304,631         10,950         (5,444     310,137   

Trust preferred securities*

     106,931         78         (36,585     70,424   

Corporate and other debt securities

     30,663         2,554         (173     33,044   

Equity securities

     47,932         1,320         (7,299     41,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 598,837       $ 17,428       $ (49,745   $ 566,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Includes three pooled trust preferred securities, principally collateralized by securities issued by banks and insurance companies.

 

129


Table of Contents

The age of unrealized losses and fair value of related securities available for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

    Less than
Twelve Months
    More than
Twelve Months
    Total  
          Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 97,625      $ (2,218   $ —        $ —        $ 97,625      $ (2,218

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    269,895        (1,256     21,089        (2,103     290,984        (3,359

Trust preferred securities

    760        (511     27,865        (11,228     28,625        (11,739

Corporate and other debt securities

    5,394        (58     2,264        (236     7,658        (294

Equity securities

    969        (75     12,664        (1,794     13,633        (1,869
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 374,643      $ (4,118   $ 63,882      $ (15,361   $ 438,525      $ (19,479
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

           

U.S. government agency securities

  $ 7,980      $ (243   $ —         $ —         $ 7,980      $ (243

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    141        (1     —           —           141        (1

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    41,673        (1,655     22,639        (3,789     64,312        (5,444

Trust preferred securities

    23,962        (1,061     44,758        (35,524     68,720        (36,585

Corporate and other debt securities

    3,243        (173     —           —           3,243        (173

Equity securities

    20,570        (4,430     12,551        (2,869     33,121        (7,299
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 97,569      $ (7,563   $ 79,948      $ (42,182   $ 177,517      $ (49,745
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale are primarily due to changes in interest rates (including, in certain cases, changes in credit spreads) and lack of liquidity in the marketplace. The total number of security positions in the securities available for sale portfolio in an unrealized loss position was 74 and 43 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Of the $3.4 million unrealized losses within the residential mortgage-backed securities category of the available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2012, $1.6 million relates to one non-investment grade private label mortgage-backed security. The remaining $1.8 million of unrealized losses consists of $1.3 million and $526 thousand related to several investment grade residential mortgage back securities and two private label mortgage-backed securities that were other-than-temporarily impaired prior to December 31, 2012, respectively.

The unrealized losses for trust preferred securities at December 31, 2012 in the table above relate to 3 pooled trust preferred and 10 single-issuer bank issued trust preferred securities. The unrealized losses include $5.2 million attributable to trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company with an amortized cost of $16.5 million and a fair value of $11.4 million, and $5.6 million attributable to 3 pooled trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $17.5 million and a fair value of $11.9 million. The trust preferred issuances by one bank holding company, initially classified as held to maturity, were found be other-than-temporarily impaired during the fourth quarter of 2011 and subsequently transferred to the available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2011. During the third quarter of 2012, Valley recognized $4.5 million of additional estimated credit impairment losses on these trust preferred securities. The three pooled trust preferred securities included one security with an unrealized loss of $3.8 million and an investment grade rating at December 31, 2012. The other two pooled trust preferred securities had non-investment grade ratings and were initially other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008 with additional estimated credit losses recognized during 2009 through 2011. See “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Analysis” section below for more details. All of the remaining single-issuer trust preferred securities are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults.

The unrealized losses existing for more than twelve months for equity securities are mainly related to two perpetual preferred security positions with a combined $10.0 million amortized cost and a $1.7 million

 

130


Table of Contents

unrealized loss. At December 31, 2012, these perpetual preferred securities had investment grade ratings and are currently performing and paying quarterly dividends.

Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2012 represents an other-than-temporary impairment, except for the previously impaired securities discussed above, as management mainly attributes the declines in value to changes in interest rates and recent market volatility, not credit quality or other factors. Based on a comparison of the present value of expected cash flows to the amortized cost, management believes there are no credit losses on these securities. Valley has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that Valley will be required to sell, the securities contained in the table above before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or, if necessary, maturity.

As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of securities available for sale that were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, and for other purposes required by law, was $371.3 million.

The contractual maturities of investments securities available for sale at December 31, 2012 are set forth in the following table. Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in residential mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be prepaid without any penalties. Therefore, residential mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following summary.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Amortized      Fair  
     Cost      Value  
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year

   $ 851       $ 865   

Due after one year through five years

     6,140         6,246   

Due after five years through ten years

     95,454         97,354   

Due after ten years

     155,028         143,689   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     506,695         510,154   

Equity securities

     49,306         49,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

   $ 813,474       $ 807,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities of debt securities may differ from those presented above since certain obligations provide the issuer the right to call or prepay the obligation prior to scheduled maturity without penalty.

The weighted-average remaining expected life for residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2012 was 5.0 years.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis

To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, Valley considers several factors that include, but are not limited to the following:

 

  The severity and duration of the decline, including the causes of the decline in fair value, such as an issuer’s credit problems, interest rate fluctuations, or market volatility;

 

  Adverse conditions specifically related to the issuer of the security, an industry, or geographic area;

 

  Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

 

  Any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency or, if applicable, any regulatory actions impacting the security issuer;

 

  Recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date;

 

131


Table of Contents
  Our ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value, as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term; and

 

  Our intent to sell debt security investments, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis.

For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not we expect to collect all contractual cash flows.

In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss for debt securities, Valley compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the consolidated statements of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. Subsequent assessments may result in additional estimated credit losses on previously impaired securities. These additional estimated credit losses are recorded as reclassifications from the portion of other-than-temporary impairment previously recognized in other comprehensive income or loss to earnings in the period of such assessments. The amortized cost basis of an impaired debt security is reduced by the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.

For residential mortgage-backed securities, Valley estimates loss projections for each security by stressing the cash flows from the individual loans collateralizing the security using expected default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds, in conjunction with the underlying credit enhancement (if applicable) for each security. Based on collateral and origination vintage specific assumptions, a range of possible cash flows is identified to determine whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities” section below for further details regarding the impairment of these securities.

For the single-issuer trust preferred securities and corporate and other debt securities, Valley reviews each portfolio to determine if all the securities are paying in accordance with their terms and have no deferrals of interest or defaults. Over the past several years, an increasing number of banking institutions have been required to defer trust preferred payments and various banking institutions have been put in receivership by the FDIC. A deferral event by a bank holding company for which Valley holds trust preferred securities may require the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment charge if Valley determines that it is more likely than not that all contractual interest and principal cash flows may not be collected. Among other factors, the probability of the collection of all interest and principal determined by Valley in its impairment analysis declines if there is an increase in the estimated deferral period of the issuer. Additionally, a FDIC receivership for any single-issuer would result in an impairment and significant loss. Including the other factors outlined above, Valley analyzes the performance of the issuers on a quarterly basis, including a review of performance data from the issuers’ most recent bank regulatory report, if applicable, to assess their credit risk and the probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows of the applicable security. All of the issuers had capital ratios at December 31, 2012 that were at or above the minimum amounts to be considered a “well-capitalized” financial institution, if applicable, and/or have maintained performance levels adequate to support the contractual cash flows of the trust preferred securities.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, Valley lengthened the estimate of the timeframe over which it could reasonably anticipate receiving the expected cash flows from the trust preferred securities issued by one deferring bank holding company resulting in an $18.3 million credit impairment charge at December 31, 2011. The issuer of the trust preferred securities has deferred interest payments on these securities since late 2009 as required by an operating agreement with its bank regulators. In assessing whether a credit loss exists for the securities of the deferring issuer, Valley considers numerous other factors, including but not limited to, such factors highlighted in the bullet points above. From the dates of deferral up to and including the bank holding company’s most recent regulatory filing, the bank issuer continued to accrue and capitalize the interest owed, but not remitted to its trust

 

132


Table of Contents

preferred security holders. Additionally, the bank subsidiary of the issuer continued to report capital ratios that were above the minimum amounts to be considered a “well-capitalized” financial institution in its most recent regulatory filing. However, during the third quarter of 2012, Valley estimated a decline in the expected cash flows under one of three weighted alternative cash flow scenarios utilized to assess impairment of the securities. The cash flow scenario resulting in the decline estimates the probable cash flows based upon partial equity settlements received by shareholders of similar troubled institutions in recent merger and acquisition transactions. As a result of the decreased expected cash flow, and careful assessment of all other available factors, Valley recognized $4.5 million of additional estimated credit losses on these other-than-temporarily impaired securities in earnings during the third quarter of 2012. No additional impairment was recognized as a result of our impairment analysis of these securities at December 31, 2012. These trust preferred securities, with a combined amortized cost and fair value of $41.8 million and $36.7 million, respectively, after credit impairment charges, had net non-credit impairment charges totaling $5.1 million (before taxes) included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2012 and are not accruing interest. See Note 3 for information regarding the Level 3 valuation technique used to measure the fair value of these trust preferred securities at December 31, 2012.

For the three pooled trust preferred securities, Valley evaluates the projected cash flows from each of its tranches in the three securities to determine if they are adequate to support their future contractual principal and interest payments. Valley assesses the credit risk and probability of impairment of the contractual cash flows by projecting the default rates over the life of the security. Higher projected default rates will decrease the expected future cash flows from each security. If the projected decrease in cash flows affects the cash flows projected for the tranche held by Valley, the security would be considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Two of the pooled trust preferred securities were initially impaired in 2008 with additional estimated credit losses recognized during 2009 and 2011, and are not accruing interest.

The perpetual preferred securities, reported in equity securities, are hybrid investments that are assessed for impairment by Valley as if they were debt securities. Therefore, Valley assessed the creditworthiness of each security issuer, as well as any potential change in the anticipated cash flows of the securities as of December 31, 2012. Based on this analysis, management believes the declines in fair value of these securities are attributable to a lack of liquidity in the marketplace and are not reflective of any deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuers.

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

The following table provides information regarding our other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Held to maturity:

        

Trust preferred securities

   $ —         $ 18,314       $ —     

Available for sale:

        

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     722         829         2,265   

Trust preferred securities

     4,525         825         2,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

   $ 5,247       $ 19,968       $ 4,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired Trust Preferred Securities.  In 2011, Valley recognized credit impairment charges totaling $18.3 million related to the trust preferred securities of two issuances by one bank holding company, which were classified as held to maturity and subsequently transferred to the available for sale portfolio. In 2012, Valley recognized additional estimated credit losses of $4.5 million on these securities due to further credit deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer. See the “Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Analysis” section above for further details.

 

133


Table of Contents

The other-than-temporary impairment charges on trust preferred securities classified as available for sale reported in the table above for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 all relate to two pooled trust preferred securities with a combined amortized cost and fair value of $5.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012, after recognition of all credit impairments. These securities were initially found to be other-than-temporarily impaired in 2008, as each of Valley’s tranches in the securities had projected cash flows below their future contractual principal and interest payments. Additional estimated credit losses were recognized on one or both of these securities during 2009 through 2011, as higher default rates decreased the expected cash flows from the securities.

All of the impaired trust preferred securities discussed above were not accruing interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. As disclosed in Note 1, Valley discontinues the recognition of interest on debt securities if the securities meet both of the following criteria: (i) regularly scheduled interest payments have not been paid or have been deferred by the issuer, and (ii) full collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is not deemed to be the most likely outcome, resulting in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment of the security.

Impaired Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities.  During 2012, Valley recognized net impairment losses of $722 thousand on residential mortgage-backed securities in earnings due to additional estimated credit losses on one of six previously impaired private label mortgage-backed securities. Of the six impaired securities, one and five of the securities were responsible for the total other-than-temporary impairment losses on residential mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2011 and 2010, respectively, as shown in the table above. At December 31, 2012, Valley’s impaired private label mortgage-backed securities had a combined amortized cost of $31.7 million and fair value of $31.4 million, respectively. Although Valley recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges on the securities, each security is currently performing in accordance with its contractual obligations. See the “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Analysis” section above for further details regarding the impairment analysis of residential mortgage-backed securities.

Realized Gains and Losses

Gross gains (losses) realized on sales, maturities and other securities transactions included in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Sales transactions:

      

Gross gains

   $ 6,621      $ 31,456      $ 8,615   

Gross losses

     (1,050     —          (96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,571      $ 31,456      $ 8,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maturities and other securities transactions:

      

Gross gains

   $ 2,327      $ 623      $ 3,158   

Gross losses

     (5,311     (11     (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (2,984   $ 612      $ 3,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains on securities transactions, net

   $ 2,587      $ 32,068      $ 11,598   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Valley recognized gross losses totaling $5.3 million due to the early redemption of trust preferred securities issued by one bank holding company.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, Valley recognized $31.5 million of gross gains on sales transactions mainly due to the sales of certain residential mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale issued by Ginnie Mae and government sponsored enterprises totaling $651.7 million. Valley recorded trade

 

134


Table of Contents

date receivables of approximately $141.1 million for unsettled sales of securities classified as available for sale, which are included in other assets at December 31, 2011.

The following table presents the changes in the credit loss component of cumulative other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities classified as either held to maturity or available for sale that Valley has recognized in earnings, for which a portion of the impairment loss (non-credit factors) was recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 29,070      $ 10,500      $ 6,119   

Additions:

      

Initial credit impairments

     —          19,143        124   

Subsequent credit impairments

     5,247        825        4,518   

Reductions:

      

Accretion of credit loss impairment due to an increase in expected cash flows

     (1,027     (1,398     (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 33,290      $ 29,070      $ 10,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The credit loss component of the impairment loss represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment occurred prior to each period presented. Other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings for credit impaired debt securities are presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairment). The credit loss component is reduced if Valley sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if (i) Valley receives cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security, (ii) the security matures or (iii) the security is fully written down.

Trading Securities

The fair value of trading securities (consisting of 3 single-issuer bank trust preferred securities) was $22.2 million and $21.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income on trading securities totaled $1.8 million, $2.1 million, and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

 

135


Table of Contents

LOANS (Note 5)

The detail of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Non-PCI      PCI             Non-PCI      PCI         
     Loans      Loans      Total      Loans      Loans      Total  
     (in thousands)  

Non-covered loans:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,832,743       $ 252,083       $ 2,084,826       $ 1,878,387       $ —          $ 1,878,387   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate

     3,772,084         645,625         4,417,709         3,574,089         —            3,574,089   

Construction

     399,855         25,589         425,444         411,003         —            411,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     4,171,939         671,214         4,843,153         3,985,092         —            3,985,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     2,445,627         16,802         2,462,429         2,285,590         —            2,285,590   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     438,881         46,577         485,458         469,604         —            469,604   

Automobile

     786,528         —            786,528         772,490         —            772,490   

Other consumer

     179,417         314         179,731         136,634         —            136,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     1,404,826         46,891         1,451,717         1,378,728         —            1,378,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans

     9,855,135         986,990         10,842,125         9,527,797         —            9,527,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Covered loans:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     —            46,517         46,517         —            83,742         83,742   

Commercial real estate

     —            120,268         120,268         —            160,651         160,651   

Construction

     —            1,924         1,924         —            6,974         6,974   

Residential mortgage

     —            9,659         9,659         —            15,546         15,546   

Consumer

     —            2,306         2,306         —            4,931         4,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total covered loans

     —            180,674         180,674         —            271,844         271,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 9,855,135       $ 1,167,664       $ 11,022,799       $ 9,527,797       $ 271,844       $ 9,799,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans are net of unearned discounts and deferred loan fees totaling $3.4 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The outstanding balances for non-covered PCI loans and covered loans totaled $1.1 billion and $321.9 million at December 31, 2012, respectively, and $399.6 million for covered loans at December 31, 2011.

Valley transferred $124.3 million of residential mortgage loans originated in 2012 from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2012. Exclusive of such transfers, there were no sales of loans from the held for investment loan portfolio during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans (Including Covered Loans)

PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses), and aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each pool. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not

 

136


Table of Contents

recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loan pools. See Note 1 for additional information.

The following table presents information regarding the estimates of the contractually required payments, the cash flows expected to be collected, and the estimated fair value of the PCI loans acquired in the State Bancorp acquisition as of January 1, 2012 (see Note 2) and PCI loans purchased from another financial institution as of March 28, 2012:

 

    January 1, 2012     March 28, 2012  
    (in thousands)  

Contractually required principal and interest

  $ 1,333,686      $ 144,357   

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference)

    (77,058     (9,111
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected cash flows to be collected

    1,256,628        135,246   

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield)

    (168,207     (17,991
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of acquired loans

  $ 1,088,421      $ 117,255   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 66,724      $ 101,052   

Acquisitions

     186,198        —     

Accretion

     (83,613     (40,345

Net reclassification from non-accretable difference

     —          6,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 169,309      $ 66,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net reclassification from the non-accretable difference in the table above is due to increases in expected cash flows for certain pools of covered loans and is recognized prospectively as an adjustment to the yield over the life of the individual pools.

FDIC Loss-Share Receivable

The receivable arising from the loss-sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loan portfolio because the agreements are not contractually part of the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans.

 

137


Table of Contents

Changes in FDIC loss-share receivable for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of the period

   $ 74,390      $ 89,359   

Discount accretion of the present value at the acquisition dates

     325        582   

Effect of additional cash flows on covered loans (prospective recognition)

     (7,767     (10,592

Increase due to impairment on covered loans

     —           19,520   

Other reimbursable expenses

     5,467        3,893   

Reimbursements from the FDIC

     (21,935     (28,372

Other

     (5,484     —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of the period

   $ 44,996      $ 74,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate effects of changes in the FDIC loss-share receivable was a reduction in non-interest income of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $13.4 million and $6.3 million increases in non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2012 reduction in non-interest income of $5.5 million mainly related to the FDIC’s portion of the estimated losses on unused lines of credit assumed in the FDIC-assisted transactions, which have expired.

Related Party Loans

In the ordinary course of business, Valley has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates (collectively referred to as “related parties”). These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability.

The following table summarizes the changes in the total amounts of loans and advances to the related parties during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Outstanding at beginning of year

   $ 208,243   

New loans and advances

     41,483   

Repayments

     (17,426
  

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

   $ 232,300   
  

 

 

 

All loans to related parties are performing as of December 31, 2012.

Loan Portfolio Risk Elements and Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management.  For all of its loan types discussed below, Valley adheres to a credit policy designed to minimize credit risk while generating the maximum income given the level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis with subsequent approval by the Board of Directors annually. Credit authority relating to a significant dollar percentage of the overall portfolio is centralized and controlled by the Credit Risk Management Division and by the Credit Committee. A reporting system supplements the management review process by providing management with frequent reports concerning loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, non-performing, and potential problem loans. Loan portfolio diversification is an important factor utilized by Valley to manage its risk across business sectors and through cyclical economic circumstances.

 

138


Table of Contents

Commercial and industrial loans.  A significant proportion of Valley’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio is granted to long standing customers of proven ability, strong repayment performance, and high character. Underwriting standards are designed to assess the borrower’s ability to generate recurring cash flow sufficient to meet the debt service requirements of loans granted. While such recurring cash flow serves as the primary source of repayment, a significant number of the loans are collateralized by borrower assets intended to serve as a secondary source of repayment should the need arise. Anticipated cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value, or in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the ability of the borrower to collect all amounts due from its customers. Short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis based on a borrower’s financial strength and past performance. Valley, in most cases, will obtain the personal guarantee of the borrower’s principals to mitigate the risk. Unsecured loans, when made, are generally granted to the Bank’s most credit worthy borrowers. Unsecured commercial and industrial loans totaled $307.0 million and $337.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Commercial real estate loans.  Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans. Commercial real estate loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real property. Loans generally involve larger principal balances and longer repayment periods as compared to commercial and industrial loans. Repayment of most loans is dependent upon the cash flow generated from the property securing the loan or the business that occupies the property. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy and accordingly conservative loan to value ratios are required at origination, as well as stress tested to evaluate the impact of market changes relating to key underwriting elements. The properties securing the commercial real estate portfolio represent diverse types, with most properties located within Valley’s primary markets.

Construction loans.  With respect to loans to developers and builders, Valley originates and manages construction loans structured on either a revolving or non-revolving basis, depending on the nature of the underlying development project. These loans are generally secured by the real estate to be developed and may also be secured by additional real estate to mitigate the risk. Non-revolving construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantially all committed funds with repayment substantially dependent on the successful completion and sale, or lease, of the project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be from pre-committed permanent loans from other lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from Valley until permanent financing is obtained elsewhere. Revolving construction loans (generally relating to single-family residential construction) are controlled with loan advances dependent upon the presale of housing units financed. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Residential mortgages.  Valley originates residential, first mortgage loans based on underwriting standards that generally comply with Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac requirements. Appraisals and valuations of real estate collateral are contracted directly with independent appraisers or from valuation services and not through appraisal management companies. The Bank’s appraisal management policy and procedure is in accordance with regulatory requirements and guidance issued by the Bank’s primary regulator. Credit scoring, using FICO® and other proprietary, credit scoring models is employed in the ultimate, judgmental credit decision by Valley’s underwriting staff. Valley does not use third party contract underwriting services. Residential mortgage loans include fixed and variable interest rate loans secured by one to four family homes generally located in northern and central New Jersey, the New York City metropolitan area, and eastern Pennsylvania. Valley’s ability to be repaid on such loans is closely linked to the economic and real estate market conditions in this region. In deciding whether to originate each residential mortgage, Valley considers the qualifications of the borrower as well as the value of the underlying property.

 

139


Table of Contents

Home equity loans.  Home equity lending consists of both fixed and variable interest rate products. Valley mainly provides home equity loans to its residential mortgage customers within the footprint of its primary lending territory. Valley generally will not exceed a combined (i.e., first and second mortgage) loan-to-value ratio of 75 percent when originating a home equity loan.

Automobile loans.  Valley uses both judgmental and scoring systems in the credit decision process for automobile loans. Automobile originations (including light truck and sport utility vehicles) are largely produced via indirect channels, originated through approved automobile dealers. Automotive collateral is generally a depreciating asset and there are times in the life of an automobile loan where the amount owed on a vehicle may exceed its collateral value. Additionally, automobile charge-offs will vary based on strength or weakness in the used vehicle market, original advance rate, when in the life cycle of a loan a default occurs and the condition of the collateral being liquidated. Where permitted by law, and subject to the limitations of the bankruptcy code, deficiency judgments are sought and acted upon to ultimately collect all money owed, even when a default resulted in a loss at collateral liquidation. Valley uses a third party to actively track collision and comprehensive risk insurance required of the borrower on the automobile and this third party provides coverage to Valley in the event of an uninsured collateral loss.

Other consumer loans.  Valley’s other consumer loan portfolio includes direct consumer term loans, both secured and unsecured. The other consumer loan portfolio includes minor exposures in credit card loans, personal lines of credit, personal loans and loans secured by cash surrender value of life insurance. Valley believes the aggregate risk exposure of these loans and lines of credit was not significant at December 31, 2012. Unsecured consumer loans totaled approximately $126.8 million and $66.5 million, including $8.6 million and $9.1 million of credit card loans, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Credit Quality

The following tables present past due, non-accrual and current loans (excluding PCI loans, which are accounted for on a pool basis) by loan portfolio class at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans                
     30-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
     Accruing Loans
90 Days Or More
Past Due
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total Past
Due Loans
     Current
Non-PCI
Loans
     Total
Non-PCI
Loans
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,578       $ 283       $ 22,424       $ 26,285       $ 1,806,458       $ 1,832,743   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate

     13,245         2,950         58,625         74,820         3,697,264         3,772,084   

Construction

     6,685         2,575         14,805         24,065         375,790         399,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     19,930         5,525         73,430         98,885         4,073,054         4,171,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     18,951         2,356         32,623         53,930         2,391,697         2,445,627   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity

     702         —            2,398         3,100         435,781         438,881   

Automobile

     5,443         469         305         6,217         780,311         786,528   

Other consumer

     1,082         32         628         1,742         177,675         179,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     7,227         501         3,331         11,059         1,393,767         1,404,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,686       $ 8,665       $ 131,808       $ 190,159       $ 9,664,976       $ 9,855,135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents
     Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans                
     30-89 Days
Past Due
Loans
     Accruing Loans
90 Days  Or More
Past Due
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total Past
Due Loans
     Current
Non-PCI
Loans
     Total
Non-PCI
Loans
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2011

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 4,347       $ 657       $ 26,648       $ 31,652       $ 1,846,735       $ 1,878,387   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate

     13,115         422         42,186         55,723         3,518,366         3,574,089   

Construction

     2,652         1,823         19,874         24,349         386,654         411,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     15,767         2,245         62,060         80,072         3,905,020         3,985,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     8,496         763         31,646         40,905         2,244,685         2,285,590   

Consumer loans:

                 

Home equity

     989         13         2,700         3,702         465,902         469,604   

Automobile

     7,794         303         461         8,558         763,932         772,490   

Other consumer

     192         35         749         976         135,658         136,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     8,975         351         3,910         13,236         1,365,492         1,378,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,585       $ 4,016       $ 124,264       $ 165,865       $ 9,361,932       $ 9,527,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

If interest on non-accrual loans had been accrued in accordance with the original contractual terms, such interest income would have amounted to approximately $7.2 million, $6.9 million, and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively; none of these amounts were included in interest income during these periods. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual totaled $590 thousand and $1.6 million (including $194 thousand and $1.1 million in interest income on impaired loans) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income recognized on a cash basis for loans classified as non-accrual for the year ended December 31, 2010 was immaterial.

Impaired loans.  Impaired loans, consisting of non-accrual commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand and all loans which were modified in troubled debt restructurings, are individually evaluated for impairment. PCI loans are not classified as impaired loans because they are accounted for on a pool basis.

 

141


Table of Contents

The following table presents the information about impaired loans by loan portfolio class at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Recorded
Investment
With No Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
With Related
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,236       $ 46,461       $ 49,697       $ 62,183       $ 12,088   

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     26,724         84,151         110,875         125,875         11,788   

Construction

     6,339         14,002         20,341         23,678         4,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     33,063         98,153         131,216         149,553         16,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     8,232         16,659         24,891         27,059         2,329   

Consumer loans:

              

Home equity

     672         258         930         1,169         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     672         258         930         1,169         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,203       $ 161,531       $ 206,734       $ 239,964       $ 31,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 6,193       $ 48,665       $ 54,858       $ 71,111       $ 11,105   

Commercial real estate:

              

Commercial real estate

     26,741         56,978         83,719         91,448         7,108   

Construction

     4,253         19,998         24,251         28,066         1,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     30,994         76,976         107,970         119,514         8,516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     998         20,007         21,005         22,032         3,577   

Consumer loans:

              

Home equity

     —            242         242         242         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     —            242         242         242         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,185       $ 145,890       $ 184,075       $ 212,899       $ 23,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents, by loan portfolio class, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
     (in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 47,940       $ 1,463       $ 43,095       $ 1,457   

Commercial real estate:

           

Commercial real estate

     101,972         2,640         76,542         3,043   

Construction

     21,421         270         31,897         1,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     123,393         2,910         108,439         4,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage

     31,620         716         19,015         706   

Consumer loans:

           

Home equity

     943         14         109         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consume loans

     943         14         109         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 203,896       $ 5,103       $ 170,658       $ 6,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

The average balance of impaired loans was approximately $104.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest income recognized on total impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2010 was immaterial.

Troubled debt restructured loans.  From time to time, Valley may extend, restructure, or otherwise modify the terms of existing loans, on a case-by-case basis, to remain competitive and retain certain customers, as well as assist other customers who may be experiencing financial difficulties. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan (TDR). Valley’s PCI loans are excluded from the TDR disclosures below because they are evaluated for impairment on a pool by pool basis. When an individual PCI loan within a pool is modified as a TDR, it is not removed from its pool. All TDRs are classified as impaired loans and are included in the impaired loan disclosures above.

The majority of the concessions made for TDRs involve lowering the monthly payments on loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan without a corresponding adjustment to the risk premium reflected in the interest rate, or a combination of these two methods. The concessions rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, Valley frequently obtains additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying such loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and Valley’s underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

Performing TDRs (not reported as non-accrual loans) totaled $105.4 million and $101.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Non-performing TDRs totaled $41.8 million and $15.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012, Valley classified residential mortgage and home equity loans totaling a combined $6.4 million as non-performing TDRs because each borrower’s obligation was discharged in bankruptcy and the borrower has not re-affirmed the debt. Of the $6.4 million in loans, approximately $3.4 million of the loans were performing in accordance with the contractual loan terms at December 31, 2012. All of these loans were deemed TDRs and collateral dependent impaired loans due to the implementation of newly issued Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) guidance in 2012. To the extent that the recorded principal remains collectible, interest on such loans may be recognized on a cash basis.

 

143


Table of Contents

The following table presents non-PCI loans by loan class modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The pre-modification and post-modification outstanding recorded investments disclosed in the table below represent the loan carrying amounts immediately prior to the modification and the carrying amounts at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

 

            Pre-Modification      Post-Modification  
Troubled Debt    Number of      Outstanding      Outstanding  

Restructurings

   Contracts      Recorded Investment      Recorded Investment  
            ($ in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial and industrial*

     20       $ 40,785       $ 36,066   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial real estate

     18         40,499         39,535   

Construction

     5         7,092         4,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     23         47,591         44,420   

Residential mortgage

     43         10,133         9,125   

Consumer

     14         985         737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100       $ 99,494       $ 90,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial and industrial*

     27       $ 29,142       $ 28,866   

Commercial real estate:

        

Commercial real estate

     7         12,890         12,777   

Construction

     2         3,422         3,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     9         16,312         16,199   

Residential mortgage

     5         1,237         1,223   

Consumer

     1         58         58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     42       $ 46,749       $ 46,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Includes 9 finance leases with pre and post-modification outstanding recorded investments totaling $372 thousand and $294 thousand, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2012, the finance leases were immaterial.

The majority of the TDR concessions within the commercial and industrial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolios made during 2012 and 2011 involved an extension of the loan term and/or an interest rate reduction, and personal bankruptcies (defined as legal concessions in OCC guidance released in 2012) within the residential mortgage and consumer loan portfolios. The TDRs presented in the table above had allocated specific reserves for loan losses totaling $15.0 million and $9.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These specific reserves are included in the allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment disclosed in Note 6. Charge-offs resulting from loans modified as TDRs during 2012 and 2011 were immaterial.

The following table presents non-PCI loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months from, and for which there was a payment default (90 days or more past due) during year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     December 31, 2012  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Subsequently Defaulted

  

Number of
Contracts

    

Recorded
Investment

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Commercial real estate

     1       $ 516   

Residential mortgage

     10         2,628   

Home equity

     2         222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13       $ 3,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Credit quality indicators.  Valley utilizes an internal loan classification system as a means of reporting problem loans within commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and construction loan portfolio classes. Under Valley’s internal risk rating system, loan relationships could be classified as “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, and “Loss.” Substandard loans include loans that exhibit well-defined weakness and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, based on currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loans classified as Loss are those considered uncollectible with insignificant value and are charged-off immediately to the allowance for loan losses. Loans that do not currently pose a sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but pose weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention. Loans rated as “Pass” loans do not currently pose any identified risk and can range from the highest to average quality, depending on the degree of potential risk. Risk ratings are updated any time the situation warrants.

The following table presents the risk category of loans by class of loans (excluding PCI loans) based on the most recent analysis performed at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

Credit exposure—           Special                    Total Non-PCI  

by internally assigned risk rating

   Pass      Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Loans  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,673,604       $ 64,777       $ 94,184       $ 178       $ 1,832,743   

Commercial real estate

     3,563,530         59,175         149,379         —            3,772,084   

Construction

     340,357         32,817         19,521         7,160         399,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,577,491       $ 156,769       $ 263,084       $ 7,338       $ 6,004,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,669,943       $ 95,726       $ 112,186       $ 532       $ 1,878,387   

Commercial real estate

     3,350,475         82,612         141,002         —            3,574,089   

Construction

     329,848         42,845         38,114         196         411,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,350,266       $ 221,183       $ 291,302       $ 728       $ 5,863,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For residential mortgages, automobile, home equity and other consumer loan portfolio classes (excluding PCI loans), Valley also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in those loan classes based on payment activity as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

Credit exposure—

by payment activity

  

Performing
Loans

    

Non-Performing
Loans

    

Total Non-PCI
Loans

 
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgage

   $ 2,413,004       $ 32,623       $ 2,445,627   

Home equity

     436,483         2,398         438,881   

Automobile

     786,223         305         786,528   

Other consumer

     178,789         628         179,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,814,499       $ 35,954       $ 3,850,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Residential mortgage

   $ 2,253,944       $ 31,646       $ 2,285,590   

Home equity

     466,904         2,700         469,604   

Automobile

     772,029         461         772,490   

Other consumer

     135,885         749         136,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,628,762       $ 35,556       $ 3,664,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

Valley evaluates the credit quality of its PCI loan pools based on the expectation of the underlying cash flows of each pool, derived from the aging status and by payment activity of individual loans within the pool. The following table presents the recorded investment in PCI loans by class based on individual loan payment activity as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

Credit exposure—    Performing      Non-Performing      Total  

by payment activity

   Loans      Loans      PCI Loans  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 292,163       $ 6,437       $ 298,600   

Commercial real estate

     715,812         50,081         765,893   

Construction

     17,967         9,546         27,513   

Residential mortgage

     22,173         4,288         26,461   

Consumer

     47,689         1,508         49,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,095,804       $ 71,860       $ 1,167,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 67,424       $ 16,318       $ 83,742   

Commercial real estate

     112,047         48,604         160,651   

Construction

     623         6,351         6,974   

Residential mortgage

     10,118         5,428         15,546   

Consumer

     4,931         —            4,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 195,143       $ 76,701       $ 271,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Note 6)

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for losses on non-covered loans and allowance for losses on covered loans related to credit impairment of certain covered loan pools subsequent to acquisition, as well as the allowance for unfunded letters of credit. Management maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level estimated to absorb probable loan losses of the loan portfolio and unfunded letter of credit commitments at the balance sheet date. The allowance for losses on non-covered loans is based on ongoing evaluations of the probable estimated losses inherent in the non-covered loan portfolio, including unexpected credit impairment of non-covered PCI loan pools subsequent to the acquisition date.

The following table summarizes the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Components of allowance for credit losses:

     

Allowance for non-covered loans

   $ 120,708       $ 120,274   

Allowance for covered loans

     9,492         13,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

     130,200         133,802   

Allowance for unfunded letters of credit

     2,295         2,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for credit losses

   $ 132,495       $ 136,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the provision for credit losses for the periods indicated:

 

     2012     2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Components of provision for credit losses:

       

Provision for non-covered loans

   $ 25,640      $ 31,242       $ 42,943   

Provision for covered loans

     —          21,510         6,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for loan losses

     25,640        52,752         49,321   

Provision for unfunded letters of credit

     (88     583         135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for credit losses

   $ 25,552      $ 53,335       $ 49,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table details the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, including both covered and non-covered loans:

 

    Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Beginning balance

  $ 73,649      $ 34,637      $ 9,120      $ 8,677      $ 7,719      $ 133,802   

Loans charged-off (1)

    (16,103     (11,688     (3,518     (5,339     —          (36,648

Charged-off loans recovered

    4,475        272        701        1,958        —          7,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (11,628     (11,416     (2,817     (3,381     —          (29,242

Provision for loan losses

    2,349        20,848        3,120        246        (923     25,640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 64,370      $ 44,069      $ 9,423      $ 5,542      $ 6,796      $ 130,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Beginning balance

  $ 61,967      $ 30,409      $ 9,476      $ 14,499      $ 8,353      $ 124,704   

Loans charged-off (1)

    (29,229     (10,358     (3,222     (5,906     —          (48,715

Charged-off loans recovered

    2,365        331        129        2,236        —          5,061   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (26,864     (10,027     (3,093     (3,670     —          (43,654

Provision for loan losses (2)

    38,546        14,255        2,737        (2,152     (634     52,752   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 73,649      $ 34,637      $ 9,120      $ 8,677      $ 7,719      $ 133,802   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The allowance for covered loans was reduced by loan charge-offs totaling $4.0 million and $14.4 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio.

(2) 

The provision for covered loan losses totaled $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

147


Table of Contents

The following table represents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the related loans by loan portfolio segment disaggregated based on the impairment methodology for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Loans individually evaluated for impairment represent Valley’s impaired loans. Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality represent Valley’s PCI loans.

 

    Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 12,088      $ 16,581      $ 2,329      $ 15      $ —         $ 31,013   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    44,877        25,463        7,032        5,527        6,796        89,695   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    7,405        2,025        62        —           —           9,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 64,370      $ 44,069      $ 9,423      $ 5,542      $ 6,796      $ 130,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 49,697      $ 131,216      $ 24,891      $ 930      $ —         $ 206,734   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,783,046        4,040,723        2,420,736        1,403,896        —           9,648,401   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    298,600        793,406        26,461        49,197        —           1,167,664   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,131,343      $ 4,965,345      $ 2,472,088      $ 1,454,023      $ —         $ 11,022,799   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

           

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 11,105      $ 8,516      $ 3,577      $ 45      $ —         $ 23,243   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    51,588        23,611        5,481        8,632        7,719        97,031   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    10,956        2,510        62        —           —           13,528   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 73,649      $ 34,637      $ 9,120      $ 8,677      $ 7,719      $ 133,802   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

           

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 54,858      $ 107,970      $ 21,005      $ 242      $ —         $ 184,075   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,823,529        3,877,122        2,264,585        1,378,486        —           9,343,722   

Loans acquired with discounts related to credit quality

    83,742        167,625        15,546        4,931        —           271,844   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,962,129      $ 4,152,717      $ 2,301,136      $ 1,383,659      $ —         $ 9,799,641   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Note 7)

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, premises and equipment, net consisted of:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Land

   $ 67,342      $ 57,630   

Buildings

     190,582        189,782   

Leasehold improvements

     71,944        64,191   

Furniture and equipment

     188,481        176,801   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     518,349        488,404   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (239,734     (222,929
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 278,615      $ 265,475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment included in non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to approximately $18.5 million, $16.4 million, and $15.8 million, respectively.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Note 8)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as allocated to our business segments, or reporting units thereof, for goodwill impairment analysis were:

 

     Business Segment / Reporting Unit*  
     Wealth
Management
     Consumer
Lending
     Commercial
Lending
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 20,446       $ 98,999       $ 117,689       $ 80,757       $ 317,891   

Goodwill from business combinations

     71         —           —           —           71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     20,517         98,999         117,689         80,757         317,962   

Goodwill from business combinations

     —            29,452         57,074         23,746         110,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 20,517       $ 128,451       $ 174,763       $ 104,503       $ 428,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Valley’s Wealth Management Division is comprised of trust, asset management, and insurance services. This reporting unit is included in the Consumer Lending segment for financial reporting purposes.

During 2012, goodwill from business combinations primarily related to the acquisition of State Bancorp (see Note 2 for further details). During 2011, Valley recorded $71 thousand in goodwill from a final earn-out payment related to an acquisition by Valley in 2006. This earn-out payment was based upon predetermined profitability targets in accordance with the merger agreement. There was no impairment of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

 

149


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize other intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Gross                  Net  
     Intangible      Accumulated     Valuation     Intangible  
     Assets      Amortization     Allowance     Assets  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2012

         

Loan servicing rights

   $ 63,377       $ (43,393   $ (3,046   $ 16,938   

Core deposits

     35,194         (24,160     —          11,034   

Other

     5,878         (2,727     —          3,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 104,449       $ (70,280   $ (3,046   $ 31,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

         

Loan servicing rights

   $ 52,046       $ (39,146   $ (2,670   $ 10,230   

Core deposits

     27,144         (20,363     —          6,781   

Other

     6,121         (2,314     —          3,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 85,311       $ (61,823   $ (2,670   $ 20,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Bank is a servicer of residential mortgage and SBA loan portfolios, and it is compensated for loan administrative services performed for mortgage servicing rights purchased in the secondary market and loans originated and sold by the Bank. The aggregate principal balances of residential mortgage loans serviced by the Bank for others approximated $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.3 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The SBA loans serviced by the Bank for third-party investors totaled $30.4 million, $33.1 million, and $38.4 million, at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The outstanding balance of all loans serviced for others is not included in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following table summarizes the change in loan servicing rights during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Loan servicing rights

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 12,900      $ 12,491      $ 11,722   

Origination of loan servicing rights

     12,039        4,483        4,182   

Amortization expense

     (4,955     (4,074     (3,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 19,984      $ 12,900      $ 12,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (2,670   $ (1,163   $ (612

Impairment adjustment

     (376     (1,507     (551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ (3,046   $ (2,670   $ (1,163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year net of valuation allowance

   $ 16,938      $ 10,230      $ 11,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method (see Note 1 for more details).

Core deposits are amortized using an accelerated method and have a weighted average amortization period of 10 years. The line item labeled “Other” included in the table above primarily consists of customer lists and covenants not to compete, which are amortized over their expected lives generally using a straight-line method and have a weighted average amortization period of 17 years. During the first quarter of 2012, Valley recorded $8.1 million in core deposits intangibles resulting from the State Bancorp acquisition. Valley evaluates core

 

150


Table of Contents

deposits and other intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

Valley recognized amortization expense on other intangible assets, including net impairment charges on loan servicing rights (reflected in the table above), of $9.8 million, $9.3 million, and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following presents the estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets over the next five-year period:

 

     Loan                
     Servicing      Core         
     Rights      Deposits      Other  
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 4,511       $ 3,078       $ 541   

2014

     3,640         2,359         466   

2015

     2,658         1,758         434   

2016

     1,941         1,195         233   

2017

     1,433         815         220   

DEPOSITS (Note 9)

Included in time deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are certificates of deposit over $100 thousand of $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. Interest expense on time deposits of $100 thousand or more totaled approximately $8.2 million, $8.5 million, and $8.8 million, in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

The scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 1,378,150   

2014

     487,101   

2015

     200,662   

2016

     175,004   

2017

     245,245   

Thereafter

     22,604   
  

 

 

 

Total time deposits

   $ 2,508,766   
  

 

 

 

Deposits from certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates totaled $62.7 million and $54.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

BORROWED FUNDS (Note 10)

Short-term borrowings consisted of securities sold under repurchase agreements totaling $154.3 million and $212.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The weighted average interest rate for short-term borrowings was 0.26 percent and 0.25 percent at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

151


Table of Contents

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

FHLB advances

   $ 2,008,370       $ 2,036,690   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     587,500         587,500   

Subordinated debt

     100,000         100,000   

Other

     1,429         1,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 2,697,299       $ 2,726,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The long-term FHLB advances had a weighted average interest rate of 3.86 percent and 3.91 percent at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These FHLB advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral, including but not limited to U.S. government and agency mortgage-backed securities and a blanket assignment of qualifying first lien mortgage loans, consisting of both residential mortgage and commercial real estate loans. Interest expense recorded on FHLB advances totaled $79.5 million, $86.6 million, and $91.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

The long-term FHLB advances at December 31, 2012 are scheduled for repayment as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 26,102   

2014

     102   

2015

     175,102   

2016

     182,101   

2017

     584,969   

Thereafter

     1,039,994   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term FHLB advances

   $ 2,008,370   
  

 

 

 

The long-term advances with scheduled repayments for years 2014 and over, reported in the table above, include $408.0 million in advances which are callable by the FHLB for redemption during 2013 with interest rates ranging from 2.27 percent to 4.09 percent.

During the first half of 2012, Valley modified the terms of $200.0 million in FHLB advances within its long-term borrowings. The modifications resulted in a reduction of the interest rates on these funds, an extension of their maturity dates to 10 years from the date of modification, and a conversion of the advances to non-callable for 4 years. After the modifications, the weighted average interest rate on these borrowings declined by 0.59 percent to 3.86 percent. There were no gains, losses, penalties or fees incurred in the modification transactions.

The long-term borrowings for securities sold under repurchase agreements to the FHLB and other counterparties totaled $587.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The weighted average interest rate of these long-term borrowings was 4.07 percent and 4.18 percent at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest expense on long-term securities sold under repurchase agreements amounted to $24.6 million, $25.0 million, and $28.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

152


Table of Contents

The long-term borrowings for securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2012 are scheduled for repayment as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2015

   $ 125,000   

2016

     92,500   

2017

     220,000   

Thereafter

     150,000   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings for securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 587,500   
  

 

 

 

In January 2012, Valley modified the terms of $50.0 million in securities sold under repurchase agreement with one counterparty. The modifications resulted in a reduction of the interest rates on these funds, an extension of their maturity dates to 10 years from the date of modification, and a conversion to non-callable for 4 years. After the modifications, the interest rate on these borrowings declined by 0.94 percent to 3.7 percent. There were no gains, losses, penalties or fees incurred in the modification transaction.

In 2005, the Bank issued $100 million of 5.0 percent subordinated notes due July 15, 2015 with no call dates or prepayments allowed. Interest on the subordinated notes is payable semi-annually in arrears at an annual rate of 5.0 percent on January 15 and July 15 of each year.

The fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, lines of credit, FHLB advances and for other purposes required by law approximated $1.2 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES ISSUED TO CAPITAL TRUSTS (Note 11)

Valley established VNB Capital Trust I and assumed in acquisitions GCB Capital Trust III, State Bancorp Capital Trust I, and State Bancorp Capital Trust II statutory trusts for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and related trust common securities. The proceeds from such issuances were used by the trust to purchase an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures of Valley. The junior subordinated debentures, the sole assets of the trusts, are unsecured obligations of Valley, and are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future senior and subordinated indebtedness and certain other financial obligations of Valley. Valley wholly owns all of the common securities of each trust. The trust preferred securities qualify, and are treated by Valley, as Tier 1 regulatory capital.

Valley elected to measure the junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value recognized as charges or credits to current earnings. Net trading gains and losses included non-cash credits of $2.6 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and non-cash charges of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, for the change in the fair value of the junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I.

 

153


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the outstanding junior subordinated debentures and the related trust preferred securities issued by each trust as of December 31, 2012:

 

    

December 31, 2012

     VNB    GCB    State Bancorp    State Bancorp
    

Capital Trust I

  

Capital Trust III

  

Capital Trust I

  

Capital Trust II

     ($ in thousands)

Junior Subordinated Debentures:

     

Carrying value (1)

   $147,595    $25,051    $8,324    $7,552

Contractual principal balance

   $146,715    $24,743    $10,310    $10,310

Annual interest rate (2)

   7.75%    6.96%    3-month LIBOR + 3.45%    3-month LIBOR + 2.85%

Stated maturity date

   December 15, 2031    July 30, 2037    November 7, 2032    January 23, 2034

Initial call date

   November 7, 2006    July 30, 2017    November 7, 2007    January 23, 2009

Trust Preferred Securities:

           

Face value

   $142,313    $24,000    $10,000    $10,000

Annual distribution rate (2)

   7.75%    6.96%    3-month LIBOR + 3.45%    3-month LIBOR + 2.85%

Issuance date

   November 7, 2001    July 2, 2007    October 29, 2002    December 19, 2003

Distribution dates (3)

   Quarterly    Quarterly    Quarterly    Quarterly

 

(1)

The carrying value for GCB Capital Trust II includes an unamortized purchase accounting premium of $308 thousand, and the carrying values for State Bancorp Capital Trust I and State Bancorp Capital Trust II include purchase accounting discounts of $2.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

(2) 

Interest on GCB Capital Trust III is fixed until July 30, 2017, then resets to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.4 percent. The annual interest rate for GCB Capital Trust III, State Bancorp Capital Trust I, and State Bancorp Capital Trust II excludes the effect of the purchase accounting adjustments.

(3) 

All cash distributions are cumulative.

The junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I and GCB Capital Trust III had total carrying values of $160.5 million and $25.1 million, respectively, and total contractual principal balances of $157.0 million and $24.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The trust preferred securities issued by VNB Capital Trust I and GCB Capital Trust III had total face values of $152.3 million and $24.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

The trusts’ ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon Valley making payments on the related junior subordinated debentures. Valley’s obligation under the junior subordinated debentures and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitutes a full and unconditional guarantee by Valley of the trusts’ obligations under the trust preferred securities issued. Under the junior subordinated debenture agreements, Valley has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures and, therefore, distributions on the trust preferred securities, for up to five years, but not beyond the stated maturity date in the table above. Currently, Valley has no intention to exercise its right to defer interest payments on the debentures.

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the junior subordinated debentures at the stated maturity date or upon an earlier call date for redemption at par. The junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I, State Bancorp Capital Trust I, and State Bancorp Capital Trust II are currently callable by Valley. In January 2012, Valley redeemed $10.3 million of the principal face amount of its outstanding junior subordinated debentures issued to VNB Capital Trust I and $10.0 million of the face value of the related trust preferred securities. No debentures or securities were called for redemption during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The trust preferred securities of VNB Capital Trust I, GCB Capital Trust III, and State Bancorp Capital Trusts I and II are included in Valley’s consolidated Tier 1 capital and total capital for regulatory purposes at December 31, 2012. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”), Valley’s outstanding trust preferred securities continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital but Valley will be

 

154


Table of Contents

unable to issue replacement or additional trust preferred securities that would qualify as Tier 1 capital. Under recently proposed regulatory capital rules, Valley’s trust preferred securities will be phased out as Tier 1 capital over a period of 3 or 10 years, dependent upon interpretations of such proposed guidance and will supersede the Dodd-Frank Act qualifications.

BENEFIT PLANS (Note 12)

Pension Plan

The Bank has a non-contributory defined benefit plan (“qualified plan”) covering most of its employees. Effective July 1, 2011, the Bank closed the qualified plan to new employees hired on or after such date. The Plan will continue to operate and accrue normal benefits for existing participants. In conjunction with the eligibility change for the qualified plan, the Bank amended its 401(k) plan to increase the Bank’s matching percentage of employee contributions for non-pension participants, within certain statutory limits.

The qualified plan benefits are based upon years of credited service and the employee’s highest average compensation as defined. It is the Bank’s funding policy to contribute annually an amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Additionally, the Bank has a supplemental non-qualified, non-funded retirement plan (“non-qualified plan”) which is designed to supplement the pension plan for key officers.

The following table sets forth the change in the projected benefit obligation, the change in fair value of plan assets and the funded status and amounts recognized in Valley’s consolidated financial statements for the qualified and non-qualified plans at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

    

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 133,796      $ 108,146   

Service cost

     7,253        5,951   

Interest cost

     6,429        6,147   

Plan amendments

     556        338   

Actuarial loss

     14,040        16,678   

Benefits paid

     (3,510     (3,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 158,564      $ 133,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 95,746      $ 83,937   

Actual return on plan assets

     11,516        2,168   

Employer contributions

     35,105        13,105   

Benefits paid

     (3,510     (3,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year*

   $ 138,857      $ 95,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status of the plan

   $ (19,707   $ (38,050

Liability recognized

   $ (19,707   $ (38,050

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 141,889      $ 120,564   

 

* Includes accrued interest receivable of $526 thousand and $309 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of year-end that have not been recognized as a component of the net periodic pension expense for Valley’s qualified and non-qualified plans are presented in the following table. Valley expects to recognize approximately $3.0 million of the net

 

155


Table of Contents

actuarial loss and $806 thousand of prior service cost reported in the following table as of December 31, 2012 as a component of net periodic pension expense during 2013.

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 54,571      $ 45,487   

Prior service cost

     1,720        1,982   

Deferred tax benefit

     (23,617     (19,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32,674      $ 27,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Bank’s non-qualified plan had a projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets as follows:

 

     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 15,010       $ 12,731   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     14,365         12,337   

Fair value of plan assets

     —            —      

In determining discount rate assumptions, management looks to current rates on fixed-income corporate debt securities that receive a rating of Aa3 or higher from Moody’s with durations equal to the expected benefit payments streams required of each plan. The weighted average discount rate and rate of increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations for the qualified and non-qualified plans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.26     4.87

Future compensation increase rate

     2.75        2.75   

The net periodic pension expense for the qualified and non-qualified plans included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 7,253      $ 5,951      $ 5,544   

Interest cost

     6,429        6,147        5,709   

Expected return on plan assets

     (8,937     (6,698     (6,214

Amortization of prior service cost

     818        707        643   

Amortization of net loss

     2,377        1,525        1,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net periodic pension expense

   $ 7,940      $ 7,632      $ 6,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

Other changes in the qualified and non-qualified plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ 11,461      $ 21,208   

Prior service cost

     556        338   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (818     (707

Amortization of actuarial loss

     (2,377     (1,525
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ 8,822      $ 19,314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic pension expense and other comprehensive income (before tax)

   $ 16,762      $ 26,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid in future years are presented in the following table:

 

Year

   Amount  
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 5,581   

2014

     6,158   

2015

     6,493   

2016

     6,805   

2017

     7,096   

2018 to 2022

     43,135   

The weighted average discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on assets and rate of compensation increase used in determining Valley’s pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.87     5.75     6.00

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.50        8.00        8.00   

Rate of compensation increase

     2.75        3.25        3.50   

The expected rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on the concept that it is a long-term assumption independent of the current economic environment and changes would be made in the expected return only when long-term inflation expectations change, asset allocations change or when asset class returns are expected to change for the long-term. The expected return was reduced to 7.5 percent on January 1, 2012 due to the prolonged economic recovery and expectations regarding the level of future market rates.

In accordance with Section 402 (c) of ERISA, the qualified plan’s investment managers are granted full discretion to buy, sell, invest and reinvest the portions of the portfolio assigned to them consistent with the Bank’s Pension Committee’s policy and guidelines. The target asset allocation set for the qualified plan are equity securities ranging from 25 percent to 65 percent and fixed income securities ranging from 35 percent to 75 percent. The absolute investment objective for the equity portion is to earn at least 7 percent cumulative annual real return, after adjustment by the Consumer Price Index (CPI), over rolling five-year periods, while the relative objective is to earn returns above the S&P 500 Index over rolling three-year periods. For the fixed income portion, the absolute objective is to earn at least a 3 percent cumulative annual real return, after adjustment by the CPI over rolling five-year periods with a relative objective of earning returns above the Merrill Lynch Intermediate Government/Corporate Index over rolling three-year periods. Cash equivalents will be invested in money market funds or in other high quality instruments approved by the Trustees of the qualified plan.

 

157


Table of Contents

In general, the plan assets of the qualified plan are investment securities that are well-diversified in terms of industry, capitalization and asset class. The plan assets are a conservative mix of various types of domestic and foreign common equity securities, U.S. Treasury securities, high quality corporate bonds, mutual funds primarily indexed to the performance of Fortune 500 U.S. companies, cash and U.S. Treasury based money market funds, U.S. government agency securities, and trust preferred securities (mainly issued by VNB Capital Trust I – see Note 11).

The qualified plan’s exposure to a concentration of credit risk is limited by the Bank’s Pension Committee’s diversification of the investments into various investment options with multiple asset managers. The Pension Committee engages an investment management advisory firm that regularly monitors the performance of the asset managers and ensures they are within compliance of the policies adopted by the Trustees. If the risk profile and overall return of assets managed are not in line with the risk objectives or expected return benchmarks for the qualified plan, the advisory firm may recommend the termination of an asset manager to the Pension Committee.

The following table presents the qualified plan weighted-average asset allocations by asset category that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820. Financial assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. See Note 3 for further details regarding the fair value hierarchy.

 

                  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
                  Quoted Prices      Significant      Significant  
                  in Active Markets      Other      Unobservable  
     % of Total     December 31,      for Identical      Observable Inputs      Inputs  
     Investments     2012      Assets (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

             

Investments:

             

Equity securities

     49   $ 67,653       $ 67,653       $ —          $  —     

U.S. Treasury securities

     10        13,249         13,249         —            —      

Corporate bonds

     20        28,153         —            28,153         —      

Mutual funds

     10        13,545         13,545         —            —      

Cash and money market funds

     9        12,355         12,355         —            —      

U.S. government agency securities

     1        1,615         —            1,615         —      

Trust preferred securities

     1        1,761         1,761         —            —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     100   $ 138,331       $ 108,563       $ 29,768       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
                  Quoted Prices      Significant      Significant  
                  in Active Markets      Other      Unobservable  
     % of Total     December 31,      for Identical      Observable Inputs      Inputs  
     Investments     2011      Assets (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  
     (in thousands)  

Assets:

             

Investments:

             

Equity securities

     49   $ 46,446       $ 46,446       $ —          $ —     

U.S. Treasury securities

     17        16,418         16,418         —            —      

Corporate bonds

     12        11,743         —            11,743         —      

Mutual funds

     11        10,360         10,360         —            —      

Cash and money market funds

     7        6,354         6,354         —            —      

U.S. government agency securities

     2        2,421         —            2,421         —      

Trust preferred securities

     2        1,695         1,695         —            —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     100   $ 95,437       $ 81,273       $ 14,164       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

Equity securities, U.S. Treasury securities, cash and money market funds, and trust preferred securities are valued at fair value in the table above utilizing exchange quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments (Level 1 inputs). Mutual funds are measured at their respective net asset values, which represents fair values of the securities held in the funds based on exchange quoted prices available in active markets (Level 1 inputs).

Corporate bonds and U.S. government agency securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The prices for these investments are derived from market quotations and matrix pricing obtained through an independent pricing service. Such fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

The qualified plan held 58,631 shares and 62,752 shares of VNB Capital Trust I preferred securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These shares had fair values of approximately $1.5 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Dividends received on Valley trust preferred shares were $114 thousand and $122 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Based upon actuarial estimates, Valley does not expect to make any contributions to the qualified plan during 2013.

Director Plans

Valley maintains a non-qualified, non-funded directors’ retirement plan. The projected benefit obligation and discount rate used to compute the obligation were $2.5 million and 4.26 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2012, and $1.9 million and 4.87 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the entire obligation was included in other liabilities and $855 thousand (net of a $460 thousand tax benefit) and $468 thousand (net of a $252 thousand tax benefit), respectively, were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Net periodic pension expense of $251 thousand, $232 thousand and $228 thousand was recognized for the directors’ retirement plan in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Valley also maintains non-qualified plans for former directors of banks acquired, as well as a non-qualified plan for former senior management of Merchants Bank of New York acquired in January of 2001. Valley did not merge these plans into its existing non-qualified plans. Collectively, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the remaining obligations under these plans were $5.8 million and $6.6 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were funded by Valley. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the entire obligations were included in other liabilities and $1.4 million (net of a $1.0 million tax benefit) and $1.5 million (net of a $1.1 million tax benefit), respectively, were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The $1.4 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be reclassified to expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining benefit periods of these non-qualified plans.

Bonus Plan

Valley National Bank and its subsidiaries may award cash incentive and merit bonuses to its officers and employees based upon a percentage of the covered employees’ compensation as determined by the achievement of certain performance objectives. Amounts charged to salary expense were $7.4 million, $4.0 million and $6.6 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

159


Table of Contents

Savings and Investment Plan

Valley National Bank maintains a KSOP defined as a 401(k) plan with an employee stock ownership feature. This plan covers eligible employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries and allows employees to contribute a percentage of their salary, with the Bank matching a certain percentage of the employee contribution in cash and invested in accordance with each participant’s investment elections. The Bank recorded $2.7 million, $2.0 million and $1.9 million in expense for contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Valley currently has one active employee stock option plan, the 2009 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Employee Stock Incentive Plan”), adopted by Valley’s Board of Directors on November 17, 2008 and approved by its shareholders on April 14, 2009. The Employee Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by Valley’s Board of Directors. The Committee can grant awards to officers and key employees of Valley. The purpose of the Employee Stock Incentive Plan is to provide additional incentive to officers and key employees of Valley and its subsidiaries, whose substantial contributions are essential to the continued growth and success of Valley, and to attract and retain competent and dedicated officers and other key employees whose efforts will result in the continued and long-term growth of Valley’s business.

Under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan, Valley may award shares to its employees for up to 7.4 million shares of common stock in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards. The essential features of each award are described in the award agreement relating to that award. The grant, exercise, vesting, settlement or payment of an award may be based upon the fair value of Valley’s common stock on the last sale price reported for Valley’s common stock on such date or the last sale price reported preceding such date. An incentive stock option’s maximum term to exercise is ten years from the date of grant and is subject to a vesting schedule.

Valley recorded stock-based compensation expense for incentive stock options and restricted stock awards of $4.7 million, $3.3 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense for 2012 and 2010 included $2.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to stock awards granted to retirement eligible employees and was immediately recognized. There were no stock awards granted to retirement eligible employees during the year ended December 31, 2011. The fair values of all other stock awards are expensed over the shorter of the vesting or required service period. As of December 31, 2012, the unrecognized amortization expense for all stock-based compensation totaled approximately $11.2 million and will be recognized over an average remaining vesting period of approximately 5 years.

Stock Options.  The fair value of each option granted on the date of grant is estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The fair values are estimated using assumptions for dividend yield based on the annual dividend rate; stock volatility, based on Valley’s historical and implied stock price volatility; risk free interest rates, based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity bonds, in effect on the actual grant dates, with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the options; and expected exercise term calculated based on Valley’s historical exercise experience.

Stock-based employee compensation cost under the fair value method was measured using the following weighted-average assumptions for stock options granted in 2010 (there were no stock options granted in 2012 and 2011): Risk-free interest rate of 0.29% to 2.92%; dividend yield of 5.5%; volatility of 35.0%; and expected term of 4.4 years.

 

160


Table of Contents

Summary of stock options activity under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and changes during the years ended on those dates is presented below:

 

     2012    2011    2010
           Weighted          Weighted          Weighted
           Average          Average          Average
           Exercise          Exercise          Exercise

Stock Options

   Shares     Price    Shares     Price    Shares     Price

Outstanding at beginning of year

     3,000,406      $17      3,511,173      $18      3,661,258      $17

Granted

     —        —        —        —        141,942        11

Exercised

     —        —        —        —        (26,070     11

Forfeited or expired

     (495,796     16      (510,767     14      (265,957     14
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

     2,504,610        17      3,000,406        18      3,511,173        17
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Exercisable at year-end

     2,435,051        18      2,737,814        18      3,002,736        17
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

     N/A           N/A         $ 2.03     

On January 1, 2012, Valley assumed 356 thousand shares of outstanding and vested incentive stock options under State Bancorp’s long-term stock incentive plans, of which 321 thousand shares were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2012. These outstanding stock options have an aggregate weighted average exercise price of $17 and weighted average remaining term of 2.6 years. There were approximately one thousand shares exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012.

The total intrinsic values of options exercised during the periods presented were immaterial. As of December 31, 2012, there was $31 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options to be amortized over an average remaining vesting period of less than one year. Cash received from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010 was immaterial. Treasury shares were issued for stock options exercised.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$10-14      193,364       6.1    $12      136,741       $12
  14-15      472,094       5.2      15      425,457         15
  15-17      195,991       3.6      17      195,261         17
  17-18      511,651       2.9      18      511,604         18
  18-21      1,486,981       2.2      19      1,486,944         19
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     2,860,081       3.2      17      2,756,007         18
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was immaterial at December 31, 2012.

Restricted Stock.  Restricted stock is awarded to key employees providing for the immediate award of our common stock subject to certain vesting and restrictions under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Compensation expense is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the shares.

 

161


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the changes in restricted stock awards outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding  
     2012     2011     2010  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     316,488        537,653        555,361   

Granted

     1,423,152        14,866        217,021   

Vested

     (192,870     (232,274     (230,756

Forfeited

     (54,710     (3,757     (3,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

     1,492,060        316,488        537,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of compensation costs related to restricted stock awards included in salary expense amounted to $4.6 million, $2.9 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, there was $11.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares to be amortized over the weighted average remaining vesting period of approximately 4.9 years.

The Director Restricted Stock Plan provides the non-employee members of the Board of Directors with the opportunity to forego some or their entire annual cash retainer and meeting fees in exchange for shares of Valley restricted stock.

The following table sets forth the changes in director’s restricted stock awards outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding  
     2012     2011     2010  

Outstanding at beginning of year

     106,544        104,646        119,443   

Granted

     28,902        24,607        18,392   

Vested

     (18,299     (22,287     (33,188

Forfeited

     —          (422     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

     117,147        106,544        104,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME TAXES (Note 13)

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 consisted of the following:

 

     2012      2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Current expense:

       

Federal

   $ 35,684       $ 52,207      $ 24,195   

State

     2,666         26,610        11,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     38,350         78,817        35,595   

Deferred expense (benefit):

       

Federal and State

     28,398         (16,111     19,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 66,748       $ 62,706      $ 54,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 53,407       $ 54,880   

Depreciation

     4,972         1,666   

Pension plans

     5,075         2,771   

Employee benefits

     11,775         9,102   

Investment securities, including other-than-temporary impairment losses

     24,196         35,569   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     62,053         63,806   

Purchase accounting

     14,251         —     

Accrued interest

     12,515         9,050   

Other

     23,416         20,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     211,660         197,713   

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Purchase accounting

     —           8,727   

Other investments

     11,182         6,614   

Deferred income

     15,886         —     

Other

     13,353         10,164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     40,421         25,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (included in other assets)

   $ 171,239       $ 172,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valley’s state net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2012 and expire during the period from 2014 through 2031. Valley’s federal net operating loss carryforwards totaled approximately $8.5 million at December 31, 2012 and expire in 2029, these losses are subject to certain limitations which we do not expect to limit our utilization of these federal losses. Valley’s capital loss carryforwards totaled approximately $2.2 million at December 31, 2012 and expire in 2018. Valley also has a federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2012. The tax credit carryforward has no time limitation associated with it.

Based upon taxes paid and projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the net deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not that Valley will realize the benefits of these deductible differences and loss carryforwards.

Reconciliation between the reported income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying consolidated income before taxes by the statutory federal income tax rate of 35 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Federal income tax at expected statutory rate

   $ 73,631      $ 68,326      $ 64,727   

(Decrease) increase due to:

      

Tax-exempt interest, net of interest incurred to carry tax-exempt securities

     (4,478     (3,736     (3,451

Bank owned life insurance

     (2,399     (2,583     (2,158

State income tax expense, net of federal tax effect

     8,204        12,727        629   

Tax credits

     (10,070     (12,760     (5,071

Other, net

     1,860        732        253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 66,748      $ 62,706      $ 54,929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of Valley’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for 2012, 2011, and 2010 are presented in the table below:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 33,000      $ 21,142      $ 21,965   

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

     4,195        13,366        732   

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (5,038     —          —     

Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations

     (1,105     (1,508     (1,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 31,052      $ 33,000      $ 21,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valley recorded an incremental state tax provision (expense) of $8.5 million in 2011 to increase its liability for uncertain tax positions due to a change in state tax law. The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 that, if recognized, would affect the tax provision and the effective income tax rate was $22.6 million.

Valley’s policy is to report interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Valley has accrued approximately $4.4 million and $4.9 million of interest associated with Valley’s uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Valley files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Valley is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008. State Bancorp, which was merged into Valley effective January 1, 2012, is currently under U.S. federal examination for the years 2010 through 2012. The examination has recently commenced, however, we do not anticipate any examination related adjustments that would result in a material change to Valley’s financial position or results of operations in future periods. Valley is also currently under examination by various state jurisdictions, and we expect the examinations to be completed within the next twelve months. Valley does not anticipate any adjustments would result in a material change to its financial position. However, Valley anticipates that it is reasonably possible that an additional tax payment in the range of $3.0 million to $5.0 million will be made during 2013.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 14)

Lease Commitments

Certain bank facilities are occupied under non-cancelable long-term operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2058. Certain lease agreements provide for renewal options and increases in rental payments based upon increases in the consumer price index or the lessors’ cost of operating the facility. Minimum aggregate lease payments for the remainder of the lease terms are as follows:

 

            Sublease         

Year

   Gross Rents      Rents      Net Rents  
     (in thousands)  

2013

   $ 22,151       $ 1,850       $ 20,301   

2014

     21,252         1,725         19,527   

2015

     20,957         1,657         19,300   

2016

     20,615         1,530         19,085   

2017

     20,115         1,519         18,596   

Thereafter

     277,363         4,506         272,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease commitments

   $ 382,453       $ 12,787       $ 369,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

Net occupancy expense for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 included net rental expense of approximately $23.8 million, $21.2 million, and $21.1 million, respectively, net of rental income of $2.5 million, $1.8 million, and $2.1 million, respectively, for leased bank facilities.

Financial Instruments With Off-balance Sheet Risk

In the ordinary course of business in meeting the financial needs of its customers, Valley, through its subsidiary Valley National Bank, is a party to various financial instruments, which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. These financial instruments include standby and commercial letters of credit, unused portions of lines of credit and commitments to extend various types of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The commitment or contract amount of these instruments is an indicator of the Bank’s level of involvement in each type of instrument as well as the exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument. The Bank seeks to limit any exposure of credit loss by applying the same credit policies in making commitments, as it does for on-balance sheet lending facilities.

The following table provides a summary of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Commitments under commercial loans and lines of credit

   $ 1,944,815       $ 1,778,837   

Home equity and other revolving lines of credit

     620,397         570,247   

Outstanding commercial mortgage loan commitments

     253,235         237,921   

Standby letters of credit

     228,694         237,279   

Outstanding residential mortgage loan commitments

     247,275         275,116   

Commitments under unused lines of credit—credit card

     59,969         64,144   

Commercial letters of credit

     6,043         11,076   

Commitments to sell loans

     100,400         85,000   

Obligations to advance funds under commitments to extend credit, including commitments under unused lines of credit, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have specified expiration dates, which may be extended upon request, or other termination clauses and generally require payment of a fee. These commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements as it is anticipated that many of these commitments will expire without being fully drawn upon. The Bank’s lending activity for outstanding loan commitments is primarily to customers within the states of New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania.

Standby letters of credit represent the guarantee by the Bank of the obligations or performance of the bank customer in the event of the default of payment of nonperformance to a third party beneficiary.

Loan sale commitments represent contracts for the sale of residential mortgage loans to third parties in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. These commitments require the Bank to deliver loans within a specific period to the third party. The risk to the Bank is its non-delivery of loans required by the commitment, which could lead to financial penalties. The Bank has not defaulted on its loan sale commitments.

 

165


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Valley is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. Valley principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. Valley manages economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and, from time to time, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, Valley enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Valley’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of Valley’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments related to assets and liabilities outlined below.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk.  Valley’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, Valley uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the payment of either fixed or variable-rate amounts in exchange for the receipt of variable or fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty. Interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium.

At December 31, 2012, Valley had the following cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

   

Four forward starting interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $300 million to hedge the changes in cash flows associated with certain prime-rate-indexed deposits, consisting of consumer and commercial money market deposit accounts. Two of the four swaps, totaling $200 million, expire in October 2016 and require Valley to pay fixed-rate amounts at approximately 4.73 percent, in exchange for the receipt of variable-rate payments at the prime rate. Starting in July 2012, the other two swaps totaling $100 million require the payment by Valley of fixed-rate amounts at approximately 5.11 percent in exchange for the receipt of variable-rate payments at the prime rate and expire in July 2017.

 

   

Two interest rate caps with a total notional amount of $100 million, strike rates of 2.50 percent and 2.75 percent, and a maturity date of May 1, 2013 used to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with customer repurchase agreements and money market deposit accounts that have variable interest rates based on the federal funds rate.

 

   

Two interest rate caps with a total notional amount of $100 million, strike rates of 6.00 percent and 6.25 percent, and a maturity date of July 15, 2015 used to hedge the total change in cash flows associated with prime-rate-indexed deposits, consisting of consumer and commercial money market deposit accounts, which have variable interest rates indexed to the prime rate.

Fair Value Hedges of Fixed Rate Assets and Liabilities.  Valley is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed rate assets or liabilities due to changes in benchmark interest rates based on one month-LIBOR. From time to time, Valley uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of variable rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for Valley making fixed rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount.

At December 31, 2012, Valley had the following fair value hedge derivatives:

 

   

One interest rate swap with a notional amount of approximately $8.8 million used to hedge the change in the fair value of a commercial loan.

 

   

One interest rate swap with a notional amount of $51 million, maturing in March 2014, used to hedge the change in the fair value of certain fixed-rate brokered certificates of deposit entered into during 2011.

 

166


Table of Contents

For derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. Valley includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same income statement line item as the loss or gain on the related derivatives.

Non-designated Hedges.  Derivatives not designated as hedges may be used to manage Valley’s exposure to interest rate movements or to provide service to customers but do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not entered into for speculative purposes. Under a program, Valley executes interest rate swaps with commercial lending customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. These interest rate swaps with customers are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that Valley executes with a third party, such that Valley minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2012, Valley had a total of 37 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $146.9 million, including 13 interest rate swaps totaling $16.4 million acquired from State Bancorp, related to this program.

Valley also enters into mortgage banking derivatives which are non-designated hedges. These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. Valley enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on Valley’s commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held for sale. As of December 31, 2012, Valley had mortgage banking derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $194.3 million.

Amounts included in the consolidated statements of financial condition related to the fair value of Valley’s derivative financial instruments were as follows:

 

     Balance Sheet    Fair Value at
December  31,
 
     Line Item    2012      2011  
          (in thousands)  

Asset Derivatives:

        

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Cash flow hedge interest rate caps and swaps

   Other Assets    $ 23       $ 294   

Fair value hedge interest rate swaps

   Other Assets      652         852   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 675       $ 1,146   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other Assets    $ 7,002       $ 4,065   

Mortgage banking derivatives

   Other Assets      239         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 7,241       $ 4,065   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives:

        

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

        

Cash flow hedge interest rate caps and swaps

   Other Liabilities    $ 17,198       $ 15,649   

Fair value hedge interest rate swaps

   Other Liabilities      2,197         2,140   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 19,395       $ 17,789   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other Liabilities    $ 6,999       $ 4,065   

Mortgage banking derivatives

   Other Liabilities      200         —      
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 7,199       $ 4,065   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of income and in other comprehensive income (loss), on a pre-tax basis, related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of cash flows were as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Interest rate caps on short-term borrowings and deposit accounts:

      

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income or loss to interest on short-term borrowings

   $ (6,478   $ (3,067   $ (1,967

Amount of (loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

     (5,774     (24,393     1,494   

Valley recognized net gains of $73 thousand and net losses of $23 thousand and $205 thousand in other expense for hedge ineffectiveness on the cash flow hedge interest rate caps for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The accumulated net after-tax losses related to effective cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was $12.7 million and $13.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to cash flow interest rate derivatives are reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the hedged variable interest rate liabilities. Valley estimates that $8.6 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense in 2013.

Gains (losses) included in the consolidated statements of income related to interest rate derivatives designated as hedges of fair value were as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Derivative—interest rate swaps:

      

Interest income—interest and fees on loans

   $ (57   $ (761   $ (361

Interest expense—interest on time deposits

     (200     852        —      

Hedged item—loans and deposits:

      

Interest income—interest and fees on loans

   $ 57      $ 761      $ 361   

Interest expense—interest on time deposits

     220        (884     —      

Valley recognized net gains of $20 thousand and net losses of $32 thousand in non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to hedge ineffectiveness on the fair value hedge interest rate swaps. There were no net gains or net losses for the year ended December 31, 2010. Valley also recognized a net reduction to interest expense of $561 thousand and $472 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to Valley’s fair value hedges on brokered time deposits, which includes net settlements on the derivatives.

Net gains included in the consolidated statements of income related to derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Non-designated hedge interest rate derivatives

        

Trading gains, net

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,984   

Other non-interest income

     253         —           369   

Credit Risk Related Contingent Features.  By using derivatives, Valley is exposed to credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. Management attempts to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and obtaining collateral where

 

168


Table of Contents

appropriate. Credit risk exposure associated with derivative contracts is managed at Valley in conjunction with Valley’s consolidated counterparty risk management process. Valley’s counterparties and the risk limits monitored by management are periodically reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

Valley has agreements with its derivative counterparties providing that if Valley defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Valley could also be declared in default on its derivative counterparty agreements. Additionally, Valley has an agreement with several of its derivative counterparties that contains provisions that require Valley’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies, from which it receives a credit rating. If Valley’s credit rating is reduced below investment grade or such rating is withdrawn or suspended, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions, and Valley would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. As of December 31, 2012, Valley was in compliance with the provisions of its derivative counterparty agreements.

As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $26.2 million. Valley has derivative counterparty agreements that require minimum collateral posting thresholds for certain counterparties. No collateral has been assigned or posted by Valley’s counterparties under the agreements at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, Valley had $25.9 million in collateral posted with its counterparties.

Litigation

In the normal course of business, Valley may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity of Valley should not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

REGULATORY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Note 15)

Valley’s primary source of cash is dividends from the Bank. Valley National Bank, a national banking association, is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare without prior regulatory approval. In addition, the dividends declared cannot be in excess of the amount, which would cause the subsidiary bank to fall below the minimum required for capital adequacy purposes.

Valley and Valley National Bank are subject to the regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Bank and the OCC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct significant impact on Valley’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines Valley and Valley National Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of Valley’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Valley and Valley National Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2012, Valley exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

At December 31, 2012, all of Valley National Bank’s ratios were above the minimum levels required to be considered “well capitalized,” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, which require Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6 percent, Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 10 percent and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5 percent. To be categorized as well capitalized under the capital adequacy guidelines set by the federal regulators, Valley and Valley National Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.

 

169


Table of Contents

In June 2012, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued three notices of proposed rulemaking (NPRs) that would revise and/or replace the current regulatory capital rules outlined above with the Basel III final capital framework for all bank holding companies with over $500 million in assets, all depository institutions, and all savings and loan holding companies. The NPRs and the Basel III final framework would initially require Valley and Valley National Bank to meet the following minimum capital ratios: 4.5 percent Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, 8.0 percent Total capital to risk-weighted assets, and a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” to risk-weighted assets of 3.5 percent. The banking regulators intended to finalize the NPRs by January 1, 2013. However, on November 9, 2012, the federal agencies that proposed the NPRs announced that they do not expect that any of the proposed rules would become effective on January 1, 2013. Moreover, the announcement did not indicate the likely new effective date for the revised regulatory capital rules.

Valley’s and Valley National Bank’s actual capital positions and ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirements
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     ($ in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2012

               

Total Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

   $ 1,413,901         12.4   $ 913,402         8.0   $ N/A         N/A

Valley National Bank

     1,374,059         12.1        912,179         8.0        1,140,224         10.0   

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

     1,241,316         10.9        456,701         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,201,499         10.5        456,090         4.0        684,134         6.0   

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

               

Valley

     1,241,316         8.1        613,471         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,201,499         7.8        612,636         4.0        765,795         5.0   

As of December 31, 2011

               

Total Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

   $ 1,301,638         12.6   $ 824,365         8.0   $ N/A         N/A

Valley National Bank

     1,244,407         12.1        819,942         8.0        1,024,928         10.0   

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

               

Valley

     1,113,422         10.8        412,183         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,056,191         10.3        409,971         4.0        614,957         6.0   

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

               

Valley

     1,113,422         8.0        557,210         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Valley National Bank

     1,056,191         7.6        555,785         4.0        694,731         5.0   

Valley’s Tier 1 capital position included $186.3 million and $176.3 million of its outstanding trust preferred securities issued by capital trusts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The net increase of $10.0 million was attributable to $20.0 million of trust preferred securities assumed in the State Bancorp acquisition, partially offset by the redemption of $10.0 million of the face value of VNB Capital Trust I trust preferred securities during the first quarter of 2012. Valley does not consolidate its capital trusts based on U.S. GAAP. The junior subordinated debentures issued to the capital trusts were included in Valley’s liabilities. See Note 11 for additional information on the debentures and the trust preferred securities.

 

170


Table of Contents

COMMON STOCK (Note 16)

Common Stock Issuances

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.  Effective June 29, 2009, Valley may issue up to 10.0 million authorized and previously unissued or treasury shares of Valley common stock for purchases under Valley’s dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP). Under the DRIP, a shareholder may choose to have future cash dividends automatically invested in Valley common stock and make voluntary optional cash payments of up to $100 thousand per quarter to purchase shares of Valley common stock. Shares purchased under this plan will be issued directly from Valley or in open market transactions. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, 721 thousand, 705 thousand, and 681 thousand of common shares, respectively, were reissued from treasury stock or issued from authorized common shares under the DRIP for net proceeds totaling $8.0 million, $8.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively.

Common Stock Warrants.  In January 1, 2012, Valley assumed in the acquisition of State Bancorp, a warrant issued by State Bancorp (in connection with its preferred stock issuance) to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008. The ten-year warrant to purchase up to 489 thousand of Valley common shares has an exercise price of $11.30 per share, and is exercisable on a net exercise basis. Valley has not negotiated the possible redemption of the warrant with the U.S. Treasury. However, the Treasury may request that we make an offer to redeem the warrant in the future, or request that warrant shares be individually sold at public auction. The entire warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2012.

In July 2008, Valley issued approximately 918 thousand warrants as part of the purchase price for the acquisition of Greater Community Bancorp. Each warrant is entitled to purchase approximately 1.2155 Valley common shares at $15.64 per share and is exercisable through the expiration date of June 30, 2015. The Valley warrants are considered equity instruments and are publicly traded and listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol “VLYWW”. All of the warrants remained outstanding at December 31, 2012.

In connection with the issuance of senior preferred shares in 2008, Valley issued to the U.S. Treasury a ten year warrant to purchase up to approximately 2.5 million Valley common shares. During 2010, the U.S. Treasury sold the warrants through a public auction, in which Valley did not receive any of the proceeds. The warrants are currently traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “VLY WS”. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase approximately 1.1025 Valley common shares at $16.12 per share and is exercisable through the expiration date of November 14, 2018.

Repurchase Plan

In 2007, Valley’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to 4.7 million common shares. Purchases of Valley’s common shares may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions generally not exceeding prevailing market prices. Repurchased shares are held in treasury and are expected to be used for general corporate purposes or issued under the dividend reinvestment plan. Under the repurchase plan, Valley made no purchases of its outstanding shares during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Valley also purchases shares directly from its employees in connection with employee elections to withhold taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock awards. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Valley purchased approximately 55 thousand, 52 thousand and 33 thousand shares, respectively, of its outstanding common stock at an average price of $9.41, $11.55 and $11.88, respectively, for such purpose.

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Note 17)

The following table presents the tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. Components of other comprehensive income

 

171


Table of Contents

(loss) include changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale (including the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to certain securities during the period); unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships; and the pension benefit adjustment for unfunded portion of various employee, officer and director pension plans.

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     Before     Tax     After     Before     Tax     After     Before     Tax     After  
     Tax     Effect     Tax     Tax     Effect     Tax     Tax     Effect     Tax  
     (in thousands)  

Unrealized gains on available for sale (AFS) securities

                  

Net gains arising during the period

   $ 9,993      $ (4,311   $ 5,682      $ 2,438      $ (925   $ 1,513      $ 20,376      $ (7,739   $ 12,637   

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (2,587     1,042        (1,545     (32,068     12,394        (19,674     (11,598     4,268        (7,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

     7,406        (3,269     4,137        (29,630     11,469        (18,161     8,778        (3,471     5,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-credit impairment losses on securities available for sale and held to maturity

                  

Net change in non-credit impairment losses on securities

     15,032        (5,090     9,942        (42,531     15,875        (26,656     5,301        (1,973     3,328   

Less reclassification adjustment for credit impairment losses included in net income

     4,220        (1,771     2,449        18,570        (6,937     11,633        4,381        (1,640     2,741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

     19,252        (6,861     12,391        (23,961     8,938        (15,023     9,682        (3,613     6,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (cash flow hedges)

                  

Net (losses) gains arising during the period

     (5,773     2,422        (3,351     (24,393     10,236        (14,157     1,493        (627     866   

Less reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income

     6,478        (2,718     3,760        3,067        (1,287     1,780        1,967        (825     1,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

     705        (296     409        (21,326     8,949        (12,377     3,460        (1,452     2,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan

                  

Amortization of prior service cost

     105        (67     38        593        (245     348        885        (367     518   

Amortization of net loss

     (9,346     3,903        (5,443     (19,812     8,303        (11,509     340        (145     195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

     (9,241     3,836        (5,405     (19,219     8,058        (11,161     1,225        (512     713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 18,122      $ (6,590   $ 11,532      $ (94,136   $ 37,414      $ (56,722   $ 23,145      $ (9,048   $ 14,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the after-tax changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss     Total  
           Non-credit           Defined     Accumulated  
     Unrealized Gains     Impairment     Unrealized Gains     Benefit     Other  
     and Losses on     Losses on     and Losses on     Pension     Comprehensive  
     AFS Securities     Securities     Derivatives     Plan     Loss  
     (in thousands)  

Balance—December 31, 2009

   $ 9,623      $ (7,612   $ (2,716   $ (19,111   $ (19,816

Net change

     5,307        6,069        2,008        713        14,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2010

     14,930        (1,543     (708     (18,398     (5,719

Net change

     (18,161     (15,023     (12,377     (11,161     (56,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

     (3,231     (16,566     (13,085     (29,559     (62,441

Net change

     4,137        12,391        409        (5,405     11,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2012

   $ 906      $ (4,175   $ (12,676   $ (34,964   $ (50,909
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (Note 18)

 

    Quarters Ended 2012  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest income

  $ 174,136      $ 166,858      $ 167,230      $ 162,969   

Interest expense

    46,677        44,787        45,408        44,440   

Net interest income

    127,459        122,071        121,822        118,529   

Provision for credit losses

    5,697        7,405        7,250        5,200   

Non-interest income:

       

(Losses) gains on securities transactions, net

    (157     1,204        1,496        44   

Net impairment losses on securities
recognized in earnings

    —          (550     (4,697     —     

Trading (losses) gains, net

    (988     1,609        6        2,166   

Gains on sales of loans, net

    3,166        3,141        25,055        15,636   

Other non-interest income

    20,574        18,626        18,636        15,979   

Non-interest expense

    94,548        91,510        93,219        95,623   

Income before income taxes

    49,809        47,186        61,849        51,531   

Income tax expense

    15,278        14,366        22,402        14,702   

Net income

    34,531        32,820        39,447        36,829   

Earnings per common share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.18      $ 0.17      $ 0.20      $ 0.19   

Diluted

    0.18        0.17        0.20        0.19   

Cash dividends declared per common share

    0.16        0.16        0.16        0.16   

Average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    196,930,733        197,246,322        197,437,988        197,795,817   

Diluted

    196,961,915        197,250,168        197,437,988        197,795,817   
    Quarters Ended 2011  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (in thousands, except for share data)  

Interest income

  $ 167,819      $ 167,794      $ 171,639      $ 166,572   

Interest expense

    50,927        50,124        49,704        48,258   

Net interest income

    116,892        117,670        121,935        118,314   

Provision for credit losses

    24,162        6,026        7,783        15,364   

Non-interest income:

       

Gains on securities transactions, net

    2,679        16,492        863        12,034   

Net impairment losses on securities
recognized in earnings

    (825     —          —          (19,143

Trading gains (losses), net

    3,382        (1,048     776        (839

Other non-interest income

    39,551        18,091        18,564        21,720   

Non-interest expense *

    84,321        83,572        85,794        84,869   

Income before income taxes *

    53,196        61,607        48,561        31,853   

Income tax expense *

    16,897        24,999        13,489        7,321   

Net income *

    36,299        36,608        35,072        24,532   

Earnings per common share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.20      $ 0.21      $ 0.20      $ 0.14   

Diluted

    0.20        0.21        0.20        0.14   

Cash dividends declared per common share

    0.16        0.16        0.16        0.16   

Average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    178,154,684        178,335,522        178,507,769        178,694,711   

Diluted

    178,162,788        178,345,558        178,508,382        178,695,174   

 

173


Table of Contents

 

(*) Previously reported amounts have been revised to reflect an increase in non-interest expense due to the immaterial correction of an error. See the “Correction of an Immaterial Error” section of Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION (Note 19)

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 4,732       $ 42,593   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     55,135         135   

Investment securities available for sale

     4,779         5,938   

Investment in subsidiaries

     1,652,362         1,373,513   

Loans

     —            36,990   

Other assets

     9,738         13,335   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,726,746       $ 1,472,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Dividends payable to shareholders

   $ 32,147       $ 29,355   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts (includes fair value of $147,595 at December 31, 2012 and $160,478 at December 31, 2011 for VNB Capital Trust I)

     188,522         185,598   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     3,700         2,715   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,502,377         1,254,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,726,746       $ 1,472,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Income

      

Dividends from subsidiary

   $ 145,000      $ 115,000      $ 65,000   

Income from subsidiary

     53        180        332   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     —           —           106   

Trading gains (losses), net

     2,574        1,256        (5,841

Other interest and dividends

     922        223        830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income

     148,549        116,659        60,427   

Total Expenses

     17,040        16,481        16,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     131,509        100,178        44,039   

Income tax benefit

     (4,737     (5,202     (7,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     136,246        105,380        51,404   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     7,381        27,131        78,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 143,627      $ 132,511      $ 130,006   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

     (7,381     (27,131     (78,602

Depreciation and amortization

     30        30        30   

Stock-based compensation

     4,816        3,156        4,830   

Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities

     162        (56     (51

Gains on securities transactions, net

     —           —           (106

Net change in:

      

Fair value of borrowings carried at fair value

     (2,574     (1,256     5,841   

Other assets

     2,977        535        (538

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (1,387     132        (3,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     140,270        107,921        58,047   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Loan originations

     —           (36,990     —      

Investment securities available for sale:

      

Sales

     —           —           94   

Maturities, calls and principal repayments

     1,000        —           1,250   

Cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisitions

     3,934        —           —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     4,934        (36,990     1,344   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures

     (10,000     —           —      

Dividends paid to common shareholders

     (125,870     (116,779     (115,190

Common stock issued, net

     7,805        8,027        8,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (128,065     (108,752     (106,799
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     17,139        (37,821     (47,408

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     42,728        80,549        127,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 59,867      $ 42,728      $ 80,549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS (Note 20)

We have four business segments that we monitor and report on to manage our business operations. These segments are consumer lending, commercial lending, investment management, and corporate and other adjustments. Our reportable segments have been determined based upon Valley’s internal structure of operations and lines of business. Each business segment is reviewed routinely for its asset growth, contribution to income before income taxes and return on average interest earning assets and impairment (if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount). Expenses related to the branch network, all other components of retail banking, along with the back office departments of our subsidiary bank are allocated from the corporate and other adjustments segment to each of the other three business segments. Interest expense and internal transfer expense (for general corporate expenses) are allocated to each business segment utilizing a “pool funding” methodology, which involves the allocation of uniform funding cost based on each segments’ average earning assets outstanding for the period. The financial reporting for each segment contains allocations and

 

175


Table of Contents

reporting in line with our operations, which may not necessarily be comparable to any other financial institution. The accounting for each segment includes internal accounting policies designed to measure consistent and reasonable financial reporting, and may result in income and expense measurements that differ from amounts under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

The consumer lending segment is mainly comprised of residential mortgages, home equity loans and automobile loans. The duration of the residential mortgage loan portfolio is subject to movements in the market level of interest rates and forecasted prepayment speeds. The average weighted life of the automobile loans within the portfolio is relatively unaffected by movements in the market level of interest rates. However, the average life may be impacted by new loans as a result of the availability of credit within the automobile marketplace and consumer demand for purchasing new or used automobiles. Consumer lending segment also includes the Wealth Management Division, comprised of trust, asset management, insurance services, and asset-based lending support services.

The commercial lending segment is mainly comprised of floating rate and adjustable rate commercial and industrial loans, as well as fixed rate owner occupied and commercial real estate loans. Due to the portfolio’s interest rate characteristics, commercial lending is Valley’s business segment that is most sensitive to movements in market interest rates.

The investment management segment generates a large portion of our income through investments in various types of securities. These securities are mainly comprised of fixed rate investments and depending on our liquid cash position, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks (primarily the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), as part of our asset/liability management strategies. The fixed rate investments are one of Valley’s assets that are least sensitive assets to immediate changes in market interest rates. Net gains and losses on the change in fair value of trading securities and net impairment losses on securities are reflected in the corporate and other adjustments segment.

The amounts disclosed as “corporate and other adjustments” represent income and expense items not directly attributable to a specific segment, including net trading and securities gains (losses), and net impairment losses on securities not reported in the investment management segment above, interest expense related to the junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts, the change in fair value of Valley’s junior subordinated debentures carried at fair value, interest expense related to certain subordinated notes, as well as income and expense from derivative financial instruments.

 

176


Table of Contents

The following tables represent the financial data for Valley’s four business segments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,941,374      $ 7,296,895      $ 2,871,459      $ —         $ 14,109,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     174,978        407,288        96,582        (7,655     671,193   

Interest expense

     45,499        84,234        33,148        18,431        181,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     129,479        323,054        63,434        (26,086     489,881   

Provision for credit losses

     4,969        20,583        —           —           25,552   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     124,510        302,471        63,434        (26,086     464,329   

Non-interest income

     83,765        (1,701     6,817        32,065        120,946   

Non-interest expense

     69,281        54,963        1,219        249,437        374,900   

Internal expense transfer

     65,561        120,993        47,749        (234,303     —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 73,433      $ 124,814      $ 21,283      $ (9,155   $ 210,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.86     1.71     0.74     N/A        1.49

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,394,161      $ 6,214,319      $ 3,205,756      $ —         $ 12,814,236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     171,939        375,873        132,530        (6,518     673,824   

Interest expense

     47,832        87,574        45,176        18,431        199,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     124,107        288,299        87,354        (24,949     474,811   

Provision for credit losses

     6,806        46,529        —           —           53,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     117,301        241,770        87,354        (24,949     421,476   

Non-interest income

     45,830        16,965        7,381        42,121        112,297   

Non-interest expense

     56,884        48,829        1,016        231,827        338,556   

Internal expense transfer

     55,059        99,851        51,644        (206,554     —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 51,188      $ 110,055      $ 42,075      $ (8,101   $ 195,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.51     1.77     1.31     N/A        1.52

 

177


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Consumer
Lending
    Commercial
Lending
    Investment
Management
    Corporate
and Other
Adjustments
    Total  
     ($ in thousands)  

Average interest earning assets

   $ 3,321,124      $ 6,153,870      $ 3,204,762      $ —         $ 12,679,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     180,432        355,565        146,851        (6,036     676,812   

Interest expense

     51,240        94,944        49,445        18,431        214,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss)

     129,192        260,621        97,406        (24,467     462,752   

Provision for credit losses

     14,598        34,858        —           —           49,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     114,594        225,763        97,406        (24,467     413,296   

Non-interest income

     52,545        7,927        6,166        24,689        91,327   

Non-interest expense

     49,758        42,131        992        226,807        319,688   

Internal expense transfer

     53,050        97,704        51,258        (202,012     —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 64,331      $ 93,855      $ 51,322      $ (24,573   $ 184,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average interest earning assets (pre-tax)

     1.94     1.53     1.60     N/A        1.46

 

178


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Valley National Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

February 28, 2013

 

179


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Valley maintains “disclosure controls and procedures” which, consistent with Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is defined to mean controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that Valley files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to Valley’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Valley’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of Valley’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on such evaluation, Valley’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012 (the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Valley’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, provides reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. The design of a control system reflects resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Valley have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in Valley’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Valley’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

180


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Valley’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Valley’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to Valley’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As of December 31, 2012 management assessed the effectiveness of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operating effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2012 Valley’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited Valley’s December 31, 2012 consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Valley’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. The report is included in this item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

181


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Valley National Bancorp:

We have audited Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management of the Company is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures, as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Valley National Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

February 28, 2013

 

182


Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information regarding executive officers is included under the section captioned “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information set forth under the captions “Director Information”, “Corporate Governance”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Executive Compensation” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation” in the 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The information set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Stock Ownership of Management and Principal Shareholders” in the 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information set forth under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Certain Transactions with Management” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information set forth under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

183


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules:

The following Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are filed as part of this annual report:

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     95   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     96   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     97   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     98   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     99   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     101   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     179   

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

 

(b) Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K):

 

  (2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession

 

  A. Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank; All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of LibertyPointe Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Valley National Bank, dated as of March 11, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on March 16, 2010.

 

  B. Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank; All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of The Park Avenue Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Valley National Bank, dated as of March 12, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on March 16, 2010.

 

  (3) Articles of Incorporation and By-laws:

 

  A. Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 24, 2012.

 

  B. Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 20, 2011.

 

  C. By-laws of the Registrant, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 31, 2011.

 

  (4) Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders:

 

  A. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2008, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, Valley National Bancorp and Greater Community Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on July 1, 2008.

 

  B. Warrant Agreement between Valley and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s Form S-4/A Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2008.

 

  C. Form of Warrant Certificate for the purchase of Valley Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on July 2, 2008.

 

184


Table of Contents
  D. Junior Subordinated Indenture between Greater Community Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

  E. Amended and Restated Trust Agreement among Greater Community Bancorp, as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

  F. Guarantee Agreement between Greater Community Bancorp, as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, dated July 2, 2007, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Greater Community Bancorp’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2007 (No. 000-14294).

 

  G. Warrant Agreement, dated May 18, 2010, between Valley and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-A filed on May 18, 2010.

 

  H. Form of Warrant for the purchase of Valley Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Form 8-A filed on May 18, 2010.

 

  I. Warrant to purchase Common Stock of Valley National Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2012.

 

  (10) Material Contracts:

 

  A. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and Gerald H. Lipkin, Peter Crocitto, and Alan D. Eskow, dated June 22, 2011, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  B. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Albert L. Engel and Robert M. Meyer, dated June 22, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  C. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Robert E. Farrell, Bernadette Mueller, and Robert J. Mulligan, dated June 22, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  D. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and each of Elizabeth E. De Laney, Kermit R. Dyke, Eric W. Gould, Russell C. Murawski, John H. Noonan, and Ira D. Robbins, dated June 22, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  E. Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreements among Valley National Bank, Valley and Stephen P. Davey, dated June 22, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  F. Severance Agreement dated January 22, 2008 between Valley, Valley National Bank and Peter Crocitto, Albert L. Engel, Alan D. Eskow, Robert M. Meyer is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 28, 2008.+

 

  G. Severance Agreement dated February 19, 2013 between Valley, Valley National Bank and Gerald H. Lipkin, which replaced in full all predecessor severance and guaranteed retirement agreements.*+

 

185


Table of Contents
  H. Valley National Bancorp 2010 Executive Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 19, 2010.+

 

  I. The Valley National Bancorp, Benefit Equalization Plan, as Amended and Restated, dated July 1, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on August 9, 2011.+

 

  J. Form of Participant Agreement for the Benefit Equalization Plan, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2011.+

 

  K. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 1, 2004, as amended, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2009.+

 

  L. The Valley National Bancorp 2004 Director Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on May 11, 2009.+

 

  M. Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement used in connection with Valley National Bancorp 2004 Director Restricted Stock Plan is incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2010.+

 

  N. Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement between Valley National Bank and Wilmington Trust Company, as fiscal and paying agent, dated July 13, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

  O. Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of VNB Capital Trust I, dated as of November 7, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

  P. Indenture among VNB Capital Trust I, The Bank of New York as Debenture Trustee, and Valley, dated November 7, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

  Q. Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement among VNB Capital Trust I, The Bank of New York, as Guarantee Trustee, and Valley, dated November 7, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

  R. Valley National Bancorp 1999 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan dated January 19, 1999, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2009.+

 

  S. Valley National Bancorp 2009 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on April 24, 2009.+

 

  T. Form of Valley National Bancorp Incentive Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  U. Form of Valley National Bancorp Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  V. Form of Valley National Bancorp Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  W. Form of Valley National Bancorp Escrow Agreement for Restricted Stock Award, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 27, 2009.+

 

  X. Underwriting Agreement, dated May 18, 2010, among Valley, the United States Department of the Treasury, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as Underwriter, incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 24, 2010.

 

  (12.1) Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*

 

  (12.2) Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges Including Preferred Stock Dividends.*

 

  (21) List of Subsidiaries:

 

186


Table of Contents

Name

   Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
   Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned by the
Parent

Directly or Indirectly
(a)          Subsidiaries of Valley:      
  Valley National Bank    United States    100%
  VNB Capital Trust I    Delaware    100%
  GCB Capital Trust III    Delaware    100%
  State Capital Trust I    New York    100%
  State Capital Trust II    New York    100%
(b)         Subsidiaries of Valley National Bank:      
  Hallmark Capital Management, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
  Highland Capital Corp.    New Jersey    100%
  Masters Coverage Corp.    New York    100%
  New Century Asset Management, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
  New York Metro Title Agency, Inc.    New York    100%
  Valley Commercial Capital, LLC    New Jersey    100%
  Valley National Title Services, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
  Valley Securities Holdings, LLC    New Jersey    100%
  VNB Loan Services, Inc.    New York    100%
  VNB New York Corp.    New York    100%
(c)          Subsidiaries of Masters Coverage Corp.:      
  RISC One, Inc.    New York    100%
  Life Line Planning, Inc.    New York    100%
(d)   Subsidiaries of Valley Securities Holdings, LLC:      
  Shrewsbury Capital Corporation    New Jersey    100%
  Valley Investments, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
  VNB Realty, Inc.    New Jersey    100%
(e)   Subsidiary of Shrewsbury Capital Corporation:      
  GCB Realty, LLC    New Jersey    100%
(f)   Subsidiary of VNB Realty, Inc.:      
  VNB Capital Corp.    New York    100%

 

(23.1) Consent of KPMG LLP.*
(24) Power of Attorney of Certain Directors and Officers of Valley.*
(31.1) Certification of Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Securities Exchange Rule 13a-14(a).*
(31.2) Certification of Alan D. Eskow, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, pursuant to Securities Exchange Rule 13a-14(a).*
(32) Certification, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, signed by Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Alan D. Eskow, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.*
(101)

Interactive Data File *,**

 

* Filed herewith.
** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.
+ Management contract and compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

187


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
By:  

/s/    GERALD H. LIPKIN

  Gerald H. Lipkin, Chairman of the Board,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/    ALAN D. ESKOW

 

Alan D. Eskow,

Senior Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: February 28, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    GERALD H. LIPKIN

Gerald H. Lipkin

  

Chairman of the Board, President

and Chief Executive Officer and

Director

  February 28, 2013

/S/    ALAN D. ESKOW

Alan D. Eskow

  

Director, Senior Executive Vice

President, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer), and

Corporate Secretary

  February 28, 2013

/S/    MITCHELL L. CRANDELL

Mitchell L. Crandell

  

First Senior Vice President and

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 28, 2013

ANDREW B. ABRAMSON*

Andrew B. Abramson

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

PETER J. BAUM*

PETER J. BAUM

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

PAMELA R. BRONANDER*

Pamela R. Bronander

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

PETER CROCITTO*

Peter Crocitto

  

Director, Senior Executive Vice

President and Chief Operating

Officer

  February 28, 2013

ERIC P. EDELSTEIN*

Eric P. Edelstein

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

 

188


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

MARY J. STEELE GUILFOILE*

Mary J. Steele Guilfoile

  

Director

  February 28 2013

GRAHAM O. JONES*

Graham O. Jones

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

WALTER H. JONES, III*

Walter H. Jones, III

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

GERALD KORDE*

Gerald Korde

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

MICHAEL L. LARUSSO*

Michael L. LaRusso

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

MARC J. LENNER*

Marc J. Lenner

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

BARNETT RUKIN*

Barnett Rukin

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

SURESH L. SANI*

Suresh L. Sani

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

ROBERT C. SOLDOVERI*

Robert C. Soldoveri

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

JEFFREY S. WILKS*

Jeffrey S. Wilks

  

Director

  February 28, 2013

 

*

/S/ ALAN D. ESKOW

Alan D. Eskow, attorney-in fact.

     February 28, 2013

 

189